benchmarks.wiki / Public workspace
LongBench v2 / 66ec48f2821e116aacb1ca3f / Which of the following about SoftBank 930CA is correct according to the guide?
Problem
Answer published by the source. Consult the official source to check your work against its answer.
question
Which of the following about SoftBank 930CA is correct according to the guide?
context · full text (470,212 characters)
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing SoftBank 930CA.
●For proper handset use, read this guide.
●Keep this guide in a convenient place for reference.
●Accessible SoftBank services may vary by service area, subscription, etc.
SoftBank 930CA is compatible with 3G network technology.
Notes
･Copying this guide in whole or part without authorization is prohibited.
･Content of this guide is subject to change without prior notice.
･Efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy and clarity of this guide. Please contact SoftBank Customer Center, General
Information (P. 15-52) about unclear or missing information.
●Download the latest edition of this guide from SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website.
http://mb.softbank.jp/mb/r/support/930ca/
i
Before Using This Guide
●SoftBank 930CA is referred to as “handset“ in this guide.
●Most operation descriptions are based on default settings and begin in Standby.
●Sample screenshots* are provided for reference only. Actual handset windows, menus, etc. may differ
in appearance.
●Key illustrations are simplified and differ in appearance from actual handset keys.
●“(Japanese)“ appears next to functions or services which require Japanese ability to use.
* Standby Display used in this guide is based on SoftBank 930CA Red model. Design theme of Main
Menu and windows is based on default settings.
Getting Started
Basic Operations
Calling
Security
Mail
Internet
Camera
TV
Music Player & S! Appli
Entertainment
Tools
Data Management
Connectivity
Customization
Appendix
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
ii
Search Guide
●Function & Service Name Search
●Learning Basics
●Objective Search
●Display Indicators
●Solving Problems
My Number &
E-mail Address
Customizing
Handset
Mastering Basics
930CA Features
SoftBank Mobile
Features
P. 1-8 - P. 1-9
P. 2-2 - P. 2-8
Table of Contents .................................................... P. iv
Menu List ........................................................ P. 15-21
Index ................................................................ P. 15-40
Troubleshooting .......................... P. 15-6 - P. 15-10
Warranty & After Sales Service ...................... P. 15-51
iii
Search Guide
My Phone Number
Check your phone number on
handset.
My Account Details
Save your contact information
to Account Details to send it to
your friends.
Customize E-mail Address
Change the account name (part
before @) of your e-mail address.
Exchange Information Wirelessly
Send your e-mail address to
compatible devices via infrared.
Download Music
Download songs from
Chaku-Uta® sites and set as
ringtones or play back on Music
Player.
Wallpaper
Set your favorite image to appear
in Standby with clock or calendar.
Add Shortcuts
Add frequently used functions
to Standby shortcut icons.
Set Ringtones
Set your favorite songs as
ringtones.
Basic Operations
Learn basic menu navigation
and key operations.
Text Entry
Enter text for composing
messages, creating Phone Book
entries, etc.
Messaging Services
Use S! Mail or SMS to send text
messages. Attach and send files
via S! Mail.
Mobile Internet
Use Yahoo! Keitai to access
Mobile Internet sites tailored for
SoftBank customers.
Music Player
Download songs and play them
on handset.
Gaming Device
Play S! Appli games downloaded
from Yahoo! Keitai sites.
S! Quick News
Subscribe to News and receive
automatic updates regularly.
Camera & Video Camera
Shoot still images and videos.
Yahoo! Keitai Sites
A special portal site for SoftBank
handsets enhances your Internet
browsing experience.
Graphic Mail
Create HTML messages by
changing font and background
colors, inserting images, etc.
TV
Handset supports One Seg
Digital TV.
Osaifu-Keitai®
Use your handset for payment of
purchases with electronic money
or as a commuter ticket or
point card.
P. 1-22
P. 1-22
P. 14-23
P. 13-2
P. 9-4
P. 14-11
P. 14-4
P. 2-5
P. 2-2
P. 2-11
P. 5-2
P. 6-2
P. 9-2
P. 7-2
P. 8-2
P. 11-2
P. 6-3
P. 5-4
P. 9-8
P. 10-2
iv
Table of Contents
Before Using This Guide................. i
Search Guide.................................. ii
Table of Contents ......................... iv
Package Contents ......................... vi
Safety Precautions....................... vii
General Notes ............................ xxii
1
Getting Started
Handset Parts.......................... 1-2
Display..................................... 1-8
USIM Card ............................. 1-10
Battery & AC Charger ........... 1-13
Power On/Off ....................... 1-18
Mobile Manners.................... 1-20
Codes ..................................... 1-21
Other Basic Information....... 1-22
2
Basic Operations
Menu Operations.................... 2-2
Multi Function......................... 2-9
Text Entry.............................. 2-11
Phone Book ........................... 2-19
S! Addressbook Back-up ...... 2-26
Advanced Features ............... 2-28
3
Calling
Overview................................. 3-2
Voice Call................................. 3-3
Video Call ................................ 3-7
Call Logs ................................ 3-10
Speed Dial ............................. 3-12
Calling While Abroad
(Global Roaming).................. 3-13
Optional Services.................. 3-14
Advanced Features............... 3-16
4
Security
PIN Settings............................. 4-2
Prohibiting Unauthorized
Handset Use............................ 4-3
Prohibiting Outgoing/Incoming
Calls ......................................... 4-7
Setting Secret Data................. 4-9
5
Mail
Overview................................. 5-2
Sending Messages.................. 5-3
Receiving & Opening
Messages................................. 5-7
Handling Messages .............. 5-10
Advanced Features............... 5-16
6
Internet
Overview................................. 6-2
Yahoo! Keitai.......................... 6-3
PC Site Browser ...................... 6-5
Page Operations ..................... 6-8
Bookmarks & Saved Pages... 6-10
Advanced Features............... 6-12
7
Camera
Overview................................. 7-2
Basics ....................................... 7-6
Various Camera Features ..... 7-13
Camera Menu ....................... 7-16
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer... 7-19
Advanced Features............... 7-24
8
TV
About TV ................................. 8-2
v
Table of Contents
Initial Setup............................. 8-5
Watching TV............................ 8-6
Recording/Playing Programs... 8-10
View/Record Timer ............... 8-13
Advanced Features ............... 8-15
9
Music Player & S! Appli
About Music Player ................ 9-2
Music Playback........................ 9-5
S! Appli.................................... 9-8
Advanced Features ............... 9-11
10 Entertainment
S! Quick News....................... 10-2
S! Info Channel/Weather
Indicator ................................ 10-3
Books ..................................... 10-5
Advanced Features ............... 10-6
11 Tools
Osaifu-Keitai® ....................... 11-2
Schedule ................................ 11-6
To Do List .............................. 11-9
Text Memo.......................... 11-11
Voice Memo ........................ 11-12
Calculator ............................ 11-13
Alarm................................... 11-14
Bar Code Reader ................. 11-16
Text Reader......................... 11-18
Advanced Features............. 11-21
12 Data Management
About Data Folder................ 12-2
Accessing Files ...................... 12-3
Editing Files........................... 12-7
File & Folder Management... 12-9
About Memory Card........... 12-10
Managing Memory Cards .. 12-12
Advanced Features............. 12-15
13 Connectivity
Infrared.................................. 13-2
PC Connection....................... 13-5
14 Customization
Clock, Display & Sounds....... 14-2
Phone Book & Calls ............ 14-16
Mail...................................... 14-22
Internet ............................... 14-26
TV......................................... 14-28
Camera ................................ 14-31
Player & S! Appli................. 14-35
Entertainment..................... 14-37
Other Settings .................... 14-39
15 Appendix
Multi Function
Combinations........................ 15-2
Software Update .................. 15-4
Troubleshooting ................... 15-6
Text Entry Key
Assignments ....................... 15-11
Kuten Code List .................. 15-14
Weather Indicators............. 15-20
Menu List ............................ 15-21
Specifications...................... 15-35
Index.................................... 15-40
Warranty & After Sales
Service ................................. 15-51
Customer Service................ 15-52
vi
Package Contents
The following items are included in the package with handset.
For additional information on accessories, contact SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-52).
･SoftBank 930CA supports microSD™ and microSDHC™ memory cards. Purchase a memory card to use related functions.
･Use only specified AC charger (sold separately) to charge handset.
*Complimentary sample not available for purchase.
■Battery (CHBAA1)
■Stereo Earphone Conversion
Cable*
■Starter Guide
■Warranty (Handset)
vii
Safety Precautions
●To ensure proper use of your handset, read these safety
precautions carefully before use. Keep this guide for future
reference.
●Observe these safety precautions to prevent injuries and
damages to property.
●SoftBank accepts no liability for any loss or damages incurred
by you or a third party as a result of missed calls, etc., due to
malfunction, erroneous operation or failure of this product.
■Labels
●Risks of injury or damage from improper use are categorized by
levels. Understand these labels before reading this guide.
*1 Serious injury: Includes loss of eyesight, physical injury, burns
(high-temperature and low-temperature), electric shock,
bone fracture, poisoning, and other conditions with long-
term consequences that require hospitalization and/or
prolonged treatment.
*2 Injury: Includes physical injury, burns (high-temperature and
low-temperature), electric shock, and other conditions
without long-term consequences that do not require
hospitalization and/or prolonged treatment.
*3 Damage to property: Includes incidental damage to
structures and household property and/or to pets and
livestock.
■Symbols
●Make sure to understand the following symbols and
precautions before reading this guide.
DANGER
Great risk of death or serious injury from
improper use
WARNING
Risk of death or serious injury from
improper use
CAUTION
Risk of injury or damage to property from
improper use
Action is prohibited.
Disassembly is prohibited.
Wetting the product is prohibited.
Handling with wet hands is prohibited.
Action is compulsory.
Unplug power cord.
viii
Safety Precautions
■Handset, Battery, USIM Card, AC Charger (Sold
Separately), & Memory Card (Not Included)
Use SoftBank specified devices (Battery, AC Charger,
etc.) only.
Use of non-specified devices may cause Battery to leak,
overheat, rupture or ignite; or may cause Charger to overheat,
ignite, or malfunction. Use of non-specified USIM Card may
cause loss of data or malfunction.
Do not disassemble/modify/solder handset.
May cause fire, injury, electric shock or malfunction. Also,
Battery may leak, overheat, rupture or ignite. Modification
of telephone equipment violates statutory regulations and is
subject to penalty. SoftBank accepts no liability for any loss
or damage to handset or to a vehicle due to user
modifications.
Keep away from liquids.
If handset and/or battery is not dried after exposure to fluids
(water, pet urine etc.), overheating, electric shock, fire,
malfunction, etc. may occur.
Do not charge, use, or leave handset in places
subject to high temperatures (near an open flame or
heating equipment, in direct sunlight or inside a car
on a hot day).
May cause deformation, malfunction, impair
performance or shorten Battery life. Battery may
leak, overheat, ignite or rupture. Outer housing
may become hot resulting in burns or fire.
DANGER
Do not use excessive force to attach Battery or
connect AC Charger to handset. Battery or AC
Charger may be the wrong way around.
Battery may leak, overheat, rupture or ignite.
Do not heat or throw into a fire.
May cause battery to ignite, rupture, or may cause a
fire.
Do not expose camera lens to direct
sunlight for an extended period.
May cause handset/battery to ignite, rupture, break,
or may cause a fire.
ix
Safety Precautions
Do not place handset, Battery, AC Charger,
or USIM Card in a microwave oven or
pressure cooker, or on top of an induction
heating (IH) cooktop.
May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture or
ignite; or may cause handset/AC Charger to
overheat, emit smoke, ignite, or malfunction; or may
cause circuitry damage.
Turn off handset when entering gas
stations or other places where flammable
gases (propane gas, gasoline, etc.)
generate. Do not charge battery in such
places.
Gases may ignite. Before using a mobile phone with
Osaifu-Keitai® inside a gas station, be sure to turn it
off (If an IC card lock is activated, first deactivate it
and turn power off).
Do not drop or throw handset or expose it
to excessive shock.
May cause battery to leak, overheat, rupture or
ignite; or may cause fire, electric shock, or
malfunction.
WARNING
If you notice an unusual sound, odor,
smoke, etc. while using, charging or storing
handset, immediately do the following:
1. Unplug AC Charger from outlet.
2. Turn handset power off.
3. Remove Battery from handset, being careful of burn or
injury. Continuing use may cause fire or electric shock.
Keep liquids (water, pet urine, etc.) and
conductive materials (e.g. pencil lead, metal
fragments or metal necklaces, hairpins,
etc.) away from External Device Port.
May cause short circuit, resulting in fire or
malfunction.
Do not short-circuit External Device Port
when AC Charger is plugged into an AC
outlet. Do not touch External Device Port
with your fingers, etc.
May cause fire, malfunction, electric shock or injury.
Do not use handset if it was dropped or
otherwise damaged and internal parts are
exposed.
May cause shock or injury from damaged parts.
x
Safety Precautions
Do not use handset in humid locations such
as bathrooms and do not touch handset
with wet hands.
May cause shock, short-circuiting, and corrosion
(When carrying handset on the body, moisture from
perspiration may cause damage. Be also especially
careful when using handset in rain or snow, at the
beach, or near water). If handset has become wet,
immediately unplug AC Charger and remove battery.
Damage caused by water or humidity is not covered
by the warranty, and repair may not be possible.
Do not play games, listen to music, or
watch TV on handset while driving a
vehicle, riding a bicycle or while walking.
Doing so is unsafe and may lead to accidents.
Do not place handset on a sloping or
unstable surface.
May cause handset to fall resulting in injury or
malfunction. Take particular care when vibrator is
activated.
Keep handset out of reach from infants. Be
careful when One Seg Antenna is
extended.
Infant may accidentally swallow parts or memory
card, causing suffocation or injury.
When a child uses handset, it is
recommended that a parent provide proper
instructions to the child and keep an eye on
how the child uses handset.
Failing to do so may cause injury, etc.
Do not store handset in humid/dusty places
or locations subject to extremely low/high
temperatures.
May cause malfunction.
CAUTION
xi
Safety Precautions
■Handling Battery
●Properly use and dispose of Battery after checking its
type as displayed on the label on Battery.
Do not exceed maximum ratings for
outlets, cables, and wiring components.
"Piggybacking" of plugs causing maximum ratings
to be exceeded may lead to overheating and fire.
Do not place handset near corrosive
chemicals or in locations subject to
corrosive gases.
May lead to damage and loss of stored data.
Do not use handset in locations with high
humidity.
If worn close to the body, perspiration may cause
damage and malfunction. Damage caused by water
or humidity is not covered by the warranty, and
repair may not be possible.
Do not use handset for an extended period
of time with AC Charger connected.
Handset, battery and charger (sold separately) may
become warm if you operate handset for an
extended period of time while charging. Prolonged
contact with warm devices may cause redness,
itching, irritation or low-temperature burns.
Display
Battery type
Li-ion00
Lithium-ion
Do not puncture Battery with a nail, hit it
with a hammer, step on it, or subject it to
strong impact.
May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture or
ignite.
Do not short-circuit Battery. Keep metal
parts (pins, etc.) away from Battery
terminals or Battery plus (
) and minus
(
) terminals. Do not carry or store
conductive materials (e.g. pencil lead,
metal fragments or metal necklaces,
hairpins, etc.) with Battery.
May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture, or
ignite.
DANGER
xii
Safety Precautions
If battery fluid gets into your eyes,
immediately rinse your eyes with clean
water without rubbing them, and consult
a doctor.
Failing to do so may result in losing your eyesight.
Do not expose battery to fresh or salt
water, pet urine, or other fluids. Do not
charge battery while wet. If handset was
dropped into water or other fluid,
immediately turn off power and
discontinue use.
Wet battery may overheat, rupture or ignite.
Do not use damaged or leaking battery.
May cause battery to leak, overheat, rupture or
ignite.
If battery fluid gets on your skin or
clothing, immediately stop using and rinse
the fluid off with clean water.
Battery fluid may injure your skin.
If battery is not fully charged after
specified charging time has elapsed, stop
charging it.
Battery may leak, overheat, rupture or ignite, and
handset may be damaged or ignite.
If you notice an unusual odor, overheating,
discoloration, deformation, etc. while
using, charging or storing Battery, remove
it from handset being careful of burn or
injury, and keep it away from fire.
Continuing use may cause Battery to leak, overheat,
rupture or ignite.
If Battery leaks or emits an unusual odor,
immediately stop using it and keep it
away from fire.
Battery fluid is flammable and could ignite causing
fire or could rupture.
WARNING
xiii
Safety Precautions
■Handling Handset
Do not use a battery that has been subject
to strong external force or shock (such as
being dropped or stepped on).
Continuing use may cause battery to leak, overheat,
rupture or ignite; or may cause malfunction or fire.
Do not allow pets to bite Battery.
May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture, ignite;
may cause handset malfunction or fire.
Do not dispose of batteries as municipal
waste.
Bring used batteries to the nearest SoftBank Shop
or recycling center after insulating the terminals
with tape.
Be sure to observe local regulations on battery
disposal.
CAUTION
Do not use while operating a vehicle (car,
motorcycle, bicycle, etc.)
May cause a traffic accident. Use of a mobile phone
while driving is prohibited by law, and is subject to
penalty. Stop vehicle in a safe location (where
parking is allowed) before using handset.
Keep handset power off near high
precision electronic devices or devices
using weak signals.
Failing to do so may interfere with the device
operation.
* Examples of such devices:
Hearing aids, implanted cardiac pacemakers,
implanted defibrillators and other electronic medical
equipment; fire alarms, automatic doors and other
automatic control devices.
If you use an implanted cardiac pacemaker,
implanted defibrillator or other electronic medical
equipment, consult with the individual medical
device manufacturer or distributor about the
possible influence of radio waves.
WARNING
xiv
Safety Precautions
Keep handset power off where use is
prohibited, such as on an airplane or in a
hospital.
May affect electronic devices or electronic medical
equipment. Disable auto power-on functions (such
as the alarm function) before turning off handset.
May jeopardize safety of the airplane. Handset
operation aboard an airplane is prohibited by law
and subject to penalty.
If you have a weak heart, be careful with
incoming call vibrator and ring volume
settings.
These may affect your heart.
In a thunderstorm, retract One Seg
Antenna, immediately turn handset power
off and seek shelter.
Failing to do so may attract lightning and cause
electric shock.
Do not point infrared beam at anyone's
eyes.
May cause eye injury. Do not direct infrared beam
toward another infrared device as this may interfere
with the device operation.
If you use electronic medical equipment,
do not place handset in breast pocket or
inner coat pocket.
Using handset near electronic medical equipment
may cause the equipment to malfunction.
Keep handset away from your ear when
calling in handsfree mode. When playing
games or music with Earphone-
Microphone connected to handset, adjust
the volume properly.
Prolonged listening at excessive volume levels may
impair your hearing. Being unable to clearly hear
surrounding sounds may result in an accident.
Do not place handset on the dashboard
close to airbags.
In case of airbag inflation, handset may hit
passengers resulting in injury, malfunction or
breakage.
If Display or Camera Lens is damaged, be
careful of broken glass pieces or exposed
internal components.
The Display's reinforced glass prevents shattering;
however touching broken glass edges and exposed
pieces may cause injury.
xv
Safety Precautions
Do not turn on the light near a person's
eyes. Do not look directly into the light
and do not point the light at another
person's eyes.
This may cause impaired eyesight and other injury.
In particular, do not take pictures of infants at very
close range.
Do not allow fluids such as water, metal
pieces or flammable materials to enter
USIM Card Slot or microSD™ Memory Card
Slot.
May cause fire, electric shock or malfunction.
Before using handset (calls, mail, camera,
games, Internet, Media Player or TV),
check your surroundings and make sure
that the intended use is safe and
appropriate.
Failure to do so may result in falls or accidents.
Do not point the light at the driver of a
vehicle.
This may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle and lead to accidents.
In very rare cases, stimulation by strong
light or flashing images may lead to
symptoms such as convulsive fits or
temporary loss of consciousness. If you
have experienced such symptoms in the
past, consult a physician before using the
handset.
If handset affects car electronics, stop use.
Handset use may affect electronics in some car
models and impair safe driving.
If skin abnormality occurs with use of
handset, immediately discontinue use and
consult a doctor.
Handset contains metal material. Depending on
your physical condition, you may experience
itchiness, rash, etc.
CAUTION
xvi
Safety Precautions
Keep magnetic cards away from handset
and make sure that a magnetic card is not
trapped when closing handset.
Failing to do so may cause magnetic data on a cash
card, credit card, telephone card or floppy disk to
be lost.
Do not swing handset by its strap, etc.
Handset may strike you or others, resulting in injury,
malfunction or breakage. Do not use a strap that is
damaged.
Use caution when using handset for an
extended period as handset may become
hot, especially in high-temperature
conditions.
Skin contact for extended period may cause low-
temperature burns.
Do not bring speaker close to the ear
when making calls in handsfree mode or
when ring tone/melody is playing.
May impair your hearing.
Keep objects from catching in moving
parts when sliding handset open/shut.
Failing to do so may cause injury.
Be careful not to pinch your fingers or
Strap when opening and closing handset.
May cause injury or damage.
Watch TV with adequate lighting and
distance from Display.
May contribute to impaired eyesight.
Do not turn volume up too high when
using earphones.
Using earphones for extended periods at high
volume may impair hearing or harm your ears.
If Display breaks do not inhale or touch
liquid crystal. If liquid crystal enters your
eyes or mouth, immediately rinse with
clean water and consult a doctor. If liquid
crystal adheres to your skin or clothing,
immediately wipe off with alcohol and
wash with soap and water.
May result in losing your eyesight or harming your
skin.
Be careful when using in a location with
many people.
Antenna may hit other persons causing injury.
Do not use One Seg Antenna if broken.
May cause burns or injuries upon skin contact.
xvii
Safety Precautions
■Handling USIM Card
Do not bend One Seg Antenna or swing
handset by One Seg Antenna.
May cause injury or deformation/breakage of One
Seg Antenna.
Keep magnetized objects away from
handset.
May cause operation errors.
Keep covers (External Device Port,
microSD™ Memory Card Slot, etc.) closed.
If these are left open, dust or water may get inside
handset, causing malfunction.
Be mindful of objects adhering to handset.
The magnetic field near receiver and speaker of
handset may cause small metallic objects such as
pins, clips, staples or paper cutter blades to adhere
to handset, which may lead to injury. Remove any
adhering objects before using handset.
While watching TV on handset, avoid
prolonged direct contact with skin and do
not cover handset with paper, cloth,
blankets or similar.
May cause burns and lead to malfunction.
Speaker volume
As earpiece also functions as speaker, be careful of
ringtone/alarm sounding close by your ear.
Following a call or similar activity, alarm sound will
start at a low volume and progress to the set
volume regardless of the volume setting.
Be careful handling the Notch when
removing USIM Card (IC chip).
May injure your hands or fingers.
Use only specified USIM Cards.
Use of non-specified cards may lead to data loss
and malfunction. For information on specified USIM
Cards, contact your SoftBank dealer or SoftBank
Customer Service, General Information (P. 15-52).
Do not disassemble or modify USIM Card.
May lead to data loss and malfunction.
CAUTION
xviii
Safety Precautions
■Handling AC Charger
Avoid open fire, heat sources, direct
sunlight, high temperatures or humidity,
and high levels of dust.
May cause USIM Card to melt, overheat, emit
smoke, or may lead to data loss and malfunction.
Take care not to touch, damage, or short-
circuit IC chip on USIM Card.
May lead to data loss and malfunction.
Do not drop USIM Card and protect it from
shocks.
May lead to malfunction.
Do not bend or break USIM Card and do
not place heavy objects on it.
May lead to malfunction.
Do not let USIM Card get wet.
Exposing USIM Card to fluids such as water or pet
urine may cause malfunction.
Keep USIM Card out of reach of infants.
Accidental swallowing may lead to suffocation and
injury.
Do not place Charger on a sloping or
unstable surface during charging.
May cause handset to fall resulting in malfunction.
Do not cover with clothing or bedding
during charging.
Heat may build up resulting in fire or malfunction.
Use the specified power supply and
voltage.
AC Charger may ignite/overheat, cause electric
shock/fire or malfunction.
AC Charger: 100 to 240 V AC (for household AC
outlets only)
Also, do not use commercially available transformer
for travel use. May cause fire, electric shock, or
malfunction.
Hold and unplug AC Charger from outlet if
handset is not used for an extended
period of time.
Failing to do so may cause electric shock, fire or
malfunction.
WARNING
xix
Safety Precautions
Protect AC Charger from water, pet urine,
and other fluids. If liquid (water, pet urine,
etc.) gets into AC Charger, immediately,
hold and unplug AC Charger from outlet.
Failing to do so may cause AC Charger to overheat,
ignite, emit smoke, or may cause electric shock or
fire.
If dust or dirt has gotten on the plug, hold
and unplug AC Charger from outlet and
wipe off with a dry cloth.
Failing to do so may cause fire.
When plugging AC Charger into outlet,
keep conductive materials (pencil lead,
metal parts, necklaces, hair pins, etc.) away
from AC Charger plug and insert plug
completely into outlet.
Failing to do so may cause electric shock,
overheating, ignition, shorting, fire, or other
dangers, or injury or malfunction. Do not use a
damaged AC Charger or damaged AC outlet.
Do not touch AC Charger or AC outlet with
wet hands.
May cause electric shock or malfunction.
If thunder is heard, do not touch handset
or AC Charger.
May attract lightning and cause electric shock.
Firmly hold plug and unplug AC Charger
from outlet before cleaning.
Failing to do so may cause electric shock.
Do not unplug AC Charger by pulling the
cord. Firmly hold plug and unplug AC
Charger.
Pulling the cord may damage the cord resulting in
electric shock or fire.
When AC Charger is connected to an
outlet, do not pull on cord or otherwise
subject Charger it to strong shock.
May cause injury or malfunction.
Do not use AC Charger if the cord is
damaged.
May cause electric shock, overheating or fire.
Do not place heavy objects on the cord of
AC Charger.
May cause electric shock or fire.
xx
Safety Precautions
■Near Electronic Medical Equipment
●The following information conforms to "The Guidelines on Use
of Mobile Phones and Other Devices to Prevent
Electromagnetic Wave Interference with Electronic Medical
Equipment" (Electromagnetic Compatibility Conference Japan,
April 1997), as well as refers to "The Investigative Research
Report on the Influence of Electromagnetic Waves on Medical
Equipment" (Association of Radio Industries and Businesses,
March 2001).
Unplug Charger from outlet when
charging is finished.
Failing to do so may cause fire or malfunction.
Do not leave AC Charger connected to
handset when battery is removed.
May cause fire or electric shock.
CAUTION
If you use an implanted cardiac pacemaker
or implanted defibrillator, carry and use
handset at a distance of at least 22
centimeters away from the implanted
area.
Radio waves may interfere with the operation of
implanted cardiac pacemakers or implanted
defibrillators.
When using electronic medical equipment
other than implanted cardiac pacemakers/
defibrillators outside of medical
institutions, consult device manufacturer
about the influence of radio waves.
Radio waves may interfere with the operation of
electronic medical equipment.
WARNING
xxi
Safety Precautions
Observe the following in medical
institutions. Radio waves from handset
may affect electronic medical equipment.
• Do not bring mobile phones into an operating
room, ICU (Intensive Care Unit) or CCU (Coronary
Care Unit).
• Turn off mobile phones in hospital wards. Disable
auto power-on functions (alarm, etc.) before
turning off mobile phones.
• Turn off mobile phones even in lobbies or areas
where use is permitted if there is electronic
medical equipment nearby.
• Observe the instructions of individual medical
institutions and do not use or bring mobile
phones into prohibited areas.
Keep handset power off in crowded places
such as in packed trains because a person
with an implanted cardiac pacemaker or
implanted defibrillator may be nearby.
Disable auto power-on functions (alarm,
etc.) before turning off mobile phones.
Radio waves may interfere with the operation of
implanted cardiac pacemakers or implanted
defibrillators.
xxii
General Notes
Usage Basics
●As handset uses radio waves, it cannot be used where signals are weak or when it is out of service area. If you move to a place with
poor signal reception (e.g. beside/inside a building, in a tunnel, underground or mountain area), calls may be suddenly cut off.
●Take care not to disturb other people when using handset in public places.
●If you receive a call while walking, move to a safe place before answering.
●SoftBank accepts no liability for any damages arising from loss or alteration of data (Phone Book, mail, images, sound, etc.) stored
on your handset, microSD™ or microSDHC™ memory card as a result of accident or malfunction. We recommend you back up
important data such as Phone Book entries.
●Handset is a wireless station under Japanese Radio Law. You may be requested to submit your handset for inspection based on this
law.
●Using handset near a landline phone, TV or radio may affect the operation of these devices. Use handset as far away as possible
from these devices.
●Be aware of eavesdropping. Handset employs a digital signal that provides a high level of privacy protection. However, the possibility
of eavesdropping by a third party using special means cannot be ruled out.
･Eavesdropping:
Interception of radio signals by a third party during communication, either intentionally or accidentally
●Do not trap Strap or other objects when sliding handset open or shut. Doing so may cause malfunction or damage handset.
●Using handset on trains or other public transportation may, in some rare cases, affect their electronic devices.
●A call may not be connected or you may hear noises:
･In an extremely cold place (e.g. freezer storehouse) where handset may not operate normally
･Near metal furniture which may interfere with signal transmission
･Near electromagnetic sources or magnetized items, including electric products, audio-visual equipment and office appliances (e.g.
computer, microwave oven, speaker, TV set, radio, fax machine, fluorescent lamp, word processor, electric kotatsu, inverter-driven
air conditioner, electromagnetic cooker)
●If Battery appears deformed or scratched from external impact, contact Customer Assistance.
●Keep a backup copy of data saved to handset. SoftBank accepts no liability for any loss of data stored on your handset.
●If you use handset for the first time or after an extended period of disuse, charge Battery before using handset. During charging,
battery may become warm. This is normal and not a defect.
●Battery operating time varies by the usage environment and the condition of Battery (In an extremely hot or cold environment,
capacity of battery will be reduced, and service life will also be shorter. Using handset at normal temperatures is recommended).
xxiii
General Notes
●Do not charge battery:
･At an ambient temperature outside of appropriate range (5 to 35°
C)
･In a humid, dusty or shaky place
･Near a landline phone, TV or radio
●Although AC Charger may become warm while charging, it is not a malfunction.
●Do not subject handset to excessive shock. Do not deform Charger Terminals. Doing so may cause malfunction.
●When Battery Strength Indicator flashes and Charging Indicator is out, charging is disabled. Ambient temperature may be too high
or low. Charge battery at an ambient temperature of 5 to 35°
C.
●When Battery life nears its end, it may expand slightly. This is not a malfunction.
●Handset’s FeliCa reader/writer function uses ultra-weak radio waves not requiring radio licensing.
●FeliCa operates at 13.56 MHz range. Maintain enough distance when using other reader/writers nearby. Be sure to check that other
wireless stations operating at the same frequency range are not nearby.
●Keep handset away from strong magnetic force. May cause malfunction.
●Do not scratch Display with metal objects, etc. Doing so may damage Display resulting in malfunction or breakage.
●Back up image (Photo/Movie)/sound (Incoming melody, etc.) to a PC. Please note, copy protected files may not be backed up.
●Do not subject Display to excessive force. This may cause damage and lead to malfunction.
●Do not press keys/buttons with excessive force using your nails or other hard objects. This may cause damage and lead to
malfunction.
●Stored mail and downloaded data (regardless whether fee-based or free) cannot be transferred from one handset to another when
obtaining service or when changing to a different model.
●Do not pull External Device Port cover with excessive force; may cause damage.
●Do not exert excessive force where there is sliding movement when sliding handset open/shut or using handset. Swinging or bending
handset may cause malfunction and damage; handle with care.
●Earpiece should be centered over ear. Otherwise, sound may be blocked.
●Sudden change from cold to warm/humid environment may cause condensation inside handset. Using handset in this condition may
cause malfunction.
●Do not wind the AC Charger cord around the plug. This may lead to electric shock or fire.
●Prolonged exposure to sound at high volume levels may cause hearing damage. When listening to music, sound may leak from
earphones; be mindful of others on trains or in public places.
●Using handset (Music Player, TV, etc.) while walking may be cause for decreased attention, leading to accidents. Always stay alert,
especially when crossing a road, at railroad crossings etc.
xxiv
General Notes
●When not using the handset for an extended period, remove the battery and store it in a cool, dry place.
Inside Cars
●Handset use may affect electronics in some car models. Confirm with your car dealer whether sufficient magnetic protection
measures are implemented in your car. Failing to do so may compromise safe driving.
Handling
●Use a dry soft cloth (e.g. eyeglass cloth) to wipe handset. Handset's color LCD may be treated with special coating for enhanced
visibility. Rubbing Display with a dry cloth may scratch the surface. Clean handset carefully using a dry soft cloth for eyeglasses. If
moisture or soil is left on Display, the coating may stain or peel off. Do not use alcohol, solvent, benzene or detergent, as it may
cause discoloration and remove printed logos.
●Occasionally clean the power terminals and the battery terminals with a dry cotton swab or cloth. Soiled terminals may cause poor
contacts resulting in power failure and insufficient charging. When cleaning, take care not to deform the terminals.
●Do not apply excessive force to handset and battery. Placing handset in a bag packed with many items or sitting down with handset
in your pocket may damage Display, internal circuit board or battery, and cause malfunction. Close handset before placing inside a
bag. Neglecting to do so may cause damage. Such damage is not covered by the warranty, even if there is no external damage.
●Although handset becomes warm while being used or charged, it is not a malfunction.
●Do not leave the Camera Lens exposed to direct sunlight. Doing so may discolor or burn Optical Element.
●Do not affix thick stickers or labels to the Display or keypad side. Doing so may result in malfunction, and may cause keys and buttons
to be wrongly activated when handset is closed, resulting in malfunction and reduced battery life.
●Do not leave battery removed or uncharged for an extended period of time. Doing so may alter or erase the settings and data you
saved. SoftBank accepts no liability for any damages resulting from such loss or alteration.
●Do not store empty Battery. Doing so may degrade performance and shorten life of Battery.
●When removing Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable or AC Charger from External Device Port, do not pull the cord, hold the
connector. Pulling the cord may result in wire breakage or malfunction.
●Keep liquids away from handset. Handset, battery, AC Charger and USIM Card are not waterproof. Do not use in rain or humid
locations (e.g. bathrooms). If worn close to the body, moisture from sweat may corrode internal parts and cause malfunction.
Damage caused by water or humidity is not covered by the warranty.
●Do not place handset near an air conditioner vent. Abrupt temperature change may form condensation, leading to corrosion or
malfunction.
xxv
General Notes
●If you use an outlet with pullout prevention feature, refer to the instruction manual of the outlet.
●Avoid extremely cold and high temperatures. Use handset at an ambient temperature of 5 to 35゜
C, and a humidity of 45 to 85 %.
If handset is left in an extremely hot place, handset may power off automatically.
●Battery is a consumable item. Replace Battery with a new one if the operation time becomes extremely short even after it is fully
charged (depends on conditions of use). Purchase a new battery designated for handset.
●Charge Battery at an ambient temperature of 5 to 35゜
C.
●The FeliCa reader/writer function should be used within Japan. Handset's FeliCa reader/writer function complies with wireless
standards and you may be subject to penalty if used abroad.
●The IC card authentication function should be used within Japan. Handset's IC card authentication function complies with wireless
standards and has obtained certification. You may be subject to penalty if used abroad.
●Do not attach USIM Card with labels or stickers attached to handset. May cause malfunction.
●When connecting an external device, do not insert the connector into External Device Port at an angle. When external device is
connected, do not pull the cord.
●Do not use handset without Battery Cover. Battery may dislodge and result in malfunction or breakage.
●Do not attach labels or stickers to the backside of handset's Display. Labels or stickers may catch when handset is opened or closed,
resulting in malfunction or breakage.
●Be mindful of One Seg Antenna. When taking calls while viewing TV, take care not to injure persons around you or jab yourself in
the eye with Antenna. Retract Antenna when opening/closing handset.
Camera
●Creating public disturbances from using handset may be subject to penalties based on applicable laws and regulations (e.g. nuisance
prevention ordinance by municipal governments).
●Before taking photos/videos of important events (such as a wedding), perform a test to ensure that photos/videos are reproduced
properly and sound is recorded clearly.
●Do not use handset to record copyright-protected materials such as books, or materials for which permission has not been given.
Copyrights
Copyrighted materials, such as music, images, computer programs and databases, and their respective copyright holders are protected
by copyright laws. Duplication of copyrighted materials is permitted only for individual or home use. Duplications (including data
conversion), modifications, transfers or network distributions of copyrighted materials for purposes other than stated above without
permission of the copyright holders constitute an infringement of copyrights and violation of copyright holders' rights, potentially
causing claims for reparations or criminal punishment.
xxvi
General Notes
Always observe applicable copyright laws when making copies using handset and recording materials using handset camera.
The software installed in this handset is a copyrighted material and involves copyrights and human rights of copyright holders which
are protected by copyright laws. Do not duplicate, modify, alter, detach from the hardware, disassemble, decompile or reverse-engineer
the software in whole or in part by yourself, nor allow any third party to do the same, either.
Intellectual Property Rights
●Duplicating, modifying or publicly transmitting copyright-protected contents (e.g. text, images, music, software) photographed or
downloaded from websites without the permission of the copyright holders is prohibited by copyright laws, with the exception that
the duplication or quotation of those is made only for personal use.
Shooting or recording a demonstration, performance or exhibition may be prohibited in some cases even if it is for personal use.
Shooting a photo of a person using this product without his or her permission, or posting a photo of a person you shot on websites
without his or her permission may constitute an infringement of portrait rights.
●S! Appli, S! Mail, PC Site Browser and Graphic Mail are registered trademarks or trademarks of SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
●“SOFTBANK,“ SOFTBANK’s equivalent in Japanese, and the SOFTBANK logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of SOFTBANK
CORP. in Japan and in other countries.
●Yahoo! and the “Yahoo!“ and “Y!“ logos are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Yahoo! Inc. in the US.
●Osaifu-Keitai® is a registered trademark of NTT DOCOMO.
●T9® is trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States
and/or other countries.
●The microSD™ logo and microSDHC™ logo are trademarks.
●This product is licensed complying with MPEG-4 Visual Patent Portfolio License, and you are permitted to
use personally and for the nonprofit purpose in the following situations:
･To record a movie based on the standard of MPEG-4 Visual (MPEG-4 Video)
･To play MPEG-4 Video recorded by the consumer engaged in the nonprofit activities
･To play MPEG-4 Video provided by the provider licensed by MPEG-LA
When you use it for other purposes, such as promotion, in-house information and profit activity, contact the U.S. corporation MPEG
LA, LLC.
xxvii
General Notes
●This product contains Adobe® Flash® Lite™ Player under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Copyright© 1995 - 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC. All rights reserved.
Adobe, Flash and Flash Lite are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the
United States and/or other countries.
●QR code is a registered trademark of Denso Wave Inc.
●Powered by JBlend™ Copyright 2002 - 2009 Aplix Corporation. All rights reserved.
JBlend and JBlend-related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in Japan and other
countries.
●Java and all Java-related trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of US Sun Microsystems, Inc. in
the United States and other countries.
●Chaku-Uta and Chaku-Uta Full are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Sony Music Entertainment (Japan) Inc. in
Japan and/or other countries.
●This product contains NetFront Mobile Client Suite of ACCESS CO., LTD.
ACCESS, ACCESS logo and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS CO., LTD. in the United States,
Japan and other countries.
©2009 ACCESS CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
●This product is equipped with IrFront by ACCESS CO., LTD.
© 2008 ACCESS CO., LTD. All right reserved
●Powered By Mascot Capsule®/Micro3D Edition™
MASCOT CAPSULE® are registered trademarks of HI CORPORATION.
●G-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE and their logos are registered trademarks in Japan of U.S. Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. and/or its
affiliates.
●IrSimple™, IrSS™ or IrSimpleShot™ are trademarks of Infrared Data Association®.
●TruMedia and Dialog Clarity technologies are industrialized based on the license from SRS Labs, Inc.
Trumedia, Dialog Clarity, SRS and the
symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc.
●This product contains software licensed complying with GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU
Lesser General Public License (LGPL), etc.
For more details, visit “GPL・LGPL等について“ at http://ch-mobile.jp/product/gpl/
xxviii
General Notes
●This product is equipped with the font FontAvenue product by NEC Corporation.
●BookSurfing is a registered trademark of CELSYS, Inc., Voyager Japan, Inc., and INFOCITY, Inc.
●PhotoSolid® is used for image stabilization of still images. MovieSolid® is used for image stabilization of videos. PhotoSolid® and
MovieSolid® are registered trademarks of Morpho, Inc.
●FrameSolid™ by Morpho, Inc. is used for the frame interpolation function.
FrameSolid™ is a registered trademark of Morpho, Inc.
●e is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc.
●FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation. FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.
●Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows Media® and Windows Vista® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
●Microsoft Windows Operating System is indicated in its abbreviated form as Windows.
●OS (Japanese) are abbreviated as follows in this guide.
･Windows Vista is an abbreviation of Windows Vista® (Home Basic, Home Premium, Business, Enterprise, Ultimate).
･Windows XP is an abbreviation of Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional operating system or Microsoft® Windows® XP Home
Edition operating system.
･Windows 2000 is an abbreviation of Microsoft® Windows® 2000 Professional operating system.
●EXILIM is a registered trademark of CASIO COMPUTER CO., LTD.
●©ATR-Trek Co., Ltd.
●S! Appli are Java™ supported applications.
●S! Appli supported SoftBank cellular phones are equipped with JBlend®, developed by Aplix Corporation and designed to accelerate
the processing speed of Java™ applications.
●The other company names and brand names described in this guide are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective
companies.
Functional Limitations
After handset upgrade, subscription cancellation or long periods of handset disuse, the following become unavailable:
･TV
･Camera
If the functions mentioned above are activated more than a set number of times while out-of-range, they become unavailable.
xxix
General Notes
Activate the Camera and TV again after moving to a location with signal reception.
Caution
Do not use handset if it has been altered. Using an altered device is a violation of the Radio Law. This handset is certified to conform
to the technical standards for specific radio equipment based on the Radio Law, and Technical Conformity Mark
is printed on the
model name seal as certification. If you remove screws and make alterations inside of handset, the technical standards conformity
certification becomes invalid. Do not use handset with the certification invalid, as it is a violation of the Radio Law.
SAR Certification Information
930CA meet the technical standards set by Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications (MIC) regarding radio wave absorption by a
human body.
These technical standards have been established on a scientific basis to prevent radio waves emitted from wireless devices such as mobile
phones that are used close to a human head from affecting human health. These standards require that the SAR (Specific Absorption
Rate), an indicator of the amount of average radio frequency energy absorbed in the side of a human head, must not exceed the permissive
value of 2 W/kg*. This value includes a substantial safety margin to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and physical size.
The value is equal to the international guideline recommended by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection
(ICNIRP) that has a cooperative relationship with the World Health Organization (WHO).
* The technical standards are stipulated in the Radio Law (Article 14-2 of Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment).
The highest SAR value is 0.351W/kg for 930CA. This value was obtained in accordance with the MIC testing procedure with handset
transmitting at its highest permitted power level. While there may be differences in SAR levels among individual products, they all meet
the MIC’s permissible value. Because mobile phones are designed to operate at their minimum power level required to communicate
with base stations, the actual SAR of handset during a call is usually below the highest value.
For further information about SAR, see the following websites:
･Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications (MIC)
http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/index.htm
･Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB)
http://www.arib-emf.org/index02.html (Japanese)
xxx
General Notes
SoftBank’s Body SAR Policy
* Body SAR: The SAR value at the maximum transmission power when continuously talking with handset placed on the body and using
earphone-microphone.
**Specific Absorption Rate (SAR): The value measured when having talked continuously for 6 minutes.
***Placement on the body: Measurements are taken with the rear of handset facing the body at a distance of 1.5 cm as the ordinary
handset position. In order to comply with radio frequency exposure requirements, use an accessory (e.g. belt clip, holster) that does
not contain metallic parts to maintain a 1.5 cm separation between the body and handset.
For more information, see SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website:
http://www.softbankmobile.co.jp/corporate/legal/emf/emf03.html
European RF Exposure Information
This handset 930CA is a radio transmitter and receiver. This product has been confirmed not to exceed the limits recommended by
international guidelines for radio frequency.
These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.
The influence on the human body of radio waves emitted from mobile phones is measured employing a unit known as the Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2 W/kg. The maximum SAR value for this model handset, when placed on the
ear, is 2W/kg for 930CA*. As mobile devices offer a range of functions, they can be used in other positions, such as on the body as
described in SoftBank’s Body SAR Policy. In this case, the maximum SAR value is 0.375W/kg for 930CA.
Since the SAR is measured at the highest transmitting power level, the actual SAR during a call is usually much smaller. This is because
mobile phones are designed to operate at their minimum power levels necessary to communicate with base stations.
The World Health Organization (WHO) has stated that present scientific information about mobile phone use does not indicate any adverse
effects on the human body. They recommend limiting the talking time or using a handsfree device to keep the mobile phone away from
the head and body to reduce influence of exposure to radio waves.
Additional information can be found at the WHO website:
http://www.who.int/emf
* Measurements with handset placed on the body are carried out in accordance with the FCC standards. The values are based on
European requirements.
xxxi
General Notes
Declaration of Conformity
Minding Mobile Manners
Use your handset responsibly. Inappropriate handset use can be both dangerous and bothersome. Take care not to disturb others when
using your handset. Adjust handset use according to your surroundings.
●Turn handset power off in theaters, museums and other places where silence is the norm.
●Refrain from use in restaurants, lobbies, elevators, etc.
●Observe signs and instructions regarding handset use aboard trains, etc.
●Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic.
The products “930CA“ is declared to conform with the essential requirements of European Union Directive 1999/5/EC Radio and Telecommunications
Terminal Equipment Directive 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.2.
The Declaration of Conformity can be found on the following website:
http://k-tai.casio.jp/
1-1
Getting Started
Handset Parts....................................... 1-2
Basic Key Operations ................................ 1-3
Opening/Closing Handset......................... 1-7
Front Keys.................................................. 1-7
Display.................................................. 1-8
Display Indicators...................................... 1-8
USIM Card .......................................... 1-10
Before Using USIM Card ......................... 1-10
Other Notes on USIM Cards.................... 1-10
USIM PINs................................................. 1-11
USIM Card Installation............................ 1-12
Battery & AC Charger........................ 1-13
Notes on Battery Charging..................... 1-13
Battery Installation ................................. 1-13
Open Port Cover...................................... 1-15
Charging Battery..................................... 1-16
Power On/Off .................................... 1-18
Power On................................................. 1-18
Power Off ................................................ 1-19
Mobile Manners ................................ 1-20
Activating Manner Mode........................ 1-20
Codes.................................................. 1-21
Security Code ........................................... 1-21
Center Access Code.................................. 1-21
Network Password................................... 1-21
Other Basic Information ................... 1-22
Checking Battery Level............................ 1-22
My Phone Number................................... 1-22
Checking Network Status........................ 1-22
Using Power Save Mode.......................... 1-23
1
1-2
Getting Started
1
Handset Parts
2
16
1
3
15
11
26
14
13
12
32
31
30
29
17
18
23
20
22
21
19
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
25
24
27
28
◎SoftBank 930CA
1
Earpiece/Speaker3
2
Charging Indicator/Illumination
3
Display
4
Front Keys
(Right) l (Top)4
(Center) ;
(Left) : (Bottom)
5
Multi Selector
Xd & Xb4
6
Mail Key
Xo4
7
Menu Key
Xi4
8
Send Key
Wr4
9
Keypad
W0 - W94
10
Key
Ww4
11 #/Manner Key
Wq4
12 Power/End Key
Wy4
13 Clear/Back Key
Wt4
14 Shortcut Key
Xu4
15 Yahoo! Keitai Key
Xp4
16 Light Sensor
17 Light
18 Camera Indicator
19 Battery Cover
20 Memory Card Slot
21 FeliCa Mark
22 Camera
23 Internal Antenna1
24 Infrared Port
25 Microphone
26 Strap Eyelet
27 External Device Port2
1-3
Handset Parts
Getting Started
1
Basic Key Operations
◎In Standby
1
Portrait view when handset open; Landscape view when
closed.
2
Acts as shutter when using Camera.
◎In Standby (Handset Closed)
1
For optimal signal reception, do not cover Internal
Antenna with hands or anything else. Do not put
stickers over Internal Antenna.
2
Connect AC Charger or supplied Stereo Earphone
Conversion Cable to use earphone-microphone.
See instructions included with Stereo Earphone
Conversion Cable.
3
Earpiece also functions as speaker. Be careful of
ringtone/alarm sounding close by your ear when
receiving or ending a call.
4
Key illustrations are simplified and differ in
appearance from actual handset keys.
28 Lock Key
k4
29 Shutter Key
Zz4
30 Camera Key
a4
31 Viewer Key
Ys4
32 Digital TV Antenna
No.
Key/Operations
Description
31
s
Activate Snap Viewer.1
30
a
Activate Camera in Photo Mode.1
Press and hold a
Activate Camera in BI-DO-RI Mode.1
29
z
Activate TV.2
28
Press and hold k
Set/cancel Manner Mode.
No.
Key/Operations
Description
4
l
;
:
Activate/operate Quick Launcher.
28
k
Lock/unlock Side Keys and Front
Keys.
Press and hold k
Set/cancel Manner Mode.
1-4
Handset Parts
Getting Started
1
◎In Standby (Handset Open)
No.
Key/Operations
Description
5
f
Access Shortcuts.
Press and hold f
Open S! Quick News List.
g
Open Phone Book Search menu.
h
Open Received Calls window.
Press and hold h
Open Received Address List.
j
Open Redial window.
Press and hold j
Open Sent Address List.
d
Open Main Menu.
6
o
Open Mail menu.
Press and hold o
Compose a new message.
15
p
Access Yahoo! Keitai portal.
Press and hold p
Open Yahoo! Keitai menu.
7
i
Open Main Menu.
Open Task Switch window (when
multitasking).
14
u
Activate function assigned to key.
Default Setting: Schedule
Press and hold u
Assign a function to key.
8
r
Answer/make calls.
Open Quick List.
13
t
Play messages on Answering
Machine.
Press and hold t Set/cancel Answering Machine.
12
Press and hold y Turn power on/off.
9
Press and hold 3 Set/cancel IC Card Lock.
Press and hold 5 Activate/deactivate Power Save
Mode.
・Display is dimmed in Power Save
Mode.
Press and hold 7 Set font type, thickness and size.
Press and hold 8 Set Screen Filter on/off.
・Display becomes opaque.
・Setting returns to off when
powered back on.
No.
Key/Operations
Description
1-5
Handset Parts
Getting Started
1
◎During Voice Calls (Handset Open)
◎During Voice Calls (Handset Closed)
* When earphone-microphone attached. Call ends when
handset closes and earphone-microphone not attached.
◎During Text Entry
9
Press and hold 9 Toggle Light on/off.
Press and hold 0 Enter “+“ (international access
code).
11
Press and hold q Set/cancel Manner Mode.
No.
Key/Operations
Description
5
f
Increase earpiece volume
(alternatively, use Viewer Key).
Press and hold f
Continuously increase earpiece
volume.
g
Decrease earpiece volume
(alternatively, use Camera Key).
Press and hold g
Continuously decrease earpiece
volume.
h
Open Received Calls window.
j
Open Redial window.
6
o
Turn handsfree on/off.
7
i
Open Task Switch window.
14
u
Display function menu.
No.
Key/Operations
Description
13
t
Hold call.
12
y
End call.
11
Press and hold q Set/cancel Manner Mode.
In Manner Mode, voice sent via
microphone is amplified on
caller’s side.
No.
Key/Operations
Description
31
s
Increase earpiece volume*.
30
a
Decrease earpiece volume*.
No.
Key/Operations
Description
5
g
Insert line feed “
“ (when cursor is
at the end of text).
j
Add a space (when cursor is at the
end of text).
No.
Key/Operations
Description
1-6
Handset Parts
Getting Started
1
6
o
Toggle character entry mode (in
5-touch or T9 input mode).
Toggle double-byte and single-byte
characters (in 2-touch mode).
Press and hold o
Toggle text input methods (in
5-touch, 2-touch or T9 input
mode).
15
p
Switch to pictograph/symbol lists.
Press and hold p
Access My Pictograms (in S! Mail).
8
r
Cycle characters in reverse order (in
5-touch mode).
Press and hold r Undo last operation (conversion,
pasting, cut, etc.) and return to the
previous state.
13
t
Delete one character to right of
cursor.
When cursor is at end of text, a
character to left is deleted.
Press and hold t Delete all text to right of cursor.
When cursor is at end of text,
delete all text.
No.
Key/Operations
Description
10
w
Enter dakuten (゛) or handakuten (
゜) (in 5-touch, 2-touch or T9
mode).
Toggle case (in 5-touch or 2-touch
mode).
Insert line feed “
.“
Press and hold w Select area.
11
q
Toggle Shift, Caps Lock and lower
case modes (when entering
alphanumerics in T9 input mode).
Press and hold q Paste copied or cut text.
No.
Key/Operations
Description
1-7
Handset Parts
Getting Started
1
Opening/Closing Handset
Front Keys
Use Front Keys to activate/operate Quick Launcher when
handset is closed. From Quick Launcher, access Camera, TV,
Music Player, etc.
●To use Front Keys in Landscape or Portrait view, position
handset as follows.
●Use : (Top) or l (Bottom) to scroll through menu then press
; to select an item.
● Use k to lock/unlock Front Keys.
Tip
･Functions activated while handset is closed remain active after
opening handset.
Note
･Opening or closing handset while touching Front Keys or Side
Keys may cause malfunction. Set Keypad Lock (press Kk while
handset closed) to prevent malfunction.
Slide Display open.
Slide Display shut.
Tip
･In this guide, Front Keys are indicated as follows.
Top Front Key: l (Top)
Bottom Front Key: : (Bottom)
Center Front Key: ;
Front Key
Top Front Key
Center Front Key
Bottom Front Key
Portrait View
Landscape View
1-8
Getting Started
1
Display
Display Indicators
Battery Level
Temperature Monitoring
Signal Strength
Out of Range
Emission OFF Mode
USIM Lock Active
Yahoo! Keitai Mode
Yahoo! Keitai Communication in
Progress
Packet Transmission (No Data Transfer)
Connecting to Network for Packet
Transmission
/
Packet Transmission (Sending/
Receiving Data)
SSL Secured Site Connected
Unread Messages
Handset Message Memory Full
USIM SMS Memory Full (
when
there are unread messages)
Handset & USIM SMS Memory Full
Software Updated
Dial Lock Active
Secret Mode/Secret Data Only Mode
Custom Lock Active
Custom Lock Active in Secret
Mode/Secret Data Only Mode
Infrared Transmission
Authenticating IC Card
S! Addressbook Back-up Synchronizing
IC Card Lock Active
Power Save Mode
Screen Filter On (
when Backlight
is Off)
Keypad Lock Active (After Closed,
Timer or Lock Key is ON*)
Memory Card Inserted
Invalid Memory Card Inserted
Memory Card Reader/Writer in Use
Accessing Memory Card
Voice Call
Video Call
Maximum Call Cost Limit Reached
/
USB Cable Connected in
Communication/microSD Mode
microSD Mode
/
Handsfree Device Connected in
Communication/microSD Mode
/
USB Cable & Handsfree Device Connected
in Communication/microSD Mode
Vibration Set for Incoming Calls & Messages
/
Vibration Set for Incoming
Calls/Messages
No Ringtone for Incoming Calls & Messages
/
No Ringtone for Incoming
Calls/Messages
Manner Mode
Auto Manner Mode Start On
Auto Manner Mode Release On
Alarm Set
Alarm Set for Today (appears prior
to set time.)
TV Timer Recording in Progress
New Messages at Voice Mail Center
-
Voice Messages on Answering Machine
-
Video Messages on
Answering Machine
* Lock Key is ON by default.
①②③④⑤⑥⑦
⑩
⑧⑨
⑪⑫
⑬⑭⑮⑯⑰
⑳
⑲
⑱
③
Tip
･To see indicator descriptions:
Xd Settings Xd Display
Xd Icons Xd
1-9
Display
Getting Started
1
More Features
Customize
Display Settings
Wallpaper
Display Color Scheme
Set Font Type
Interface Language
Guard from Prying Eyes
Display Quality
(☛ P. 14-4)
Backlight
Set Backlight & Power Saving
Set Brightness of Backlight
(☛ P. 14-7)
Standby Indicators
Enable Indicator Selector
(☛ P. 14-10)
1-10
Getting Started
1
USIM Card
Before Using USIM Card
Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) Card is an IC
card that contains customer information (phone number,
etc.). A USIM Card must be inserted to use your handset.
●Store Phone Book entries and SMS on USIM Card.
●Insert USIM Card into other USIM-compatible SoftBank
handsets to use information on Card.
●Do not apply excessive force when inserting/removing USIM
Card.
●SoftBank is not liable for any damage caused by inserting USIM
Card into other IC card readers/writers.
●USIM Card may become warm during use. This is not a
malfunction.
●Keep IC chip clean.
●For details, refer to the manual supplied with your USIM Card.
●Do not drop USIM Card or subject to excessive shock. Doing so
may cause malfunction.
●Do not bend USIM Card or place heavy objects on it. Doing so
may cause malfunction.
●Avoid extreme temperatures.
●Do not scratch, carelessly touch or short-circuit the IC chip.
Doing so may result in data loss or malfunction.
●Clean USIM Card with a dry soft cloth (such as is used for
eyeglasses).
●Use a SoftBank-designated USIM Card. Using a non-designated
card may result in handset malfunction.
Other Notes on USIM Cards
●USIM Cards are the property of SoftBank.
●USIM Cards will be reissued for a fee if lost or damaged.
●Return USIM Cards to SoftBank upon cancellation or
suspension of service.
●Returned USIM Cards are recycled.
●USIM Card specifications and performance may change without
prior notice.
●Keep a separate copy of data saved on your USIM Card.
SoftBank is not liable for lost data.
●If USIM Card or handset (with USIM Card inserted) is lost or
stolen, suspend service immediately. For details, contact
SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-52).
●Downloaded files (S! Appli, videos, Saved Pages, etc.) saved to
handset or memory card may be inaccessible after USIM Card
replacement, handset upgrade or service subscription
cancellation. If a different USIM Card is inserted, the cookies
and cache are cleared to protect personal information.
IC Chip
1-11
USIM Card
Getting Started
1
USIM PINs
There are two security codes for USIM Cards: PIN1 and PIN2.
PIN1
PIN1 is a four- to eight-digit code to prevent unauthorized
handset use by a third party.
●Default PIN1 is 9999.
●PIN1 can be changed (P. 4-2).
●When PIN1 Code Entry Set is set to ON, PIN1 must be entered
each time handset is turned on to be used.
PIN2
PIN2 is required to reset total call cost or to set a maximum
limit to call costs.
●Default PIN2 is 9999.
●PIN2 can be changed (P. 4-2).
PIN Lock & Cancellation (PUK)
If PIN1 or PIN2 is incorrectly entered three times
consecutively, PIN Lock is activated, limiting handset use to
specific functions. Enter Personal Unblocking Key
(PUK1/PUK2) to cancel PIN Lock.
●For information on PUK, contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P. 15-52).
Note
･If PUK1 is incorrectly entered ten times consecutively, USIM Card
is locked and handset is disabled.
･If PUK2 is incorrectly entered ten times consecutively,
operations requiring PIN2 entry are all disabled.
･Write down your PUK.
･To cancel USIM Card lock, contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P. 15-52).
1-12
USIM Card
Getting Started
1
USIM Card Installation
●Remove Battery (P. 1-13) before inserting or removing USIM
Card.
Insertion
Pull Tray out by catch
Place USIM Card on tray with gold IC part
facing downward, in the orientation shown
Push Tray all the way in
Removal
Pull Tray out by catch and remove USIM Card
If Tray Detaches
Do not use excessive force to pull Tray; may slide out
completely.
If Tray detaches, align Tray horizontally, then push in all the
way.
1
2
Side with gold IC
visible facing
downward
Notch
Tab
1
2
3
Properly Inserted
1
1-13
Getting Started
1
Battery & AC Charger
Notes on Battery Charging
●Charge battery at least once every six months. If battery is left
uncharged for a long period, it may become unusable or its
operation time may decrease.
●Avoid connecting too many things to one AC outlet. Doing so
may cause the AC outlet to overheat and cause a fire.
●Battery and AC Charger may become warm during charging,
but this is not a malfunction. If they become too hot, however,
stop charging and contact SoftBank Customer Center,
Customer Assistance (P. 15-52).
●If Charging Indicator flashes during charging, battery may be
faulty. Contact SoftBank Customer Center, Customer
Assistance (P. 15-52).
●Depending on the conditions of usage, the battery may expand
as it nears the end of its life. However, this presents no safety
problems.
●Check the battery type on its label:
Battery Installation
Insertion
Press “
“ mark and slide off Battery Cover
Mark
Type
Li-ion00
Lithium-ion battery
Lithium-ion batteries are a
recyclable resource. Do not
dispose of them as municipal
waste. Bring used batteries to your nearest
SoftBank Shop or recycling center after
insulating the terminals with tape. Observe
local regulations on battery disposal.
Note
･Hold handset firmly so handset does not slide open when
removing Battery Cover.
1
1-14
Battery & AC Charger
Getting Started
1
Align terminals and insert in direction shown
(①), and then press into handset (②).
Replace cover
Removal
●Turn off handset before removing battery.
Remove battery cover
Pressing Tab (①), lift out battery (②)
2
2
1
Terminals
facing upward
B
3
Note
･Do not force Battery Cover shut. Tab may be misaligned, and
cause breakage.
1
2
Tab
1-15
Battery & AC Charger
Getting Started
1
Open Port Cover
Pull Port Cover (as indicated by arrow ①)
Rotate Port Cover (as indicated by arrow ②)
●Using excessive force may cause damage.
●Keep Cover completely open (as illustrated) while Port
is in use.
2
1
Port Cover
Slot
Note
･When handset is connected to an external device, be cautious
of Port Cover. Excessive force may damage it.
1
2
1-16
Battery & AC Charger
Getting Started
1
Charging Battery
Using AC Charger
Use only SoftBank-specified AC Charger “ZTDAA1“ (sold
separately). In this guide, the ZTDAA1 model AC Charger is
referred to as “AC Charger.“
Open Port Cover
See P. 1-15.
Insert Charger connector into External Device
Port
Extend Charger blades and plug into an AC
Outlet
Charging Indicator lights while charging. When
charging is complete, Indicator goes out.
Disconnect connector from handset
Press and hold Release Tabs to remove connector.
Close Port Cover
Unplug Charger from AC Outlet
External
Device Port
Connector
Release Tabs
Port Cover
1
2
3
Blades
AC Charger
Note
･Battery can only be charged while inserted in handset.
･When Charging Indicator and Display Indicator
go out and
Charge Unusual Stop Charge appears, disconnect handset
from AC Charger and remove battery. Set up handset and
Charger and start charging again. If the same error occurs, AC
Charger may be faulty. Contact SoftBank Customer Center,
Customer Assistance (P. 15-52).
･When Charging Indicator and Display Indicator
are
flashing, handset temperature is unsuitable for charging
(Temperature Monitoring). Wait until handset cools down.
1
2
3
4
5
6
1-17
Battery & AC Charger
Getting Started
1
More Features
Customize
Backlight
Set Backlight during Charging
(☛ P. 14-7)
1-18
Getting Started
1
Power On/Off
Power On
●Make sure USIM Card is correctly
inserted before turning power on.
Press and hold y
◎Powering Handset On for the
First Time (Initial Setup)
Setup prompt appears in Japanese.
Select NO and press d to exit.
After changing interface language to
English (P. 14-6), restart handset and
perform setup procedure as follows.
[Initial Settings] window
YES d
Auto d Select a time
zone d
■To Manually Enter Date & Time
Manual (Date Time Set) d
Select a time zone d
Enter date and time d
Enter Security Code (9999)
d Enter new Security
Code d YES d
Select a font size d
■When Separate Setting is
Selected
Set a font size for each function
window (P. 14-6).
[Keypad Sound Setting] window
ON or OFF d
◎Retrieving Network
Information
When o, p, i or d is pressed after
initial setup, a prompt appears. Select YES
to update network settings.
Tip
･After USIM Card is replaced, Security Code
is required when powering handset on for
the first time. If Security Code is incorrectly
entered five times, handset shuts down.
Turn handset on again.
1
1
2
3
4
5
Tip
･Setup prompt no longer appears when
all the initial setup items have been set.
･The default Security Code is 9999.
Tip
･Retrieve network information to use
network-related services, such as mail
and the Internet.
･To manually update network settings:
d Settings d Connection
Settings d Retrieve NW Info
d YES d
1-19
Power On/Off
Getting Started
1
◎Welcome Mail
You will find a Welcome mail from
CASIO in Inbox at time of purchase.
Power Off
Press and hold y
Handset shuts down.
More Features
Customize
Clock
Hide Clock
Set Auto Time Adjustment
Manually Adjust Time
Summer Time
Time Zone (Sub Clock)
Hide Sub Clock
Summer Time (Sub Clock)
Time Zone Major City (Sub Clock)
(☛ P. 14-2)
Auto Power On/Off
Set Auto Power On/Off
(☛ P. 14-3)
Display Settings
Set a Wake-up Image
Set a Wake-up Message
Set Font Sizes Collectively
Set Font Size for Each Function Window
(☛ P. 14-4)
Sounds
Set Handset Open/Close Sound
(☛ P. 14-14)
Key
Set Key Sound Off
（☛P. 14-39）
Tip
･Packet transmission fees apply when
accessing links in Welcome mail.
･Welcome mail can be deleted but after
initializing handset, it will reappear in
Inbox.
1
1-20
Getting Started
1
Mobile Manners
Use your handset responsibly.
Inappropriate handset use can be both
dangerous and bothersome. Take care
not to disturb others when using your
handset. Adjust handset use according
to your surroundings.
●Turn handset power off in theaters,
museums and other places where
silence is the norm.
●Refrain from use in restaurants, lobbies,
elevators, etc.
●Observe signs and instructions
regarding handset use aboard trains,
etc.
●Refrain from use that interrupts the
flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic.
Activating Manner
Mode
Most handset sounds are muted in
Manner Mode.
Press and hold q
■To Cancel Manner Mode
Press and hold q
More Features
Customize
Manner Mode
Set Manner Mode Type
Configure Original Manner Mode
Set Time for Auto Manner Mode Start
Set Time for Auto Manner Mode
Release
Toggle Auto Manner Mode Start and
Release On/Off
(☛ P. 14-13)
Note
･When handset is set to vibrate for
incoming calls, be careful as handset
may slide off, slide into a stove, etc.
Tip
･Shutter click sounds even in Manner
Mode.
･Press and hold Wq to set or cancel
Manner Mode during a call. Short
beeps sound through the earpiece
when Manner Mode is set or canceled
during a call.
･Set or cancel Manner Mode by
pressing and holding k.
1
1-21
Getting Started
1
Codes
Security Code, Center Access Code and
Network Password are required to use
handset.
●Do not reveal these codes to others.
Write down your codes.
●SoftBank is not liable for any damage
due to handset misuse.
Security Code
Security Code, 9999 by default, is
required to use some handset
functions. The code can be changed.
●If Security Code is entered incorrectly or
nothing is entered for 15 seconds, a
tone sounds and a message appears.
Enter correct Security Code.
●Security Code is referred to as 操作用暗
証番号 (operation code) on SOFTBANK
MOBILE Corp. Website (http://
www.softbank.jp).
Changing Security Code
d Settings d
Security d Change
Security Code d
Enter current Security Code
d
Enter new Security Code
d YES d
Center Access Code
Center Access Code, a four-digit code
assigned at initial subscription, is
required to access Optional Services via
landlines or to subscribe to fee-based
information.
Network Password
Network Password, a four-digit code
assigned at initial subscription, is
required to use Call Barring.
●If Network Password is incorrectly
entered three times, Call Barring
settings are locked. Network Password
and Center Access Code must be
changed.
Note
･The warning tone does not sound in
Manner Mode or when Keypad Sound
is set to OFF.
1
2
3
1-22
Getting Started
1
Other Basic Information
Checking Battery Level
Use Battery Level meters as a guide only.
Battery Level Indicator
Battery Level indicator appears at top
of Display.
Sufficient
Low
Almost out. Charge immediately.
(Flashing) Charging
Battery Level Beeper &
Large Indicator
Check battery level by number of
beeps and large indicator.
d Settings d
Other Settings d
Battery Level d
A large battery level indicator
appears. Beeps sound according to
the battery level.
Three short beeps: Sufficient
Two short beeps: Low
One short beep: Almost out.
Charge immediately.
◎When Battery Is Empty
Recharge Battery appears, the battery
alarm sounds for about 10 seconds, and
handset powers off in about 60
seconds. Charge battery.
My Phone Number
Check handset phone number.
d 0
Account Details appear.
■Add Other Information
u Edit Enter Security
Code d Select an item
d Enter information d
o
■View All Information
u Display All Data d
Enter Security Code d
v to switch tabs
■Reset Account Details
u Reset d YES
d
Checking Network
Status
Check Network Status to confirm if
voice calls and/or packet transmission
is available.
d Settings d
Other Settings d
Network Status d
Network information appears.
1
Note
･The battery level beeper does not sound
in Manner Mode or when Keypad
Sound is set to OFF.
1
Dialing
Packet
Transmission
Description
not
available
not
available
Voice calls/packet
transmission not
possible.
available not
available
Voice calls
possible, packet
transmission not
possible.
not
available
available
Voice calls not
possible, packet
transmission
possible.
1
1-23
Other Basic Information
Getting Started
1
“Out of Service Area“ appears when out
of range.
Using Power Save
Mode
When set to Power Save Mode, light,
sound, and Display settings are
modified to decrease battery
consumption.
Press and hold 5
Power Save Mode is set, and “
“
appears.
■Canceling
Press and hold 5
available available
Voice calls/packet
transmission
possible.
Tip
･Power Save Mode is canceled when
power is turned off and on again.
Dialing
Packet
Transmission
Description
1
Note
･Display Settings set during Power Save
Mode remain, even after Power Save
Mode is deactivated.
2-1
Basic Operations
Menu Operations ................................ 2-2
Accessing Handset Functions.................... 2-2
Shortcuts/Notifications ............................. 2-5
Navigating through Menus...................... 2-7
Multi Function ..................................... 2-9
Activating Another Function.................... 2-9
Toggling Functions ................................. 2-10
Text Entry........................................... 2-11
Overview.................................................. 2-11
Entering Characters in 5-touch Mode.... 2-13
Editing Text ............................................. 2-15
Editing Templates ................................... 2-15
Using Dictionaries ................................... 2-16
Entering Characters in 2-touch Mode.... 2-16
Entering Characters in T9 Input Mode .. 2-16
Phone Book........................................ 2-19
Overview .................................................. 2-19
Creating Phone Book Entries.................. 2-20
Using Phone Book ................................... 2-21
Phone Book Settings ............................... 2-22
S! Addressbook Back-up................... 2-26
Overview .................................................. 2-26
Using S! Addressbook Back-up ............... 2-26
Advanced Features............................ 2-28
Main Menu............................................... 2-28
Shortcuts .................................................. 2-28
Text Entry................................................. 2-29
Templates................................................. 2-30
Dictionaries .............................................. 2-30
Phone Book.............................................. 2-31
S! Addressbook Back-up.......................... 2-33
2
2-2
2
Basic Operations
Menu Operations
Accessing Handset
Functions
●In this guide, most operations start from
Main Menu.
From Main Menu
Press d to open Main Menu. Use b to
select an item and press d to open sub
menus.
Using Softkeys & Multi
Selector
Press Softkeys or use Multi Selector in
Standby to access assigned functions.
◎Softkeys
･o: Open Mail menu.
･o (Press and hold): Compose a new
message.
･p: Access Yahoo! Keitai portal.
･p (Press and hold): Open Yahoo! Keitai
menu.
･u: Access the function assigned to the
key.
･u (Press and hold): Assign a function to
the key.
◎Multi Selector
･f: Access Shortcuts.
･g: Open Phone Book Search window.
･h: Open Received Calls window.
･j: Open Redial window.
Keyword Search
Enter keywords to search for menu
items.
d u
Enter keyword d
<Example> Enter “mail“
Corresponding results appear.
Select an item d
■Toggling Multiple Items
Press p to toggle items.
Tip
･Handset returns to Standby after 15
seconds of inactivity.
Main Menu
1
2
¤
3
2-3
Menu Operations
2
Basic Operations
From Quick Launcher
Activate Quick Launcher when
handset is closed to access TV, Snap
Viewer, Movie Viewer, Photo, Movie,
or MUSIC.
l (Top), ; or
: (Bottom)
■Returning to Standby
k
l (Top) or l (Bottom) to
select an icon ;
◎Menu Items
From Original Menu
Assign often-used functions to
Original Menu for quick access.
d p
Press p to toggle between Main
Menu and Original Menu.
Tip
･Handset returns to Standby after a
period of inactivity.
1
Quick Launcher
2
Icon
Function
Activate Camera in Photo
Mode (P. 7-8)
Activate Snap Viewer
(P
. 7-19)
Activate TV (P
. 8-7)
Activate Movie Viewer
(P
. 7-21)
Activate Camera in
Movie Mode (P. 7-10)
Activate Music Player
(activates in Portrait view)
(P
. 9-6).
1
2-4
Menu Operations
2
Basic Operations
Enter Menu Item Number
Enter these numbers for direct menu
access. Note that Main Menu Theme
must be set to Standard.
●See P. 15-21 for menu item numbers.
●See P. 2-28 for details on changing
Main Menu Theme.
<Example> Access Select Ring Tone
(menu no. 13)
d
1 3
1
2
¤
2-5
Menu Operations
2
Basic Operations
Shortcuts/
Notifications
Add functions to Shortcut Icons and
use them as shortcuts.
Notifications appear on desktop to
inform you of missed calls, new
messages, etc. Select a notification to
check the information.
The following shortcuts are set by
default.
●S! Quick News List
●Camera (BI-DO-RI)
●S! Appli (モバイル便利帳 (Mobile
Organizer) (Japanese))
◎Shortcut Icons
Icon
Function
S! Quick News List
Camera (BI-DO-RI)
S! Appli
Call Phone Number
Compose S! Mail
Compose SMS
Access Webpage (Yahoo!
Keitai)
Access Webpage (PC Site
Browser)
Play Melody
Show Image
Play Video
Inbox Folder
Camera (Photo)
Camera (Serial)
For continuous shooting.
Camera (Movie)
Schedule
To Do List
Text Memo
Bar Code Reader
Text Reader
Music Player
TV
Icon
Function
2-6
Menu Operations
2
Basic Operations
◎Notifications
Notifications disappear after accessing the
functions or information. Answering
Machine and Voice Mail notifications
disappear after message is played back.
Calculator
Dictionary
Receive IR Transmission
Original Menu
PC Site Browser
Books
Play/Erase Msg.
Play/Erase VC Msg.
Icon
Function/Information
Missed Calls
Icon
Function
Answering Machine
Play/delete messages.
Answering Machine (Video
Message)
Play/delete Video Messages.
Voice Mail
New Messages
Failed Alarms
Missed TV Programs
Timer Recording Finished
Maximum Call Cost Limit
Reached
Software Update
Icon
Function/Information
USB Mode Communication
Network Re-search
New S! Info Channel
New S! Info Channel Receive
Failure
New Weather Info.
Weather Info. Receive
Failure
Content Keys Acquired
Icon
Function/Information
2-7
Menu Operations
2
Basic Operations
Adding Shortcuts
Add up to 15 icons per theme. Select
from three themes.
From a function u
Add Shortcut Icon d
( YES d)
Accessing Shortcuts &
Notifications
f
b to select an icon d
■Scrolling Shortcuts
v
■Changing Themes
o Change Shortcut d
Select a theme d YES d
Navigating through
Menus
Scrolling Pages
Use j or h to scroll next/previous
pages.
1
1
Shortcuts
2
j
h
¤
¤
2-8
Menu Operations
2
Basic Operations
Selecting Menu Items
Using Keypad
Use keypad to enter number
corresponding to menu item.
Return to Previous
Window or Standby
Press t to cancel operation and
return to previous window.
Press y to return to Standby.
●May not apply to all functions/windows.
More Features
Advanced
Main Menu
Change Main Menu Theme
Switch to Simple Menu
Temporarily Change Design Theme of
Main Menu
(☛ P. 2-28)
Shortcuts
Delete Notifications
Edit Title of a Shortcut
Change Icon Image
Check Icon Information
Change icon order
Delete Shortcuts
Reset Shortcuts
Show/Hide Shortcuts
(☛ P. 2-28)
Customize
Menu Display Settings
List View and Details View
Set Main Menu Theme
Change Icon Design (Original Theme)
Change Background (Original Theme)
Reset Original Theme Settings
Save Last Selected Menu Item to
Memory
Add a Menu Item to Original Menu
(☛ P. 14-9)
Key
Set Key Sound Off
Change Function Assigned to Shortcut
Key
(☛ P. 14-39)
Shortcuts
Set Shortcut Theme
Change Icon Design of a Theme
Change Order of Icons of a Theme
Copy Icons to Another Theme
Move Icons to Another Theme
Delete Icons of a Theme
Show New Message Indicator as 3D
Animation
(☛ P. 14-7)
Menu Numbers
3
¤
2-9
2
Basic Operations
Multi Function
Activate up to three functions
simultaneously. Activate one function
per group at one time (except TV &
MUSIC Group).
●See P. 15-2 for available combinations
of functions that can be activated at the
same time.
●Currently active functions are indicated
by task indicators in Task Indicator Area.
To switch to a different function, select
the corresponding task indicator.
●Transmission fees are incurred while
accessing functions during a voice call.
Activating Another
Function
Activate another function without
exiting current function.
While using a function i
i Select another
function d
■Mail Function
After step 1 o
■To Access Yahoo! Keitai Portal
After step 1 p
■To Activate Function Assigned to
Shortcut Key
After step 1 u
Function Group
Function
Mail Group
Mail
Yahoo! Keitai
Group
Yahoo! Keitai
S! Appli Group
S! Appli
Settings Group
Settings, Optional
Services
Tools Group
Data Folder, Tools,
Phone Book, Own
Data, Camera, Snap
Viewer, Movie Viewer
TV & MUSIC
Group
TV, MUSIC
Task Indicator Area
1
2
2-10
Multi Function
2
Basic Operations
Toggling Functions
When multiple functions are
active i
■Switching Functions
v to select a task indicator
d
■Opening Main Menu
i
■Returning to Standby
r
Press i in Standby to reopen Task
Switch window.
■Ending Multi Function
y Quit Selected or Quit
All Function d
1
Task Switch Window
Tip
･Alternatively, press and hold Xi to end
Multi Function and return to Standby.
2-11
2
Basic Operations
Text Entry
Handset has three text input methods:
5-touch, 2-touch and T9 Input.
●This guide mainly explains Japanese
text entry in 5-touch mode.
Overview
Text Entry Window
A text entry window consists of
Character Entry Pane, Guide Pane and
Status Pane. Indicator and key
descriptions are as follows:
◎Character Entry Pane
◎Guide Pane
◎Status Pane
Cursor
End mark (end of text)
Character
Entry Pane
Guide Pane
Status Pane
Text Entry Window
CHG
c to convert characters
All
Find
c to search Phone Book
Area
b to specify a text range
to copy/cut
CR
w to insert line feed
Sel.
Area
Press and hold w to
select area of text to
copy(cut)
A/a
w to switch case of each
character, or to add
dakuten (゛)/handakuten
(゜)
AA→aa
q to cancel Caps Lock
mode
aa→Aa
q to set Shift mode
Aa→AA
q to set Caps Lock
mode
Paste
Press and hold q to
paste copied or cut text
Back
r to cycle characters on
a key in reverse order (e.g.
え→う)
Text input method
(2-touch/T9 Input mode) (No
indicator for 5-touch mode)
Insert/Overwrite mode
Character entry mode
Kuten code input mode
(P
. 2-30)
Double-byte/Single-byte
mode
Lower case input mode
Shift/Caps Lock mode
Bytes remaining for text
entry.
Number of entered
characters (appears when
entering text to USIM
Phone Book/SMS message)
2-12
Text Entry
2
Basic Operations
Split Windows
In some instances, a second window
opens with text entry window.
◎Switching Windows
Press u and select Change Window
to switch windows.
Changing Text Input
Methods
[Text Entry] window u
CHG Input Method d
Select a text input
method d
Alternatively, press and hold o.
Toggling Character Entry
Modes
[Text Entry] window o
Press o to toggle entry modes.
Kanji/hiragana Katakana
Alphanumerics Numbers
Interruptions during Text
Entry
◎When Battery Runs Out
Battery alarm sounds and Recharge
Battery appears. Text is automatically
saved. Access the same function to
continue text entry.
Text may not be saved depending on the
function.
◎When y is Pressed
A message appears asking whether to
end text entry. Select YES and press d
to end text entry without saving the
text. To continue text entry, select NO
and press d.
◎When a Voice Call Arrives
Answer the call. After call ends, text
entry window returns.
Referring to Dictionary
from a text entry window
Function
window
Text entry
window
Tip
･In 2-touch mode, press Xo to toggle
single-byte and double-byte modes.
1
1
2-13
Text Entry
2
Basic Operations
Entering Characters
in 5-touch Mode
Press a key multiple times to cycle
through letters assigned to that key.
●For key assignment, see P. 15-11.
Kanji, Hiragana &
Katakana
Enter a reading (in hiragana) and
convert to kanji, katakana, etc.
◎Using Conversion
Enter a character and Conversion
function suggests words starting with
that character. Conversion also
suggests word selection for words to
follow.
Switch to kanji/hiragana mode to use
Conversion.
◎Auto Cursor
If no key is pressed for a set time during
text entry, cursor moves to the right.
See P. 14-39 for how to switch cursor
movement speed.
<Example> Entering “携帯電話“
[Text Entry] window
2 (four times)
“け“ is entered in Character Entry
Pane.
Suggestion list shows predictions
for words beginning with “け“ in
Guide Pane.
g Select “携帯“ d
“携帯“ appears in Character Entry
Pane.
A suggestion list of words that
follow “携帯“ appears in Guide Pane.
■When Required Word Does Not
Appear
t
Continue hiragana (reading) entry
in Character Entry Pane to narrow
down selection.
g Select “電話“ d
■To Exit Suggestion List
t or u
1
2
Tip
･Handset has a learning feature that
adds entered words to the suggestion
list. Press and hold Wt to delete an
added word from the suggestion list.
3
2-14
Text Entry
2
Basic Operations
◎Converting Hiragana
If the required suggestion does not
appear or conversion is set to Off,
convert to Kanji as shown below:
<Example> Entering “佐々木“
[Text Entry] window
3 (once) j
3 (once) 2 (twice)
■To Delete Last Input Character
t
■To Determine Entered Hiragana
without Converting It
d
u d
■To Reconvert to a Different Word
u Select a word
■To Change Conversion Range
v
Dakuten (゛) &
Handakuten (゜)
<Example> Entering “が“
[Text Entry] window
2 (once) w d
Switching to Lower Case
<Example> Change “つ“ to “っ“
[Text Entry] window
4 (three times) w
d
Pictographs & Symbols
p
Select a pictograph/symbol
d
■To Toggle Pictograph/Symbol
Categories
o or p
■To Toggle Full-Screen List and
Continuous Entry
u
t
The pictograph/symbol list
window is closed.
Emoticons
u Face Mark d
Select an emoticon d
Common Phrases
(Templates)
u Common Phrases
d
Select a folder d
Select a phrase d (twice)
1
2
1
1
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
2-15
Text Entry
2
Basic Operations
Alphanumerics, Numbers
& Katakana
Enter alphanumerics, numbers or
katakana in kanji/hiragana input
mode.
[Text Entry] window
Enter hiragana p
Select a character d
Editing Text
Deletion & Correction
[Text Entry] window
Move cursor to the left of
the character to delete
t
■To Delete All Characters to the
Right of Cursor
Press and hold t
■To Delete Entire Text
Move cursor to the end of text
Press and hold t
Position cursor Enter
correct characters
Copy, Cut & Paste
●Only one entry can be stored on
clipboard. If you copy or cut new text,
the previously copied or cut text is
overwritten.
●Copied or cut text can be pasted
repeatedly until you copy or cut new
text, or turn handset power off.
[Text Entry] window u
Copy or Cut d
Move cursor to beginning of
characters d
Move cursor to end of
characters d
Position cursor u
Paste d
Editing Templates
d Own Data d
Common Phrases d
Select a folder d
■When Security Folder Selected
Enter Security Code d
Select an entry o
Enter text d
1
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
Templates (Common phrases) Window
2
Templates List Window
3
2-16
Text Entry
2
Basic Operations
Using Dictionaries
Saving Words to Own
Dictionary
Save frequently used words to Own
Dictionary. For each word, save a
reading (in hiragana). When the
reading is entered in a text entry
window, the word appears among the
suggestions.
d Own Data d
Own Dictionary d
<New> d Enter word
d Enter reading d
■To Check Saved Words
Select a word d
Entering Characters
in 2-touch Mode
Each hiragana character is entered by
combining two key presses.
●For combinations of character input
keys, see P. 15-12.
●Procedures for selecting predicted
words and for converting entered
hiragana are the same as those used in
5-touch mode (P. 2-13).
<Example> Entering “キャンプ“
22 (き) 80
(change to lower case mode)
81 (ゃ) 80
(change to upper case mode)
03 (ん) 63
(ふ) 05 (゜)
u d
Entering Characters
in T9 Input Mode
Press a key once for each character,
and select the word from the
suggestion list.
●For key assignment, see P. 15-13.
●When character entry mode is
”Number,” 5-touch input method is
automatically applied.
<Example> Entering “春“
●The following example is in Japanese
text entry mode.
[Text Entry] window 6
9
Conversions for the key
combination appear.
1
Own Dictionary Window
2
Tip
･Pressing Ww also adds dakuten (゛)
and handakuten (゜) or toggles upper
case and lower case.
･Press Xo to toggle double-byte and
single-byte modes.
1
2
1
2-17
Text Entry
2
Basic Operations
■To Change Conversion Range
v
■Toggle Kanji and Hiragana
Suggestion Lists
q
■Toggle English and Japanese
Suggestion Lists
o
[Text Entry] window c
b
Select word from among the
suggestions in Guide Pane.
■To Show Converted Words on
Suggestion List
u
For example, if you specify “はる,“
then “張る,“ “貼る“ and other
words that have the same reading
appear on the suggestion list.
■To Show Predicted Words on
Suggestion List
r
For example, if you specify “はる,“
then “春休み,“ “遥か“ and other
words that begin with the same
reading appear on the suggestion
list.
■To Exit Suggestion List and
Continue Character Entry
t
d
Re-entering Words
Re-enter as shown below if the desired
word does not appear.
<Example> Entering “らんらんと“
●The following example is in Japanese
text entry mode.
[Text Entry] window 9
(row ら) 0 (row わ)
9 (row ら) 0 (row わ)
4 (row た)
“らんらんと“ does not appear in
suggestion list.
p
Cursor is on the first character of
the word. The edit window opens
in Guide Pane, where hiragana
characters of row ら appear.
1 (ら) 3 (ん) 1
(ら) 3 (ん) 5 (と)
2
3
1
2
3
2-18
Text Entry
2
Basic Operations
■If No Correction is Necessary
d to move cursor to the next
character
■To End Re-entering Word
u
The words predicted/converted
from the re-entered word appear
on the suggestion list.
d
More Features
Advanced
Text Entry
Switch between Lower Case & Upper
Case
Switch between Single-byte & Double-
byte
Cycle Characters in Reverse Order
Undo Last Operation
Move Cursor to Top/End of Text
Overwrite & Insert Modes
Insert Line Feed
Input a Space
Use Dictionary
Quote Text
Use Kuten Codes
(☛ P. 2-29)
Templates
Edit a Folder Name
Reset a Folder Name
Edit Templates
Reset Templates
(☛ P. 2-30)
Dictionaries
Edit Entries
Delete Entries
(☛ P. 2-30)
Customize
Text Entry
Set Text Input Method
Set Conversion
Set to Show T9 Suggestion Words in
Kanji or Hiragana
Clear Learning History
Change Font Size
Set Auto Cursor Movement in 5-Touch
Mode
(☛ P. 14-39)
4
2-19
2
Basic Operations
Phone Book
Overview
Save phone numbers, e-mail addresses and other contact information to Phone Book.
Phone Book
Data & Settings
Phone Book
Usage Examples
・
・
Name & Reading
Group
4 Phone Numbers
3 E-mail Addresses
Address
Birthday
Memo
Still Image
Entry Number
Speed
Dial
When you make calls or write messages, specify
phone numbers or addresses from Phone Book.
Contact & Personal Information
Incoming Ringtone
Incoming Image
Illumination
Vibration
Outgoing Message
Custom Settings
Secret Data
Others
Quick
List
Reject
Calls
●Back Up Important Information
Keep a separate copy of Phone Book entry information. When battery is exhausted or removed for extended periods, Phone Book
data may be lost or altered. Damage to handset may also affect data recovery. SoftBank is not liable for damages from lost/altered
Phone Book data.
Abbreviated dialing for numbers
in Phone Book (P. 3-12).
Save frequently accessed Phone
Book entries to Quick List
(P. 3-12).
Reject calls from phone numbers
not saved in Phone Book (P. 4-7).
2-20
Phone Book
2
Basic Operations
Creating Phone Book
Entries
<Example>
Enter a name, phone number and
e-mail address, and specify a group
d Phone Book d
u Add to Phone Book
d Phone d
d Enter last name
d Check reading d
d Enter first
name d Check reading
d
Reading is entered automatically.
Edit as necessary.
d Select a group
d
d Enter phone
number d Select an
icon d
■To Save Additional Numbers
Select
<Not Stored> and repeat
the same step.
d Enter e-mail
address d Select an
icon d
■To Save Additional Addresses
Select
<Not Stored> and repeat
the same step.
o
Setting Incoming Image
[Phone Book Entry] window
d
Select Image d
Select a folder d
Select a still image d
■To Capture an Image with Camera
Photo Mode d Capture
image d
■To Cancel Selected Image
Release This d
Creating Entries from
Other Functions
Create entries from the following
functions:
･Received calls
･Dialed Calls
･Redial
･Text Reader
･Receives/Sent Address List
･Yahoo! Keitai
･Phone Number Entry window
<Example> Create an entry from
Received Calls
h Select a record u
Add to Phone Book d
Phone d
Add d Search Phone
Book Select an entry
d (twice)
Phone Book Entry window with
the phone number automatically
entered opens.
1
2
Phone Book Entry Window
3
4
5
6
1
2
1
2
2-21
Phone Book
2
Basic Operations
■To Save As a New Entry
New d
Enter other items o
YES d
Resuming Phone Book
Edit Operation
If battery is empty or if another
function was activated while editing
an entry, resume operation as follows:
d Phone Book d
u Add to Phone Book
d Phone d
Recall d
■To Save As a New Entry
New d
Enter each item o YES
d
Using Phone Book
Dialing from Phone Book
d Phone Book d
■To Dial the First Phone Number
r
o or p to switch tabs c
to select an entry d
v to select a phone
number r or d
■Video Call
o
Specifying a Search
Method
g
Select a search method d
Search Reading:
Enter a reading and press c.
Search Name:
Enter a name and press c.
Search Phone No.:
Enter a phone number and press c.
Tip
･Save entry before you exit Phone Book.
Otherwise, all changes will be lost.
3
1
2
1
Phone Book Entry List Window
2
Phone Book Entry Details Window
3
1
Phone Book Search Window
2
2-22
Phone Book
2
Basic Operations
Search E-mail:
Enter an e-mail address and press c.
Search Memory No.:
Enter three-digit entry number.
Search Group:
Select a group to view saved
entries.
Search Column:
Press a key (1 - 0 or w) to
access the tab corresponding to
that key.
Search All:
Phone Book is organized by tabs
(Japanese syllabary order).
Accessing Entries from
Other Functions
Access Phone Book entries from
Received Calls, Dialed Calls, Redial and
Received/Sent Address List.
●Access Phone Book from Received
Calls
h u Look-up Phone
Book d
●Access Phone Book from Dialed Calls
i Own Data d
Dialed Calls d u
Look-up Phone Book d
●Access Phone Book from Redial
j u Look-up Phone
Book d
●Access Phone Book from Received
Address List
Press and hold h u
Look-up Phone Book d
●Access Phone Book from Sent
Address List
Press and hold j u
Look-up Phone Book d
Phone Book Settings
Customizing Handset
Response
Set different ringtones, images, etc.
per entry item or Group.
◎Indicators
The following indicators appear for set
items.
Ringtone (Incoming Calls)
Ringtone (Mail)
Illumination (Incoming Calls)
Illumination (Mail)
Vibration (Incoming Calls)
Vibration (Mail)
Incoming Image (Calls)
Outgoing Message (Incoming Calls)
Tip
･Phone Book entries saved on USIM
Card are indicated by
.
Phone Book Entry List Window
1
1
1
1
1
2-23
Phone Book
2
Basic Operations
◎To Customize by Phone
Number/E-mail Address
<Example> Set a ringtone for
incoming voice calls
[Phone Book Entry Details]
window v to select a
phone number u Ring
Tone/Image d
Voice Call (Recv.) d
Ring Tone d Select a
ringtone type d (
Select a folder d
Select a ringtone d)
■To Cancel Custom Settings
Select an item o
◎To Customize by Group
<Example> Set illumination for
incoming messages
[Phone Book Entry List]
window u Group
Setting d
Select a group u Ring
Tone/Image d
Mail (Recv.) d
Illumination d
Select a pattern d
■To Cancel Custom Settings
Select an item o
Restricting Calls to/from
Specific Phone Numbers
Restrict calls to/from specific numbers
in Phone Book. This can help manage
personal calls and prevent nuisance
calls.
[Phone Book Entry Details]
window v to select a
phone number u
Restrictions d
Enter Security Code d
Select a restriction type
d
Restrict Dialing:
Restrict outgoing calls to all
numbers except a specified
number. To call that number, you
need to dial from Phone Book.
Call Rejection:
Restrict incoming calls from a
specified number.
Call Acceptation:
Receive incoming calls only from a
specified number.
■To Cancel Restriction
Select a restriction type with
“★“ d
1
2
3
Note
･Custom settings are unavailable for
secret Phone Book entries.
･Custom settings are canceled when
entry is set as secret.
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
2-24
Phone Book
2
Basic Operations
◎When Restrict Dialing is Set
The following operations are disabled:
･Dialing by Keypad
･Dialing from Received Calls
･Calling from Phone Book (except:
calling specified number in Phone
Book)
Setting Entries as Secret
Prevent others from accessing certain
Phone Book entries by setting them as
secret data.
●Phone Book entries set as secret only
appear in Secret Mode or Secret Data
Only Mode (P. 4-9).
[Phone Book Entry Details]
window u Set Secret
d
■To Cancel Secret Setting
Release Secret d
Managing USIM Phone
Book
Phone Book entries can be copied
between handset and USIM Card.
d Tools d USIM
Operation d Enter
Security Code d
Copy d Phone→
USIM or USIM→Phone
d Phone Book d
Search Phone Book
Select an entry d
Repeat this step to specify other
entries.
o YES d
Tip
･When Restrict Dialing is set, all
records on Redial, Dialed Calls and Sent
Address List are deleted.
･Emergency numbers 110, 119 and 118
are available even when Restrict
Dialing is set.
･If you change or delete the specified
number, the set restriction is canceled.
Cancel Restrict Dialing to edit or
delete.
Tip
･Phone Book entries saved in Secret
Mode or in Secret Data Only Mode are
automatically set as secret.
･If a Phone Book entry that has been
saved to Quick List is set as secret, the
entry is canceled from Quick List.
1
1
2
3
4
5
2-25
Phone Book
2
Basic Operations
More Features
Advanced
Creating Entries
Save a Postal Code, Address & Memo
Save Birthday
Change Entry Number
(☛ P. 2-31)
Phone Book Search
Change Index Tab of Phone Book Entry
List Window
Change Font Size
Change Phone Number/E-mail Address
Order
Compose an S! Mail from Phone Book
Compose an SMS Message from Phone
Book
(☛ P. 2-31)
Managing Phone Book
Check Custom Ringtone/Image Settings
by Item
Cancel Custom Ringtone/Image
Settings by Item
Check Restriction Settings by Restriction
Type
Cancel Restriction Settings by
Restriction Type
Check Number of Phone Book Entries
Edit a Phone Book Entry
Copy a Phone Book Entry
Delete Entries
Delete Items from an Entry
Delete an Entry from USIM Card
(☛ P. 2-32)
Customize
Phone Book
Set Preferred Search Method
Change Group Name
(☛ P. 14-16)
Note
･Items that cannot be saved to USIM
Phone Book are not copied.
･Phone Book entries set as secret cannot
be copied.
･You must end copying of Phone Book
entries to make/receive calls or
send/receive messages.
2-26
2
Basic Operations
S! Addressbook Back-up
Overview
Back up handset Phone Book to server.
●Separate subscription required.
●See SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website
(http://www.softbank.jp) for details.
Using S! Addressbook
Back-up
Synchronizing Phone
Book
Connect to Phone Book backed up on
server and bring it up to date with
handset’s Phone Book.
●The first time you synchronize will be in
Synchronize regardless of the setting.
●Synchronization can be any of the
following types.
Note
･Fully charge battery beforehand.
･Packet transmission fees are incurred
for synchronizing, backing up or
downloading.
･Be careful when selecting
synchronization direction. Otherwise
newest information may be deleted.
･All data in the server Phone Book will be
deleted if Synchronize, Sync From
Client, or Backup is performed after
deleting all data in handset Phone
Book.
･All data in handset Phone Book will be
deleted if Synchronize, Sync From
Server, or Restore is performed after
deleting all data in the server's Phone
Book.
･The following Phone Book items are not
synchronized. Note that using Restore
will not delete all Phone Book settings.
Ringtone
Vibrator
Illumination/Images
Synchronize
Synchronize handset
Phone Book and
server Phone Book.
Both Phone Books are
synced with the
newest information.
Sync from
Client
Copy updated
information to server
Phone Book.
Sync from
Server
Copy update
information to
handset Phone Book.
2-27
S! Addressbook Back-up
2
Basic Operations
d Tools d S!
Addressbook Back-up
d
Start Sync d Enter
Security Code d
Select type of
synchronization d YES
d
Synchronization starts.
Synchronization results appear
after completion.
o
Checking Synchronize
Log
[S! Addressbook Back-up]
window Sync Log d
Select an item d
More Features
Advanced
S! Addressbook Back-up
Delete Synchronize Log
（☛P. 2-33）
Customize
S! Addressbook Back-up
Set Auto Synchronize
Check Auto Synchronize Settings
（☛P. 14-16）
Backup
Back up handset
Phone Book to server
(note that Server
Phone Book is
deleted).
Restore
Restore server Phone
Book to handset (note
that handset Phone
Book is deleted).
1
S! Addressbook Back-up Window
2
3
4
1
2-28
2
Basic Operations
Advanced Features
Main Menu
Start Here
【Main Menu】
.............................. P. 2-2
Shortcuts
Change Main Menu Theme
【Main Menu】
o Select a
pattern d ( YES or NO
d)
Switch to Simple Menu
【Main Menu】
o Simple
Menu d ( YES or NO d)
In Simple Menu, font size is larger and
menu options are limited to basic
ones.
Temporarily Change Design Theme
of Main Menu
【Main Menu】
o Select a
theme o
Next time you open Main Menu,
default Main Menu returns.
Delete Notifications
f Press and hold t
Some notifications may not disappear
depending on the type.
Edit Title of a Shortcut
f Select an icon u Edit
Title d Enter title d
Change Icon Image
f Select an icon u CHG
Icon Image d Select Icon
Image d Select a folder
d Select a file d
To reset icon image, select Default
Icon Image and press d.
Check Icon Information
f Select an icon u Icon
Info Setting d
Change icon order
f Select an icon u Sort
d YES d v to select
a position d
Delete Shortcuts
f Select an icon u
Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete selected
Delete selected d Select
icons d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d YES d
Reset Shortcuts
f u Reset Shortcut d
YES d
2-29
Advanced Features
2
Basic Operations
Text Entry
Start Here
【Text Entry】
window ................ P. 2-11
Functions Before Entering Text
Functions While Entering Text
Show/Hide Shortcuts
f o Display Setting d
Display always or Display at Use
d ( d)
When Display at Use is set, shortcuts
only appear when you press f in
Standby.
Switch between Lower Case &
Upper Case
【Text Entry】
window u
Lower Case or Upper Case d
Switch between Single-byte &
Double-byte
【Text Entry】
window u
Single-Byte or Double-Byte d
Cycle Characters in Reverse Order
【Text Entry】
window Input a
character r
This procedure is available in 5-touch
mode.
Undo Last Operation
【Text Entry】
window Press and
hold r
Move Cursor to Top/End of Text
【Text Entry】
window u
Jump d To Beginning or To
End d
Overwrite & Insert Modes
【Text Entry】
window u
Overwrite or Insert d
Text entry windows always open in
Insert mode.
Insert Line Feed
【Text Entry】
window w
Press g to add a space at the end of
text.
Input a Space
【Text Entry】
window u
Space d
Press j to add a space at the end of
text.
Use Dictionary
【Text Entry】
window u Refer
Dic. d Enter Word d
Enter word d Select a
dictionary d Select a word
d Read descriptions of the word
●To Enter a Word from Search History
Reference History d
Select a word d Select a
dictionary d Select a word
d Read descriptions of the word
2-30
Advanced Features
2
Basic Operations
Templates
Start Here
【Templates (Common phrases)】
window ...................................... P. 2-15
【Templates List】
window ......... P. 2-15
Dictionaries
Start Here
【Own Dictionary】
window ....... P. 2-16
Own Dictionary
Quote Text
【Text Entry】
window u
Quote Data d
●To Quote from a Phone Book Entry
Quote Phonebook d
Search Phone Book Select a data
item to quote text from d o
●To Quote from Account Details
Account Details d Enter
Security Code d Select a data
item d o
●To Scan Text by Text Reader
Text Reader d Scan text
with camera p
●To Scan Bar Code by Bar Code Reader
Bar Code Reader d Scan
a bar code with camera d
Use Kuten Codes
【Text Entry】
window u
Kuten Code d Enter kuten
codes (P. 15-14)
Edit a Folder Name
【Templates (Common phrases)】
window Select a folder u
Edit Folder Name d Enter
folder name d
Reset a Folder Name
【Templates (Common phrases)】
window Select a folder u
Reset Name d YES d
Edit Templates
【Templates List】
window Select
a template u Edit d
Edit phrase d
Reset Templates
【Templates List】
window Select
a template u
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Edit Entries
【Own Dictionary】
window
Select an entry o Edit word
d Edit reading d
2-31
Advanced Features
2
Basic Operations
Phone Book
Start Here
【Phone Book Entry】
window ... P. 2-20
【Phone Book Entry List】
window
.................................................... P. 2-21
【Phone Book Entry Details】
window
.................................................... P. 2-21
【Phone Book Search】
window
.................................................... P. 2-21
Creating Entries
Phone Book Search
Delete Entries
【Own Dictionary】
window
Select an entry u Delete
d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete selected
Delete selected d Select
entries d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Save a Postal Code, Address &
Memo
【Phone Book Entry】
window
or
d Enter content d
Save Birthday
【Phone Book Entry】window
d Enter date of birth
d
Change Entry Number
【Phone Book Entry】
window
d Change entry number
d
Change Index Tab of Phone Book
Entry List Window
【Phone Book Entry List】
window
u Change Display d
Alphabet, Memory No. or Group
d
Change Font Size
【Phone Book Entry List】
window or
【Phone Book Entry Details】
window
u Font Setting d
Standard Font, Big Font or Small
Font d
Change Phone Number/E-mail
Address Order
【Phone Book Entry Details】
window
Select a phone number/e-mail
address u Move to Top
d
This procedure is available when more
than one phone number/e-mail
address is saved to a Phone Book entry.
2-32
Advanced Features
2
Basic Operations
Managing Phone Book
Compose an S! Mail from Phone
Book
【Phone Book Entry Details】
window
v to select an e-mail address
d Compose S! Mail
Compose an SMS Message from
Phone Book
【Phone Book Entry Details】
window
v to select a phone number
u Compose SMS d
Compose SMS message
Check Custom Ringtone/Image
Settings by Item
【Phone Book Entry List】
window
u Ring Tone/Image d
Select an item with “★“ d
Select an item with “★“ u
Check Settings d Check
settings of item with “★“ d
Cancel Custom Ringtone/Image
Settings by Item
【Phone Book Entry List】
window
u Ring Tone/Image d
Select an item with “★“ d
Select an item with “★“ u
Release Settings d YES
d
Check Restriction Settings by
Restriction Type
【Phone Book Entry List】
window
u Restrictions d
Enter Security Code d Select
a restriction type with “★“ u
Check Settings d
Cancel Restriction Settings by
Restriction Type
【Phone Book Entry List】
window
u Restrictions d
Enter Security Code d Select
a restriction type with “★“ u
Release Settings d YES
d
Check Number of Phone Book
Entries
【Phone Book Entry List】
window
u No. of Phone Book d
Edit a Phone Book Entry
【Phone Book Entry Details】
window
u Edit Phone Book d
Edit each item o YES d
●To Save as a New Entry
d Enter entry number
The edited entry is saved as a new
entry and the original entry remains
the same as before.
2-33
Advanced Features
2
Basic Operations
S! Addressbook Back-up
Start Here
【S! Addressbook Back-up】
window
.............................................................. P. 2-27
Copy a Phone Book Entry
【Phone Book Entry Details】
window
u Copy to USIM or Copy
from USIM d YES d
Delete Entries
【Phone Book Entry List】
window
Select an entry u Delete
Data d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete selected
Delete selected d Select
entries d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d YES
d
Delete Items from an Entry
【Phone Book Entry Details】
window
v to select an item u
Delete Data d Delete Phone
No., Delete Mail Add., Delete
Address, Delete Birthday, Delete
Memorandums, Delete Image or
Delete This d YES d
Delete an Entry from USIM Card
d Tools d USIM
Operation d Enter Security
Code d Delete d
USIM d Phone Book d
Search Phone Book Select an
entry d o YES d
Delete Synchronize Log
【S! Addressbook Back-up】
window
Sync Log d Select Log
u
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete selected
Delete selected d Select
Log d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
3-1
Calling
Overview.............................................. 3-2
Voice Call.............................................. 3-3
Making Voice Calls.................................... 3-3
International Calls..................................... 3-3
Answering Voice Calls............................... 3-4
Answering Machine.................................. 3-4
Video Call ............................................. 3-7
Video Call Window ................................... 3-7
Making Video Calls ................................... 3-7
Answering Video Calls.............................. 3-8
Call Logs ............................................. 3-10
Dialing from Call Logs ............................ 3-10
Call Time & Cost ...................................... 3-11
Speed Dial .......................................... 3-12
Abbreviated Dialing................................ 3-12
Dialing from Quick List........................... 3-12
Calling While Abroad
(Global Roaming) .............................. 3-13
Calling Japan and Other Countries ........ 3-13
Calling within the Same Country............ 3-13
Optional Services .............................. 3-14
Overview .................................................. 3-14
Advanced Features............................ 3-16
Outgoing Call Functions.......................... 3-16
International Calls ................................... 3-16
Handling Incoming Calls ......................... 3-16
Engaged Call Operations ........................ 3-17
Answering Machine................................. 3-18
Call Logs ................................................... 3-18
Speed Dial ................................................ 3-19
Optional Services ..................................... 3-19
3
3-2
3
Calling
Overview
Voice call and video call are available on handset.
Make Calls to:
Other party must use a video call
compatible phone
SoftBank
Handsets
Landlines
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
Make Calls to:
SoftBank
Handsets
Landlines
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
International
Call
Emergency calls are possible even
while some handset restrictions
are active.
• International phone service available
without separate application.
• For details of service and eligible countries and
regions, see SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website
(http://www.softbank.jp), or contact SoftBank
Customer Center, General Information
Global
Roaming
Emergency Calls
Your location is automatically reported to the
corresponding agency (police, etc.) when you
place emergency calls (110, 119, or 118) with
Softbank 3G handsets.
(Emergency Location Report)
930CA reports Location Information based on
positioning signals from radio stations.
●Registration and transmission fees do not apply.
●Positioning accuracy is affected by location and
signal conditions. Always provide your location
and purpose on the phone.
●Location Information is not reported when
emergency calls are placed without Caller ID
(such as when the number is prefixed with 184).
However, the corresponding agency may obtain
your Location Information in a life threatening
situation.
●Not available during international roaming.
Voice Call
Video Call
Calling Abroad
from Japan
Make/receive voice and
video calls.
Using Handset Abroad
Handset is Global Roaming
Service eligible.
(Prior application may be required.)
･Restrict Dialing (P. 2-24)
･Keypad Lock (P. 4-4)
･Set Max Cost Limit (P. 14-19)
･Emission OFF Mode (P. 4-8)
･PIN1 Code Entry Set (P. 4-2)
(P. 15-52).
3-3
3
Calling
Voice Call
Making Voice Calls
Enter phone number
■Correcting Misentries
v to scroll cursor Reenter
number(s)
■Deleting Numbers
v to select a number t
■Deleting Phone Number
Press and hold t or y
r
y to end call
Available Keys during
Voice Calls
International Calls
●International phone service available
without separate application.
Enter phone number u
Int’l Call d
Select a country code
d Select an international
prefix number d r
y to end call
1
Phone Number Entry Window
Tip
･Always include the area code even
when dialing from the same area.
･When you hear a busy tone, the other
party is on another line.
･When you hear a message saying that
the other party cannot be reached, the
other party’s mobile phone is off or is
out of signal range.
･When you hear a message asking for
your caller ID, call again with your
number revealed.
･After Display backlight turns off during
a call, if no keys are pressed for about
two minutes, Display goes off and
handset enters Power Saver Mode
regardless of Lighting setting for
Backlight (P. 14-7). Handset can be
operated in Power Saver Mode in the
same way as when Display is lit.
2
Voice Call Window
3
･Call ends when handset is closed.
Connect stereo earphone-microphone
to talk with handset closed.
Adjust Earpiece
Volume
c
Hold Call
t
1
2
3
3-4
Voice Call
3
Calling
Answering Voice Calls
When a call arrives r
y to end call
Answering Machine
Record caller’s messages on handset
when you are unable to answer voice
or video calls.
Setting Answering
Machine
d Settings d
Incoming Call d
Answering Machine d
ON d Select an
outgoing message d
Enter ring time
◎When a Call Arrives
Answering Machine activates after the
set ring time. Outgoing message plays,
and the caller’s voice/video message is
recorded.
Handset returns to Standby when
recording is complete. Answering
Machine notification and Display
indicator appear. The indicator shows
the number of messages.
■To Answer Call during Recording
r
Tip
･Open handset to answer a call.
1
2
Tip
･When Voice Mail or Call Forward is
activated, set a shorter ring time for
Answering Machine than that for Voice
Mail or Call Forward.
･Answering Machine can be set or
canceled by pressing and holding t
in Standby.
･Answering Machine is unavailable
when power is off, in a place with no
signal reception, or in Emission OFF
Mode. Use Voice Mail instead (see
P. 3-15).
1
2
3
3-5
Voice Call
3
Calling
Playing Messages
f Select notification
or
d
Items with a message recorded are
indicated by “★.“
Select a message d
■To Delete a Message While
Playing it
u Erase d YES d
Available Keys during
Playback
Available Keys during
Video Message Playback
Activate When Call
Arrives
Activate Answering Machine when
unable to answer an incoming call.
Answering Machine setting returns,
after message is recorded.
When a call arrives k
Answering Machine is activated
and starts recording.
Stop
d or t
Return a Voice Call
r
Return a Video Call
o
1
Play/Delete Voice Message Window
2
Tip
･Pressing Yt in Standby also plays
recorded voice messages.
When there is a voice memo but no
voice message, the voice memo plays.
･To play voice messages from Main
Menu:
Xd Tools Xd Play/Erase
Msg. Xd
Play Previous/Next
Message
v
Adjust Volume
c
Pause/Play
d
Stop
t
Return a Voice Call
r
Return a Video Call
o
Tip
･To play video messages from Main
Menu:
Xd Tools Xd Play/Erase VC
Msg. Xd
Note
･Answering Machine cannot be
activated when memory is full.
1
3-6
Voice Call
3
Calling
More Features
Advanced
Outgoing Call Functions
Show/Hide Caller ID
Adjust Earpiece Volume in Advance
Add Area Code and Country Code
(Prefix Numbers)
(☛ P. 3-16)
International Calls
Enter “+“ to Call Abroad
(☛ P. 3-16)
Handling Incoming Calls
Reject Calls
Place Calls on Hold
Forward Calls
Forward Calls to Voice Mail Center
(☛ P. 3-16)
Engaged Call Operations
Handsfree
Send Touch Tones
(☛ P. 3-17)
Answering Machine
Delete Recorded Messages
(☛ P. 3-18)
Customize
Outgoing Calls
Save Touch Tones
Set Numbers after “*“ as Sub Address
Save Area Code and Country Code as
Prefix Numbers
(☛ P. 14-17)
Display Settings
Set an Outgoing Call Image
Set an Incoming Call Image
(☛ P. 14-4)
International Calls
Change International Access Code
Automatically Dialed with “+“
Change a Country Code
Save an International Access Code
(☛ P. 14-17)
Incoming Call Alerts
Adjust Ringtone Volume
Set a Ringtone
Set Vibration
Set Illumination Color
Show Phone Book Entry Images for
Incoming Calls
(☛ P. 14-10)
Answering Incoming Calls
Set to Answer Calls by Pressing Any Key
Except Send Key
Set to Mute Ringtone by Pressing Any
Key Except Send Key
Set to Answer Call by Opening Handset
(☛ P. 14-12)
Call Settings
Set Noise Reduction
Set Weak Signal Alarm
Set Reconnection Tone
Set a Hold Message
(☛ P. 14-18)
3-7
3
Calling
Video Call
Video Call Window
Video Call Indicators
Making Video Calls
Enter phone number
■Correcting Misentries
v to scroll cursor Reenter
number(s)
■Deleting Numbers
v to select a number t
Press and hold t to delete all
numbers to the left of the selected
number.
■Deleting Phone Number
v to select the first or last
number Press and hold t
o
y to end call
Transmitting Audio
Transmission Failed
Transmitting Video
Transmission Failed
Sending Camera Image
Substitute Image
Handsfree ON
Handsfree OFF
Mute
Portrait
Scenery
Macro
Sub
window
Main
window
Call time
Video
call
settings
1
Phone Number Entry Window
Tip
･Closing handset will end a video call.
･Always include the area code even
when dialing from the same area.
･Video calls made to emergency
numbers (110, 119 and 118) are
automatically switched to voice calls.
･An error message with a possible cause
appears when a video call fails to be
connected.
･Handset is unequipped with a front
camera. Image sent to other party is
substitute image or rear camera image.
･Charging may automatically stop or
camera image may switch to substitute
image if charging while making a video
call, depending on temperature and
handset usage (ex. also recording TV).
2
Video Call Window
3
3-8
Video Call
3
Calling
Available Keys during
Video Calls
Answering Video
Calls
When a video call arrives
r
y to end call
More Features
Advanced
Outgoing Call Functions
Show/Hide Caller ID
Adjust Earpiece Volume in Advance
Add Area Code and Country Code
(Prefix Numbers)
(☛ P. 3-16)
Handling Incoming Calls
Reject Calls
Place Calls on Hold
Forward Calls
(☛ P. 3-16)
Engaged Call Operations
Handsfree
Set Image Quality
Adjust Brightness
Change White Balance
Change Color Tone
Change Scene
Backlight Lighting Time
(☛ P. 3-17)
Adjust
Earpiece
Volume
c
Hold Call
t
Toggle Main
Window
Images
Press and hold d to
toggle image as
follows: The other
party’s image → Your
image → The other
party’s image (sub
window off) → Your
image (sub window off)
Zoom In/Out
Outgoing
Camera Image
v or
press and hold v
Mute Audio
d
To cancel mute, press
d again
Tip
･Closing handset will end a video call.
1
2
3-9
Video Call
3
Calling
Customize
Outgoing Calls
Set Numbers after “*“ as Sub Address
Save Area Code and Country Code as
Prefix Numbers
(☛ P. 14-17)
Display Settings
Set an Outgoing Call Image
Set an Incoming Call Image
(☛ P. 14-4)
Incoming Call Alerts
Adjust Ringtone Volume
Set a Ringtone
Set Vibration
Set Illumination Color
Show Phone Book Entry Images for
Incoming Calls
(☛ P. 14-10)
Answering Incoming Calls
Set to Answer Calls by Pressing Any Key
Except Send Key
Set to Answer Calls by Opening
Handset
(☛P. 14-12)
Call Settings
Set Noise Reduction
Set Weak Signal Alarm
Set Reconnection Tone
Set a Hold Message
(☛ P. 14-18)
Video Calls
Set an Image to be Sent during Video
Calls
Redial Automatically as Voice Call When
Video Call Connection Fails
Set an Image to Appear in Main
Window
Automatically Switch to Handsfree
Mode in Video Calls
(☛ P. 14-20)
3-10
3
Calling
Call Logs
Dialing from Call
Logs
Phone numbers and dates and times of
incoming and outgoing calls are saved
on handset as call logs. Access call logs
to return calls quickly.
Up to 30 Dialed Calls and 30 Received
Calls (including Missed Calls) are
stored.
Call Log Indicators
The following indicators appear in
Redial, Dialed Calls and Received Calls
windows.
Redial/Received Calls
j or h
Select a record r or o
■To Check Details of a Record
Select a record d
Dialed Calls
d Own Data d
Dialed Calls d
Select a record r or o
■To Check Details of a Record
Select a record d
Voice Calls
Outgoing & Incoming
Missed
Unchecked Missed
International Calls
Outgoing & Incoming
Missed
Unchecked Missed
Video Calls
Outgoing & Incoming
Missed
Unchecked Missed
International Video Calls
Outgoing & Incoming
Missed
Unchecked Missed
Answering Machine
Voice Messages
Video Messages
Packet Transmission
Outgoing & Incoming Calls
Appears when outside the GMT+09
time zone.
Time appears in summer time when
summer time is set.
1
Redial Window
Received Calls Window
2
1
Dialed Calls Window
2
3-11
Call Logs
3
Calling
Checking Number of
Missed Calls
d Own Data d
Received Calls d
The total number of incoming
calls, number of missed calls, and
number of unchecked missed calls
appear.
All Calls or Missed Calls
d
Call Time & Cost
Check the total and last call times and
costs.
d Settings d Call
Time/Charge d Call
Data d
More Features
Advanced
Redial, Dialed Calls & Received Calls
Change Font Size
Show Ring Time (Missed Calls)
Delete Records
(☛ P. 3-18)
Call Time & Cost
Reset Total Call Time
Reset Total Call Cost
(☛ P. 3-19)
Customize
Incoming Call Alerts
Open Missed Calls Window by Opening
Handset
(☛P. 14-10)
Checking Call Logs
Change Colors of Names, Phone
Numbers and E-mail Addresses in
Call and Message Log Windows
(☛ P. 14-14)
Call Costs
Set/Cancel a Maximum Call Cost Limit
Set Auto Reset of Total Call Cost
(☛ P. 14-19)
1
2
Call cost and cost limit may be
unavailable depending on your
subscription.
Tip
･Use indicated call times and costs only
as a guide. The actual call time and cost
may be different. Your handset may
not indicate call costs depending on
the service you subscribe. Indicated
costs do not include consumption tax.
･When the last or total call time exceeds
199 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds,
counting restarts from zero seconds.
1
3-12
3
Calling
Speed Dial
Abbreviated Dialing
Just press a number key from 0 to
9 and then r to call Phone Book
entries with entry numbers 000 to 009.
●If a Phone Book entry has more than
one phone number, handset dials the
first number.
0 to 9 r or o
Dialing from Quick
List
Save frequently accessed Phone Book
entries to Quick List to quickly make
calls or send messages.
●Quick List is unavailable in Secret Data
Only Mode.
●Although Quick List is available in Secret
Mode, secret Phone Book entries
cannot be saved to Quick List.
Saving Entries to Quick
List
r
v to select a tab o
Search Phone Book Select
an entry d
Select a phone number or
e-mail address d
When a checkbox is selected, other
numbers/addresses become grayed
and cannot be selected. To select
another number/address, first
cancel the currently selected
checkbox.
o
Dialing/Sending
Messages from Quick List
r
v to select an entry
CALL, MAIL or VIDEO CALL
d
■To Send an S! Mail to All Quick List
Entries
u Broadcast Mail d
Compose S! Mail
More Features
Advanced
Speed Dial
Cancel Entries from Quick List
Change Quick List Entry Image
(☛ P. 3-19)
1
1
Quick List Window
2
3
4
1
2
3-13
3
Calling
Calling While Abroad (Global Roaming)
Make calls while overseas.
●Global Roaming Service may require
prior application. Details and
applications are available online at
http://www.softbank.jp or by
contacting SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P. 15-52).
●930CA is compatible with 3G networks.
Transmission is unavailable in
GSM/GPRS areas.
Calling Japan and Other
Countries
Press and hold 0
“＋“ is entered.
Enter country code and
phone number with area
code (excluding the first
“0“) r
Calling within the
Same Country
Enter phone number with
area code r
･Do not omit “0“ from area code.
･Country code not required.
More Features
Customize
Global Roaming
Set Operator
Activate Network Re-search for an
Available Operator
Set Priority for Operators
Show Operator Name While Roaming
(☛ P. 14-21)
Tip
･Do not omit the first “0“ from area
code when calling Italy.
1
2
1
3-14
3
Calling
Optional Services
Overview
The following services are available
with your handset.
* Separate application is required.
Activating Call Forward
<Example>Forward calls to a specified
number after a set ring
time
d Settings d
Optional Services d
Voice Mail/Divert d
Divert ON d YES
d Voice/Video Calls,
Voice Calls or Video Calls
d Enter phone
number d
■To Search from Phone Book
c to select a search method
d Search Phone Book Select
an entry d Select a phone
number d (twice)
No Answer d Select a
ring time d
■To Forward Calls Immediately
Always d
Call
Forward
Forward calls to a preset
phone number.
Voice
Mail
Forward calls to Voice Mail
Center when unable to
answer a call.
Missed Call Notification
Notification (SMS) arrives for
missed calls while handset
was off, out of range or
engaged, etc.
Call
Waiting*
Place the current call on hold
to answer another incoming
call. Talk with two parties
alternately.
Group
Calling*
Call others during a call and
talk with multiple parties
simultaneously.
Call
Barring
Select whether to restrict
incoming and outgoing calls
and SMS.
Caller ID
Select whether to show or
hide your number when
making calls.
1
Voice Mail/Divert Window
2
Tip
･If No Answer is set, press Wr to
answer incoming call before the call is
forwarded. If Always is set, handset
does not ring/vibrate and all calls are
forwarded to the preset number.
･Call Forward and Voice Mail cannot be
set simultaneously. Call Forward for
video calls is only available with Voice
Mail.
･If you activate Call Forward when Voice
Mail has already been set, Voice Mail is
canceled.
3
3-15
Optional Services
3
Calling
Activating Voice Mail
<Example>Forward calls to Voice Mail
Center after a set ring time
[Voice Mail/Divert] window
Voice Mail ON d
YES d
No Answer d Select a
ring time d
■To Forward Calls to Voice Mail
Center Immediately
Always d
◎Missed Call Notification
SMS notification informs you of missed
calls while handset was off, out of
range, engaged, etc.
1 4 1 4 r
Follow voice guidance.
◎To Play Messages
[Voice Mail/Divert] window
Play Messages d
YES d
Canceling Call Forward &
Voice Mail
[Voice Mail/Divert] window
Voice Mail/Divert OFF
d YES d
More Features
Advanced
Call Forward & Voice Mail
Delete Icons for Notifying Recorded
Messages
Check Current Setting Status
(☛ P. 3-19)
Call Waiting
Set Call Waiting
Answer Incoming Calls during Calls
Check Current Setting Status
(☛ P. 3-20)
Group Calling
Hold Current Call to Make Another Call
Switch Parties
Talk with Multiple Parties
Simultaneously
Talk with a Specific Party
End Call with a Specific Party
(☛ P. 3-20)
Call Barring
Restrict Incoming/Outgoing Calls & SMS
Cancel Call Barring
Change Network Password
Check Current Setting Status
(☛ P. 3-21)
Caller ID
Show/Hide Phone Number
Check Current Setting Status
(☛ P. 3-21)
Tip
･If No Answer is set, press Wr to
answer incoming call before the call is
forwarded to Voice Mail Center. If
Always is set, handset does not ring or
vibrate and all calls are forwarded to
Voice Mail Center.
･Voice Mail and Call Forward cannot be
set simultaneously. Voice Mail is only
available with Call Forward for video
calls.
･If you activate Voice Mail when Call
Forward has already been set, Call
Forward is canceled.
1
2
1
1
1
3-16
3
Calling
Advanced Features
Outgoing Call Functions
International Calls
Handling Incoming Calls
Show/Hide Caller ID
Enter phone number u
Notify Caller ID d OFF, ON
or Cancel Prefix d r or o
Alternatively, enter “186“ before the
phone number to show your number,
or “184“ to hide your number.
Show/hide Caller ID each time you dial
from Phone Book or call logs (Redial,
Dialed Calls or Received Calls).
Adjust Earpiece Volume in
Advance
Enter phone number Press and
hold c c
Add Area Code and Country Code
(Prefix Numbers)
Enter phone number u
Prefix Numbers d Select an
item d r or o
Store area codes and country codes
beforehand. Enter prefixes before
making calls.
Add prefix from Phone Book entry,
Redial, Dialed Calls or Received Calls
windows.
0046010 is set to 国際発信 by default.
Enter “＋“ to Call Abroad
Press and hold 0 Enter
country code Enter area code
Enter phone number r
Dial d
“+“ appears when you press and hold
0, indicating that the international
code set in Auto Int’l Call Set. is
entered.
Reject Calls
When a call arrives u Call
Rejection d
Place Calls on Hold
When a call arrives y To
answer call r
Press y again to end the call on
hold.
3-17
Advanced Features
3
Calling
Voice Calls
Engaged Call Operations
Start Here
【Voice Call】
window ................... P. 3-3
【Video Call】
window................... P. 3-7
Voice & Video Calls
Voice Calls
Video Calls
Forward Calls
When a call arrives u Call
Forwarding d
This procedure is available when Call
Forward has been activated from
Voice Mail/Divert window.
Forward Calls to Voice Mail Center
When a call arrives u Call
Forwarding d
This procedure is available when Voice
Mail has been activated from Voice
Mail/Divert window.
Handsfree
【Voice Call】
window/【Video Call】
window o YES d
Press o again to cancel handsfree
mode.
Send Touch Tones
【Voice Call】
window i (twice)
Settings d Dialing d
Pause Dial d (twice)
Each time you press r, a touch tone
sequence until “p“ (pause) is sent.
Save touch tones in advance
(P. 14-17).
●To send touch tones all at once:
Press and hold j Send at one
time d
Set Image Quality
【Video Call】
window u
V. Call Settings d Visual
Prefer. d Select an item
d
3-18
Advanced Features
3
Calling
Answering Machine
Start Here
【Play/Delete Voice Message】
window
...................................................... P. 3-5
Call Logs
Start Here
【Redial】
window........................P. 3-10
【Dialed Calls】
window .............. P. 3-10
【Received Calls】
window ..........P. 3-10
Redial, Dialed Calls & Received
Calls
Adjust Brightness
【Video Call】
window u
V. Call Settings d
Brightness d Select a level
d
Available when sending camera image.
Change White Balance
【Video Call】
window u
V. Call Settings d White
Balance d Select an item
d
Available when sending camera image.
Change Color Tone
【Video Call】
window u
V. Call Settings d Color
Mode Set d Select an item
d
Change Scene
【Video Call】
window u
V. Call Settings d Select
Scene d Select a scene d
Available when sending camera
image.
Backlight Lighting Time
【Video Call】
window u
Display Light d All Time ON
or Same as Backlight d
Delete Recorded Messages
【Play/Delete Voice Message】
window Select a message u
Delete This, Delete Rec. Msg. or
Delete All d YES d
Selecting Delete All also deletes a
voice memo if it has been saved.
Change Font Size
【Redial】
window,【Dialed Calls】
window or【Received Calls】
window u Font Setting
d Standard Font, Big Font or
Small Font d
3-19
Advanced Features
3
Calling
Call Time & Cost
Speed Dial
Start Here
【Quick List】
window ................. P. 3-12
Optional Services
Start Here
【Voice Mail/Divert】
window.....P. 3-14
【Voice Call】
window.................... P. 3-3
Call Forward & Voice Mail
Show Ring Time (Missed Calls)
【Received Calls】
window u
Ring Time d
Delete Records
【Redial】
window,【Dialed Calls】
window or【Received Calls】
window u Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete selected
Delete selected d Select
records d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Selecting Delete All in Redial window
or Dialed Calls window deletes all
records from both Redial and Dialed
Calls.
Reset Total Call Time
d Settings d
Call Time/Charge d Reset
Total d Enter Security Code
d Reset Total Duration
d YES d
Reset Total Call Cost
d Settings d
Call Time/Charge d Reset
Total d Enter Security Code
d Reset Total Cost d
YES d Enter PIN2 d
Cancel Entries from Quick List
【Quick List】
window v to
select a tab u Release This
or Release All d ( Enter
Security Code d) YES d
Change Quick List Entry Image
【Quick List】
window v to
select a tab u Image d
Select a folder d Select
an image d
Delete Icons for Notifying
Recorded Messages
【Voice Mail/Divert】
window
Erase Icon d YES d
3-20
Advanced Features
3
Calling
Call Waiting
Group Calling
Check Current Setting Status
【Voice Mail/Divert】
window Get
Status d
Set Call Waiting
d Settings d Optional
Services d Call Waiting
d ON or OFF d YES
d
Answer Incoming Calls during
Calls
【Voice Call】
window Call
waiting tone sounds r
Press d to toggle between two
parties.
Check Current Setting Status
d Settings d Optional
Services d Call Waiting
d Get Status d
Hold Current Call to Make Another
Call
【Voice Call】
window t
Enter phone number r
To dial from Phone Book, press u
Phone Book d, search Phone
Book, select a number and then press
r.
To dial from Dialed/Received Calls,
press u Redial or Received Calls
d, select a phone number/name
and then press r.
Switch Parties
【Voice Call】
window d
Press d to toggle parties.
Talk with Multiple Parties
Simultaneously
【Voice Call】
window While
talking with one party u
Join Multi Party d
Talk with a Specific Party
【Voice Call】
window While
talking with multiple parties u
Select Ans. Call d Select
a party d
The other parties are placed on hold
while talking with the selected party.
End Call with a Specific Party
【Voice Call】
window While
talking with multiple parties u
Select Disc Call d Select a
party d
3-21
Advanced Features
3
Calling
Call Barring
Caller ID
Restrict Incoming/Outgoing Calls
& SMS
d Settings d Optional
Services d Call Barring
d Outgoing Calls or Incoming
Calls d Select an item d
YES d Enter Network
Password d
Emergency numbers 110, 119 and
118 are available even when Call
Barring is set.
When Bar All Outgoing Calls or Bar
All Incoming Calls is set for Call
Barring, Call Forward is unavailable
(When Call Forward is set, Call Barring
is unavailable).
If Network Password is incorrectly
entered three times consecutively, Call
Barring settings are locked. Network
Password and Center Access Code
must be changed. For details, contact
SoftBank Customer Center, General
Information (P. 15-52).
Cancel Call Barring
d Settings d Optional
Services d Call Barring
d Cancel All Barring d
YES d Enter Network
Password d
Change Network Password
d Settings d Optional
Services d Call Barring
d Set NW Password d
YES d Enter current
Network Password d Enter
new Network Password d
Enter new Network Password
again for confirmation d
Check Current Setting Status
d Settings d Optional
Services d Call Barring
d Get Status d Select
an item d
Show/Hide Phone Number
d Settings d Optional
Services d Caller ID
Notification d
Activate/Deactivate d ON
or OFF d YES d
Check Current Setting Status
d Settings d Optional
Services d Caller ID
Notification d Get Status
d
4-1
Security
PIN Settings.......................................... 4-2
Setting PIN1 Entry..................................... 4-2
Changing PIN1/PIN2.................................. 4-2
Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset
Use........................................................ 4-3
Activating Dial Lock.................................. 4-3
Setting Custom Lock ................................. 4-3
Disabling Keypad ...................................... 4-4
Using Secure Remote Lock ....................... 4-5
Using IC Card Authentication................... 4-6
Prohibiting Outgoing/Incoming
Calls ...................................................... 4-7
Rejecting Calls without Caller ID.............. 4-7
Rejecting Calls from Numbers
Not Saved in Phone Book......................... 4-7
Delaying Ringtone for Numbers
Not Saved in Phone Book......................... 4-7
Emission OFF Mode................................... 4-8
Setting Secret Data ............................. 4-9
Secret Mode & Secret Data Only Mode.... 4-9
Hiding Handset Data................................. 4-9
4
4-2
4
Security
PIN Settings
Setting PIN1 Entry
Set to require PIN1 entry each time
handset is turned on.
d Settings d
Security d PIN
Setting d
Enter Security Code d
PIN1 Code Entry Set d
ON d Enter PIN1 d
■Set to Not Require PIN
Authentication
OFF d Enter PIN1 d
Changing PIN1/PIN2
●PIN1 Code Entry Set must be set to
ON before changing PIN1.
d Settings d
Security d PIN
Setting d
Enter Security Code d
Change PIN1 Code or
Change PIN2 Code d
Enter current PIN1/PIN2
d
Enter new PIN1/PIN2 d
Enter new PIN1/PIN2
again for confirmation d
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
4-3
4
Security
Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use
Activating Dial Lock
Prevent others from operating
handset.
d Settings d
Security d Function
Lock d
Enter Security Code d
Dial Lock d
Canceling Dial Lock
Enter Security Code d
If incorrect Security Code is
entered, press y and enter
correct Security Code.
Setting Custom Lock
Prevent others from accessing handset
functions/data (e.g. Phone Book, Mail,
etc.) that contain personal
information. Custom Locks can be
customized.
●For IC Card Lock and Call Remote Lock,
see P. 11-4.
Activating Custom Lock
d Settings d
Security d Function
Lock d
Enter Security Code d
Custom Lock 1 - Custom
Lock 3 d
Functions/data specified under the
selected lock type are locked.
■To Edit Title
Select a Custom Lock u
Edit Title d Edit title d
◎When Custom Lock is Set
Security Code entry is requested when
accessing a locked function or data.
Enter Security Code to unlock and
access function/data. Setting returns
when handset returns to Standby.
●Dial/Sending Mail and
Incoming/Mail Disp. cannot be
unlocked temporarily.
Tip
･The following operations are possible
even when Dial Lock is activated:
･Power on/off
･Calling emergency numbers 110, 119
and 118
･Answering incoming voice/video calls
1
2
3
1
Tip
･If Security Code is incorrectly entered five
times, handset powers off. Turn handset
power on and enter correct Security
Code.
1
2
Lock Window
3
4-4
Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use
4
Security
Customizing Custom Lock
Select functions/data to lock.
◎Indicators
Selected functions/data locked.
All functions/data locked.
◎Select and Lock Functions or
Data
[Lock] window Select a
Custom Lock o
Select a category d
Select a group d
Select functions or data to
Lock d
Function is locked. Press d again
to deselect. Repeat to select the
function to lock.
■To Select All Functions
u Select All d
■To Deselect All Functions
u Release All d
o (three times)
◎Lock Category or Group
[Lock] window Select a
Custom Lock o
Select a category ( d
Select a group) u
Select All d
■To Cancel Lock for Category or
Group
u Release All d
o ( o)
◎Lock All Categories
[Lock] window Select a
Custom Lock o
u Select All d
■To Cancel Lock for All Categories
u Release All d
o
◎Lock All Group
[Lock] window Select a
Custom Lock o
Select a category d
u Select All d
■To Cancel Lock for All Group
u Release All d
o (twice)
Disabling Keypad
Set Keypad Lock to automatically lock
handset keys when handset is closed or
when handset is not operated for a
certain period of time.
Setting Keypad Lock
d Settings d
Security d Keypad
Lock d
Enter Security Code d
Select an item
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4-5
Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use
4
Security
■To Lock When Handset Closed
After Closed d ON d
■To Lock After Handset Closed a
Certain Time
Timer d Select time until
lock activates d
■To Lock by Pressing and Holding k
Lock Key d ON d
Pressing k with handset closed
activates lock.
■To Require Security Code to Cancel
Keypad Lock
Security Code d YES
d
o
◎When Keypad Lock is Set
All key operations are disabled, except
for answering incoming calls and
turning power on/off.
When a call arrives or the alarm is
activated,
appears at the bottom of
Display to indicate some keys are
operable.
Temporarily Unlocking
Keypad Lock
◎When Security Code is YES
When Keypad Lock is set
Enter Security Code d
◎When Security Code is NO
Open handset
Alternatively, press and hold k.
Using Secure Remote Lock
If your handset is lost, lock handset
functions remotely from a PC or other
mobile phones. Once the lock is set, all
key operations are disabled except for
turning the power on. For details, visit
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website
(http://www.softbank.jp), or access My
SoftBank from your handset by the
following procedure:
p メニューリスト (Menu List) d
My SoftBank d
4
Tip
･Emergency numbers 110, 119 and 118
are available even when Keypad Lock
is set.
Tip
･Alternatively, press p, or close and
reopen handset.
1
1
4-6
Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use
4
Security
Using IC Card
Authentication
Hold a FeliCa compatible contactless IC
card over handset to authenticate the
user ID without canceling Dial Lock or
Keypad Lock, or without entering a
code number.
●IC Card Authentication is available even
when IC Card Lock is activated.
●Register up to two contactless IC cards.
Activating IC Card
Authentication
d Settings d
Security d IC Card
Authentic. d Enter
Security Code d
ON d OK d
■To Activate Registered IC Card
ON d
■To Deactivate Authentication
OFF d YES or NO d
Select YES to delete or NO not to
delete all registered IC Card data.
■To Register IC Card
u New Ext. IC Card d
■To Delete IC Card Registration
u Del. Ext. IC Card d
Select IC Card to delete d
o YES d
IC Card over handset e
mark
Once registered, the
on Display
disappears.
1
IC Card Authentication Window
2
3
4-7
4
Security
Prohibiting Outgoing/Incoming Calls
Rejecting Calls
without Caller ID
Incoming calls from hidden and/or
unidentified numbers can be rejected.
d Settings d
Security d Call
Setting W/O ID d
Enter Security Code d
Unknown, Payphone or
User Unset d
Reject d
■To Receive Incoming Calls
Accept d Select Ring
Tone or Select Calling Disp. d
Select type d Select a
folder d Select a ringtone
or image d
Rejecting Calls from Numbers
Not Saved in Phone Book
d Settings d
Security d Reject
Unknown d
Enter Security Code d
Reject d
■To Receive Incoming Calls
Accept d
Delaying Ringtone for Numbers
Not Saved in Phone Book
Delay ringtone, for calls from numbers
not saved in Phone Book. It can
prevent you from accidentally
returning calls to nuisance calls from
Received Calls; as missed calls with very
short ring times are not saved in
Received Calls, when Missed Calls
Display is set to Not Display.
●This procedure is unavailable when
Reject Unknown is set to Reject.
d Settings d
Incoming Call d
Ring Time (sec.) d
Set Mute Seconds d
ON d Enter time
before ringtone plays
■To Set Zero Seconds
OFF d
Missed Calls Display d
Display or Not Display
d
1
2
3
4
Note
･This procedure is unavailable when Set
Mute Seconds under Ring Time (sec.) is
set to ON (P. 4-7).
1
2
3
1
2
3
4-8
Prohibiting Outgoing/Incoming Calls
4
Security
Emission OFF Mode
The following are prohibited in
Emission OFF Mode:
･Incoming/Outgoing Calls
･Incoming/Outgoing Messages
･Yahoo! Keitai Access
d Settings d
Security d Emission
OFF Mode d YES
d
Repeat procedure to cancel
Emission OFF Mode.
Tip
･Secret Phone Book entries are also
treated as not saved in Phone Book.
･You need not to specify a time when
OFF is selected.
Tip
･Emergency numbers (110, 119 and
118) are available even in Emission OFF
Mode.
1
4-9
4
Security
Setting Secret Data
Secret Mode & Secret
Data Only Mode
Activate Secret Mode/Secret Data Only
Mode to view secret Phone Book
entries, secret Schedule events and
secret files.
Secret Mode:
View all data and secret data.
Secret Data Only Mode:
Only secret data is available for Phone
Book and Schedule, although all data
and secret data can be viewed for
images, mail, and bookmarks.
Activating Secret Mode &
Secret Data Only Mode
d Settings d
Security d Secret
Mode or Secret Data Only
Mode d
Enter Security Code d
Canceling Secret Mode &
Secret Data Only Mode
In Standby, y
Hiding Handset Data
Files stored in Secret Folders are
accessible only when Secret Mode or
Secret Data Only Mode is activated.
●The following data can be stored in
Secret Folders: Images, videos, received
and sent messages, and bookmarks of
Yahoo! Keitai and PC Browser.
●Data saved on memory card or USIM
Card cannot be stored in Secret Folders.
●Each Secret Folder of Data Folder has a
fixed storage capacity as follows:
･My Picture: Approx. 2 MB
･Videos: Approx. 10 MB
Storing Data in Secret
Folders
Set handset to Secret Mode
or Secret Data Only Mode
In a data list window
Select a data item u
Keep in Secret d
Returning Data in Secret
Folders to Ordinary Data
Set handset to Secret Mode
or Secret Data Only Mode
In a data folder list window
Secret d
Select a data item u
Put Out d
Select a destination folder
d
1
2
1
1
Tip
･Functions available with Secret Folder
data are limited.
2
1
2
3
4
5-1
Mail
Overview.............................................. 5-2
Sending Messages............................... 5-3
Sending S! Mail ......................................... 5-3
Sending SMS Messages............................. 5-5
Receiving & Opening Messages ......... 5-7
Opening New Messages ........................... 5-7
Opening Inbox Messages.......................... 5-7
Replying to Messages ............................... 5-8
Replying (Quote Message) ....................... 5-8
Using Mail List........................................... 5-8
Handling Messages ........................... 5-10
Message Storage Locations .................... 5-10
Opening Sent & Received Messages ...... 5-10
Sorting Messages .................................... 5-12
Prohibiting Access to Messages.............. 5-12
Saving S! Mail Attachments ................... 5-13
Advanced Features............................ 5-16
Sending Messages................................... 5-16
Receiving/Opening Messages................. 5-20
Managing/Using Messages..................... 5-21
5
5-2
5
Mail
Overview
Handset supports S! Mail and SMS.
SoftBank
Handsets
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
Send S! Mail messages to phone numbers
and e-mail addresses.
SMS
S! Mail
(Separate
contract
required)
Server
Handset
Available Mail Services
Customize Handset E-mail Address.
Effective for blocking spam.
Xo Mail Setting Xd Custom Mail Address
Xd Follow onscreen instructions.
Use HTML mail to change font size/color, background, etc.
Based on sender’s message, handset shows a pictogram
matching the sender’
s mood.
Image Info Mail
Add the e-mail address for an upload destination to
Blog/Mail Member to upload to SNS and a blog.
Blog Upload
Graphic Mail
Server
●
If recipient’s handset is turned off or
out of range, sent message is stored
on the server up to 30 days until the
recipient’s handset becomes available.
Exchange short text messages with other
SoftBank handsets.
Exchange long text messages with S! Mail
compatible SoftBank handsets and other
e-mail compatible mobile phones and
PCs. Images and melodies can also be
attached to S! Mail.
PCs
5-3
5
Mail
Sending Messages
Sending S! Mail
Press and hold o
Select address field d
Enter Address d
Enter address d
■Adding Recipients
Select address field d
Select address field d Enter
Address d Enter address
d o
Select Subject field d
Enter subject d
If
(double-byte mode) appears,
switch to single-byte mode
(P. 2-29).
Select text field d
Enter text d
o
■To Cancel Transmission
When Start Packet Connection
appears d; or
During Transmission p
■If Resend mail? Appears
YES d
Attaching Files
Attach the following files to S! Mail:
●For information about image, video,
melody and music files, see P. 12-2.
[Composition] window
u Attach File d
Select a file type d
( Enter Security Code
d) Select a file d
■Images with Large File Size
Attach Mail, QVGA Scale Down
or VGA Scale Down d
■Attach Additional Files
Repeat steps 1 and 2 above
■Open an Attached File
Select an attached file d
1
Composition Window
2
3
Tip
･Add up to 20 recipients total between
To, Cc and Bcc fields.
4
Text Entry Window
5
･Images
･Videos
･Melodies
･Music (Songs)
･Books
･Phone Book entries
･Account Details
･Schedule (To Do List)
･Bookmarks
Note
･Copy protected files cannot be sent as
attachments or output to external
devices.
1
2
5-4
Sending Messages
5
Mail
Graphic Mail
Create html messages to change font
color/size and background color. Add
scrolling text, paste images, etc.
<Example> Change font size,
background color, insert an
image and set flashing text.
[Text Entry] window r
d Select a font
size d Enter text d
d b to select a
background color d
■To Toggle Color Palettes
In Background color window
o
Toggle between 25-color and 256-
color palettes.
d Select a folder
d Select an image
d
■Inserting Images with Large File Size
Insert Mail or Add Art Scale
Down d
d
d
Enter text d (twice)
d
d
u d
Adding Addresses to
Blog/Mail Member List
Group addresses into Blog/Mail
Member list and send messages by
group.
Post Camera images to a blog via
e-mail (P. 5-16).
●Set one Blog/Mail Member as a blog
upload destination.
d Own Data d
Blog/Mail Member d
■To Specify as Blog Upload
Destination
Select Blog/Mail Member
p Blog/Mail Member “★“
specified as upload destination
appears.
■To Cancel Blog Upload Destination
Select Blog/Mail Member with
“★“p
Select a Blog/Mail Member
list d
<Not Stored> o
Enter address d
■To Save an Address from Phone
Book or Sent/Received Address List
<Not Stored> u Look-
up Address d Phone Book,
Sent Address or Received Address
d Search Phone Book d
Select an address d (twice)
1
2
3
4
5
1
Blog/Mail Member List
2
Blog/Mail Member Window
3
5-5
Sending Messages
5
Mail
SNS/Blog
Obtain an upload e-mail address
beforehand from an SNS/blog service.
Contact your SNS/blog service provider
for details.
Set the e-mail address to Blog/Mail
Member and post your entries to an
SNS, a blog, etc. via e-mail (P. 5-16).
Sending SMS Messages
Send short text messages to SoftBank
handsets, specifying phone numbers as
address.
o Compose SMS d
d Enter Address
d Enter phone
number d
d Enter text d
o
More Features
Advanced
Composing Messages
Enter Address from Phone Book
Enter Address from Sent/Received
Address List
Specify Blog/Mail Member List
Recipients
Set To, Cc or Bcc
Delete an Address
Insert Header/Signature
Enter My Pictograms
Delete Text
Change SMS Message to S! Mail
(☛ P. 5-16)
Sending Messages
Set Priority (S! Mail)
Server Storage Period (SMS)
Check Delivery
Save a Message to Draft without
Transmitting It
Delete a Message without Transmitting
It
(☛ P. 5-17)
Attaching Files
Shoot an Image/Video to Attach to
S! Mail
Delete Files Attached to S! Mail
(☛ P. 5-18)
Blog/Mail Member
Edit an Address
Delete Addresses from a Blog/Mail
Member List
Edit a Blog/Mail Member List Name
Reset a Blog/Mail Member List Name
(☛ P. 5-18)
Graphic Mail
Apply Effects to Entered Text
Change Effects
Cancel Last Applied Effect
Preview Graphic Mail
Cancel All Effects
Save Graphic Mail as a Template
Download Templates
Create Graphic Mail from a Template
Edit a Template
Edit Title of a Template
Delete Templates
(☛ P. 5-18)
1
SMS Composition Window
2
3
4
5-6
Sending Messages
5
Mail
Customize
S! Mail Settings
Edit Header/Signature
Insert Header/Signature Automatically
Set to Check Delivery
(☛ P. 14-22)
SMS Settings
Set to Check Delivery
Set Server Storage Period of SMS
Messages
Set SMS Input Language
(☛ P. 14-22)
5-7
5
Mail
Receiving & Opening Messages
Opening New
Messages
Received Result window opens for new
messages.
●By default, complete S! Mail messages
(including attachments) are
automatically retrieved. Transmission
fees apply, depending on your
subscription plan. While traveling
abroad, message retrieval may incur
high transmission fees.
◎Image Information Mail
When an S! Mail is received, a
pictogram matching the message
content appears.
If a message contains a specific
keyword, a corresponding indicator
appears (P. 14-23).
●Indicators
[Received Result] window
Mail d
Select a message d
Opening Inbox
Messages
o Inbox d
Select a folder d
Received Result Window
Indicator
Urgent
Advice
Love
Try Hard
Hate
Invitation
Happy
Feedback
Angry
Request
Sad
Announcement
Fun
OK
Surprise
Reply
Question
Information
appears if message content does not
match any of the above moods or
information.
Tip
･Alternatively open new messages from
shortcut notification.
･Indicator may not always correspond to
message content.
1
2
1
Folder List
2
Message List
5-8
Receiving & Opening Messages
5
Mail
Select a message d
■To Check Previous/Next Message
v
Replying to
Messages
[Inbox Message List]
Select a message d o
■When Original Message Has
Multiple Recipients
To Sender or To All d
Edit subject/text o
Replying (Quote
Message)
[Inbox Message List]
Select a message d p
■When Original Message Has
Multiple Recipients
To Sender or To All d
Edit subject/text o
Using Mail List
Retrieve Mail List and select messages
to download or forward.
o Server Mail d
Mail List d ( YES
d)
Select a message u
Message Receive d
Receive This d
3
Message Window
1
2
1
2
Tip
･Attachments are automatically deleted
from reply messages.
･Quoting text is only available for
S! Mail replies.
1
Mail List
2
5-9
Receiving & Opening Messages
5
Mail
■To Receive Multiple Messages
u Message Receive d
Receive Selected d
Select messages d o
■To Receive All Messages
u Message Receive d
Receive All d
More Features
Advanced
Receiving Messages
Manually Retrieve Messages
(☛ P. 5-20)
Checking Messages
Retrieve Complete S! Mail
Delete S! Mail from Server
Check Message Information
(☛ P. 5-20)
Server Message Operations
Update Mail List
Switch Mail List Views
Check Server Message Information
Forward a Server Message
Delete Server Messages
Check Server Memory Status
(☛ P. 5-20)
Customize
Incoming Message Alerts
Adjust Ringtone Volume
Set a Ringtone
Set Ringing Duration of Incoming
Message Ringtone
Set Vibration
Set Illumination Color
Open New Mail Window by Opening
Handset
(☛ P. 14-10)
Incoming Message Settings
Customize E-mail Address
Set Priority When Receiving Messages
during Operation
Do Not Show Image Indicators
Show Keyword Indicators
Delete Keywords
Set Manual Receive
(☛ P. 14-23)
Reply Settings
Change Quotation Marks
(☛ P. 14-24)
Tip
･If download fails while retrieving all
messages, download is canceled.
･When there is only one message,
message opens upon retrieval.
5-10
5
Mail
Handling Messages
Message Storage
Locations
Press o to open Mail Main Menu.
Sent, received and draft messages are
saved in the locations below.
Opening Sent &
Received Messages
<Example> Open a Sent Message
o Outbox d
Select a folder d
Select a message d
■To Check Previous/Next Message
v
Received messages
Sent messages
Draft messages
Message Menu
1
Folder List
2
Message List
Tip
･When Outbox/Inbox becomes full,
Trash Box messages and then the
oldest messages in Outbox/Inbox are
deleted next time a new message is
sent/received. Unread and protected
messages and Secret Folder messages
are not deleted.
3
Message Window
5-11
Handling Messages
5
Mail
Mail Windows
Message types, statuses, and attached
file types are shown by indicators.
Message List Windows
Message Windows
The following marks appear on indicators
to inform you:
Folder Contains Unread Messages
Locked Folder
Folder with Auto Sort Set
Protected Message
Delivery failed to Some Recipients or
Some Attachments Deleted
Delivery Failed/All Attachments
Deleted
Attachment Deleted
High Priority Message
Inbox Folder
List
Outbox Folder
List
①
①
Inbox Message
List
Outbox Message
List
②
③
②
③
Received Message
Window
Sent Message
Window
②
②
③
①Folder Type
General Folder
Trash Box Folder
Secret Folder
②Message Status
Unread Received Message
Read Received Message
Protected Unread Received
Message
Protected Read Received Message
Forwarded Message
Replied Message
Message Sent to a Single
Recipient
Message Sent to Multiple
Recipients
③Message Type/Attached File Type
SMS on Handset
SMS on USIM Card
S! Mail with Text Unreceived
Image Attached/Image Inserted in Text
Video Attached
Melody Attached
Song Attached
Copyright-protected File Attached
Phone Book Entry, Schedule Event
or Bookmark Attached
E-comic Attached
Forwarded Server Message
Other Type of File Attached
Multiple Files Attached
Tip
･Copyright-protected files cannot be
opened/played unless they are saved in
Data Folder.
･If Delivery Report was received,
appears in
field of message.
5-12
Handling Messages
5
Mail
Sorting Messages
Automatically sort incoming/outgoing
messages into folders.
[Folder List] Select a
folder u Auto-sort
d
■When Auto Sort is Already Set to
the Folder
Select another criterion u
Address Sort d
Look-up Address, Look-up
Group, Look-up Member
or Enter Address d
■To Sort by Subject
Subject Sort d Enter
subject d
■To Sort Messages Failed to be
Replied/Sent
Reply Impossible or Send
Impossible d
■To Sort Addresses Not Stored in
Phone Book
Unregistered Add. d
Canceling Auto Sort
[Folder List] Select a
folder u Auto-sort
d
Select a criterion u
Release d
Release This d YES
d
■To Cancel Multiple Criteria
Release Selected d
Select criteria d o YES
d
■To Cancel All Criteria
Release All d YES d
Prohibiting Access to
Messages
Setting Mail Box Lock
o Mail Setting d
Mail Box Lock d
Enter Security Code d
Select a mail box d
Repeat step 2 to specify other
boxes.
o
Setting Folder Lock
[Folder List] Select a
folder u Folder Lock
d Enter Security Code
d YES d
Locked folders are indicated by
.
1
2
Tip
･Only one Inbox folder can be specified
for sorting Reply Impossible
messages.
･Only one Outbox folder can be
specified for sorting Send Impossible
messages.
･Search addresses from Phone Book,
Received Address List, or Sent Address
List in Look-up address.
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
5-13
Handling Messages
5
Mail
Storing Messages in
Secret Folders
Set handset to Secret Mode or Secret
Data Only Mode beforehand (P. 4-9).
●Unread Messages cannot be stored in
Secret Folders.
[Message List] Select a
message u Keep in
Secret d
Keep This d
■To Store Multiple Messages
Keep Selected d Select a
message d Repeat the same
step to specify other messages
o YES d
■To Store All Messages in a Folder
Keep All d YES d
◎Returning Messages in
Secret Folders to Ordinary
Messages
[Folder List] Secret d
Select a message u
Put Out d
Put Out This d Select
a folder d
■To Return Multiple Messages
Put Out Selected d
Select a folder d Select a
message d Repeat the same
step to specify other messages
o YES d
■To Return All Messages
Put Out All d Select a
folder d YES d
Saving S! Mail
Attachments
Saving Image, Video, Melody,
Music, Flash® and Book Files
[Message] window Select
a file u Save Data
d YES d
Select a folder d
■To Set an Image as Wallpaper, etc.
YES d Select an item
d ( Select display method
d Confirm display d)
Select NO and press d when you
do not want to set the image.
■To Set a Melody as Ringtone, etc.
YES d Select an item
d
Select NO and press d when you
do not want to set the melody.
Tip
･Repeat the same procedure to cancel
mail box or folder lock.
･Trash Box folder can also be locked.
･Security Code entry is required to view
messages in locked mail boxes and
folders.
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
5-14
Handling Messages
5
Mail
Saving an Image Inserted
in Text
[Message] window u
Save Insert Image d
Select an image d
YES d Select a folder
d
YES d Select an item
d
■When You Do Not Want to Set the
Image
NO d
Saving a Phone Book
Entry
[Message] window Select
contact information (a
phone number, etc.) d
(twice) Phone or USIM
d New d
Edit each item o
Saving a Schedule Event
[Message] window Select
Schedule data d (twice)
Saving a Bookmark
[Message] window Select
a link (URL, etc.) d
(twice) Select a
destination d Select a
folder d
More Features
Advanced
Managing Messages
Protect a Message
Move Messages to a Different Folder
Drop Messages into Trash Box
Delete Messages
Delete All Read Messages
Delete All Delivery Reports
Delete Attached Files
Copy SMS Messages between Handset
and USIM Card
Delete SMS Messages on USIM Card
Change Message Color
Add a Folder
Edit a Folder Name
Change Order of Folders
Delete a Folder
Check Number of Saved Messages
Check Sent/Received Addresses
(☛ P. 5-21)
Using Messages
Edit a Sent Message
Edit & Send a Draft Message
Forward a Message
Save Sender, Recipient’s E-mail Address
or Phone Number to Phone Book
Call a Phone Number in Text
1
2
3
1
2
Note
･Mail-attached bookmarks cannot be
saved to microSD.
1
1
5-15
Handling Messages
5
Mail
Send an S! Mail to an E-mail Address in
Text
Access the Internet from a URL in Text
Save Number/Address in Text to Phone
Book or Blog/Mail Member
Switch Subject Field Views
Change Font Size of Text
Search for Messages in a Folder
Sort Messages
Filter Messages
Reset Message List View to Default
Switch All Unread Messages to Read
Messages
Open S! Mail Delivery Report
(☛ P. 5-23)
Customize
Message View Settings & Others
Set Number of Text Lines to Scroll
Set Font Size of Text
Set Message List View
Play Attached Melodies Automatically
Check Mail Settings
Reset Mail Settings
(☛ P. 14-24)
5-16
5
Mail
Advanced Features
Sending Messages
Start Here
【Composition】
window .............. P. 5-3
【Text Entry】
window .................. P. 5-3
【Blog/Mail Member List】
........... P. 5-4
【Blog/Mail Member】
window .... P. 5-4
【SMS Composition】
window...... P. 5-5
Composing Messages
Enter Address from Phone Book
【Composition】
window/【SMS
Composition】
window
d Phonebook d Select
search method Select an entry
d Select an e-mail address
or phone number d
Enter Address from Sent/Received
Address List
【Composition】
window/【SMS
Composition】
window
d Sent Address or Received
Address d Select an e-mail
address/phone number
d (twice)
Alternatively, select
and press v
to open Sent/Received Address List.
Specify Blog/Mail Member List
Recipients
【Composition】
window
d Blog/Mail Member d
Select a Blog/Mail Member list
d
All addresses in the selected Blog/Mail
Member list are entered in the address
field.
You must save addresses to a
Blog/Mail Member list in advance.
Set To, Cc or Bcc
【Composition】
window
Select an address u Change
Rcv. Type d To, Cc or Bcc
d
Cc (Carbon copy): S! Mail copies are
sent to other addresses. Addresses in
the Cc field are revealed to the other
recipients.
Bcc (Blind carbon copy): S! Mail copies
are sent to other addresses. Addresses
in the Bcc field are hidden to the other
recipients.
When there is no address in the To
field, the message cannot be sent.
Delete an Address
【Composition】
window Select
an address u Delete
Receiver d YES d
5-17
Advanced Features
5
Mail
Sending Messages
Insert Header/Signature
【Composition】
window u
Add Header or Add Signature
d
Save header/signature in advance.
Enter My Pictograms
【Text Entry】
window Press and
hold p Select a pictograph
d t
Toggle categories by pressing o or
p.
My Pictograms are only available for
S! Mails.
Delete Text
【Composition】
window/【SMS
Composition】
window u
Erase Message d YES d
Change SMS Message to S! Mail
【SMS Composition】
window u
S! Mail Conversion d
Set Priority (S! Mail)
【Composition】
window u
Priority d High, Normal or
Low d
Server Storage Period (SMS)
【SMS Composition】
window u
SMS Valid. Per. d Select a
period d
Specify a period the SMS message is
stored in the server in case it fails to
reach the recipient because the
recipient’s handset is out of range,
etc.
When None is set, the SMS message
is deleted from the server after it is
resent once in a certain period of time.
Check Delivery
【Composition】
window/【SMS
Composition】
window u
Delivery Report or SMS Report
Req. d ON or OFF d
When ON is set, handset receives a
delivery report.
Save a Message to Draft without
Transmitting It
【Composition】
window/【SMS
Composition】
window u
Save d
The message is saved to Draft.
Messages saved in Draft can be edited
and sent at a later time.
Delete a Message without
Transmitting It
【Composition】
window/【SMS
Composition】
window u
Delete d YES d
5-18
Advanced Features
5
Mail
Attaching Files
Blog/Mail Member
Graphic Mail
Shoot an Image/Video to Attach
to S! Mail
【Composition】
window u
Activate Camera d Photo or
Movie d Shoot image/video
d
Delete Files Attached to S! Mail
【Composition】
window Select
an attached file u Delete
Att. File or Del All Att. Files d
YES d
Edit an Address
【Blog/Mail Member】
window
Select an address u Edit
Address d Edit address
d
Delete Addresses from a Blog/Mail
Member List
【Blog/Mail Member】
Select an
address u
●To select Delete this
Delete this d YES d
●To select Delete all
Delete all d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Edit a Blog/Mail Member List
Name
【Blog/Mail Member List】
Select
a Blog/Mail Member list u
Edit Member Name d Edit
name d
Reset a Blog/Mail Member List
Name
【Blog/Mail Member List】
Select
a Blog/Mail Member list u
Reset Member Name d YES
d
Apply Effects to Entered Text
【Text Entry】
window r
d Select beginning of
characters d Select end of
characters d Select effects
menu d Apply an effect
Select
and press p YES
d to select the entire text.
Change Effects
【Text Entry】
window r
d Select beginning of
characters d Select end of
characters d Select effects
menu d Change effects
Select
and press p to select the
entire text.
Cancel Last Applied Effect
【Text Entry】
window r
d
5-19
Advanced Features
5
Mail
Preview Graphic Mail
【Text Entry】
window r
d t or p to close
preview
Cancel All Effects
【Text Entry】
window r
d YES d ( d)
Save Graphic Mail as a Template
【Text Entry】
window Enter text
d u Template d
Save Template d YES d
Attached files except images inserted
in text are not included in a template.
Save up to 45 templates including
downloads. Delete saved templates as
needed.
Download Templates
o Template d
Download Templates d YES
d Follow onscreen
instructions
Create Graphic Mail from a
Template
o Template d Select a
template d o
Edit a Template
o Template d Select a
template d u Edit d
Edit text d (twice) YES
d
Edit Title of a Template
o Template d Select a
template u Edit Title d
Edit title d
Delete Templates
o Template d Select a
template u Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete Selected
Delete Selected d Select
templates d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
5-20
Advanced Features
5
Mail
Receiving/Opening Messages
Start Here
【Message List】
...................................P. 5-7
【Message】
window..................... P. 5-8
【Mail List】
............................................P. 5-8
Receiving Messages
Checking Messages
Server Message Operations
Manually Retrieve Messages
o Retrieve New d
Received Result window opens
Mail d Select a message
d
Press p or press and hold t to
cancel message retrieval.
Retrieve messages that were stored on
the server while handset was off or
out of range.
Retrieve Complete S! Mail
o Inbox d Select a
folder d Select an S! Mail
notification d o
An S! Mail notification is deleted
when you retrieve the message text.
Use this procedure when Message
Download under S! Mail Settings is
set to Manual.
Delete S! Mail from Server
o Inbox d Select a
folder d Select an S! Mail
notification d u Delete
d Notification, Server Mail
or Notifi./Server d YES
d
Check Message Information
【Message List】
u Mail Info
d
This procedure is available only in
Inbox Message List window.
Update Mail List
【Mail List】
u Mail List d
Switch Mail List Views
【Mail List】
u List Setting
d Subject, Name or Address
d
Check Server Message Information
【Mail List】
Select a message
u Mail Info d
5-21
Advanced Features
5
Mail
Managing/Using Messages
Start Here
【Folder List】
......................................P. 5-10
【Message List】
.................................P. 5-10
【Message】
window ................... P. 5-10
【Inbox Folder List】
.........................P. 5-11
【Inbox Message List】
....................P. 5-11
【Received Message】window .. P. 5-11
【Sent Message】window.......... P. 5-11
Managing Messages
Forward a Server Message
【Mail List】
Select a message
u Forward d
d
Enter address o
Delete Server Messages
【Mail List】
Select a message
u Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete Selected
Delete Selected d Select
messages d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Check Server Memory Status
o Server Mail d Server
Mail Memory d
Protect a Message
【Message】
window u
Protect ON/OFF d
If a message is protected, this
procedure cancels protection.
Move Messages to a Different
Folder
【Message List】
Select a message
u Move d Move
This, Move Selected or Move All
d Select a destination
folder d ( Select messages
d o) YES d
A message can also be moved to a
different folder from Message
window.
Drop Messages into Trash Box
【Message List】
u Move to
Trash Box d Select a
message d o YES d
Protected messages and delivery
reports cannot be moved to Trash Box.
5-22
Advanced Features
5
Mail
Delete Messages
【Folder List】
u Delete All
d Enter Security Code d
YES d
【Message List】
Select a message
u Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete Selected
Delete Selected d Select
messages d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Protected messages cannot be
deleted.
Delete All Read Messages
【Inbox Folder List】
u Delete
Read d YES d
【Inbox Message List】
u
Delete d Delete Read d
YES d
Protected messages cannot be
deleted.
Delete All Delivery Reports
【Inbox Message List】
u
Delete d Delete All Reports
d Enter Security Code d
YES d
Protected delivery reports cannot be
deleted.
Delete Attached Files
【Message】
window ( Select
attached files) u Delete Att.
File or Del All Att. Files d
YES d
Copy SMS Messages between
Handset and USIM Card
d Tools d USIM
Operation d Enter Security
Code d Copy d
Phone→USIM or USIM→Phone
d SMS d Inbox or
Outbox d Select a folder
d Select an SMS message d
o YES d
Delete SMS Messages on USIM
Card
d Tools d USIM
Operation d Enter Security
Code d Delete d
USIM d SMS d Inbox
or Outbox d Select a folder
d Select an SMS message
d o YES d
Change Message Color
【Message List】
Select a message
Press and hold w
Each time you press and hold w, the
message color toggles as follows: Red
→ Blue → Black
5-23
Advanced Features
5
Mail
Using Messages
Add a Folder
【Folder List】
u Add Folder
d Enter folder name d
YES d Address Sort,
Subject Sort, Reply Impossible,
Send Impossible or Unregistered
Add. d Make auto Sort
settings o YES or NO d
Select NO and press d when you do
not want to make Auto Sort settings
to the folder.
Edit a Folder Name
【Folder List】
Select a folder
u Edit Folder Name d
Edit folder name d
Preinstalled folders cannot be
renamed.
Change Order of Folders
【Folder List】
Select a folder
u Sort Folder d Select a
position d
The order of preinstalled folders
cannot be changed.
Delete a Folder
【Folder List】
Select a folder
u Delete Folder d Enter
Security Code d YES d
Folders containing protected
messages and preinstalled folders
cannot be deleted.
This procedure also deletes messages
stored in the folder.
Auto Sort settings are also canceled
when you delete a folder with Auto
Sort settings.
Check Number of Saved Messages
【Folder List】/【Message List】
u No. of Messages d
The total number of messages, and
the number of unread and protected
messages in a folder can be checked
from Folder List.
The number of messages in a folder
can be checked from Message List
window.
Check Sent/Received Addresses
Press and hold h or press and
hold j Select an entry d
Edit a Sent Message
o Outbox d Select a
folder d Select a sent
message o Edit address,
subject and text o
5-24
Advanced Features
5
Mail
Edit & Send a Draft Message
o Draft d Select a
message d Edit address,
subject and text o
Forward a Message
【Received Message】
window u
Reply/Forward d
Forward d (twice) Enter
address o
The subject and text can also be edited.
Files attached to/inserted in S! Mails
are also forwarded.
Save Sender, Recipient’s E-mail
Address or Phone Number to
Phone Book
【Message】
window u
Address List d Select an
e-mail address/phone number
u Save Address d YES
d Phone or USIM d
Select saving option d (
Search Phone Book Select an
entry d) Edit each item
o
Select an address to save to Phone
Book when the message has multiple
recipients.
Call a Phone Number in Text
【Message】
window Select a
phone number d Voice
Phone or Video Call d Dial
d
Send an S! Mail to an E-mail
Address in Text
【Message】
window Select an
e-mail address d Compose
S! Mail o
Access the Internet from a URL in
Text
【Message】
window Select a URL
d Yahoo! Keitai or PC Site
Browser d
5-25
Advanced Features
5
Mail
Save Number/Address in Text to
Phone Book or Blog/Mail Member
【Message】
window Select an
e-mail address/phone number
u Save Address d
Phonebook or Blog/Mail Member
d
●Save to Handset
Phone d Select store
method d ( Search Phone Book
Select Phone Book d) Edit
items o ( YES or NO d)
( Enter entry number d)
●To Save to USIM Card
USIM d Select store
method d ( Search Phone Book
Select Phone Book d) Edit
items o ( Overwrite or Add
d YES or NO d)
●To add to Blog/Mail Member
Select Blog/Mail Member to add
Select an item ( YES d)
Switch Subject Field Views
【Message List】
Press and hold
q
When Mail List Disp. is set to 2 Lines,
view toggles in the order Name→
Address.
When Mail List Disp. is set to 1 Line,
or to 1 Line+Body, the view cycles as
follows: Subject→Name→Address
Change Font Size of Text
【Message】
window Press and hold
v
Search for Messages in a Folder
【Message List】
u Search
Mail d Search Sender,
Search Receiver or Search Subject
d ( Select a search criterion
d) Select an address, enter
address or subject d
Narrow down search results by
repeating the search operation.
Sort Messages
【Message List】
u Sort d
Select a criterion d
This procedure can be combined with
the Filter operation below.
Filter Messages
【Message List】
u Filter
d Select a criterion d
This procedure can be combined with
the Sort operation above.
Reset Message List View to
Default
【Message List】
u Display All
d
This procedure returns the message
list view that has been changed by
search, sort or filter operation to its
original view.
5-26
Advanced Features
5
Mail
Switch All Unread Messages to
Read Messages
【Inbox Message List】
u
Read All d YES d
Open S! Mail Delivery Report
【Outbox Message】
window u
Disp. Report d
Only available in Message window of
a sent message with a requested
delivery report.
6-1
Internet
Overview.............................................. 6-2
Yahoo! Keitai....................................... 6-3
Connecting to Yahoo! Keitai ................... 6-3
PC Site Browser ................................... 6-5
PC Site Browser ......................................... 6-5
Connecting to PC Websites ...................... 6-5
Page Operations .................................. 6-8
Navigating Pages ...................................... 6-8
Jumping to Next or Previous Page........... 6-8
Selecting Links and Other Items............... 6-8
Bookmarks & Saved Pages................ 6-10
Using Bookmarks .................................... 6-10
Using Saved Pages................................... 6-10
Advanced Features............................ 6-12
Connecting to the Internet .................... 6-12
Page Operations...................................... 6-13
Bookmarks & Saved Pages...................... 6-15
6
6-2
6
Internet
Overview
Access the Mobile Internet via Yahoo! Keitai (SoftBank’s mobile portal site). Browse PC websites using PC Site Browser.
*Separate subscription required for Internet access.
Mobile Internet Sites
Internet
Yahoo! Keitai
Press p to access.
PC Websites
Use PC Site Browser*.
* When Warning Messages is set to ON,
an alert appears each time handset
connects to a website using PC Site
Browser.
･When a security notice appears,
subscribers must decide for themselves
whether or not to open the page.
Opening secure pages constitutes
agreement to the terms of SSL/TLS
usage.
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp., VeriSign
Japan K.K., Cybertrust Japan Co., Ltd.,
Entrust Japan Co., Ltd., GlobalSign
K.K., RSA Security Japan Ltd. and
Secom Trust Systems Co., Ltd. cannot
be held liable for any damages
associated with the use of SSL/TLS.
Transmission & Information Fees
Some web contents automatically
connect to different pages incurring
transmission fees.
Information fees may also apply.
About Security
Handset supports SSL/TLS (encryption
protocols for Internet transmissions of
important/sensitive information). Root
certificates necessary to use SSL/TLS are
saved on handset by default.
(P. 6-5)
(P. 6-3)
6-3
6
Internet
Yahoo! Keitai
Connecting to
Yahoo! Keitai
p
Select an item d
Repeat this step until the page you
want to view opens.
y to exit the Internet
YES d
Using Access History
Press and hold p History
d
Select a record d
Entering URLs
Press and hold p Enter
URL d
<NEW> d Enter URL
d OK d
1
Web Page
2
3
1
History List
2
Tip
･A confirmation for SSL/TLS
communication appears each time a
secure page is opened. appears in
SSL/TLS compatible pages.
･Some pages require user authentication.
Select text entry field and enter your user
ID or password.
1
Enter URL Window
2
6-4
Yahoo! Keitai
6
Internet
More Features
Advanced
Yahoo! Keitai
Switch to PC Site Browser
Open Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
(☛ P. 6-12)
History
Save a URL in History to Bookmark
Check a URL in History
Delete Records in History
(☛ P. 6-12)
Entering URLs
Access a Page from an Entered URL
Record
Access a Page by Editing an Entered URL
Record
Send an Entered URL Record by Mail
Delete Entered URL Records
(☛ P. 6-12)
Root Certificates
Check Certificate Details
Switch a Certificate between Valid &
Invalid
(☛ P. 6-13)
Customize
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
Clear Cache
Delete Cookies
Set Whether to Send Manufacture
Number
Set Whether to Send Referer
Enable/Disable Cookies
Set Whether to Activate Scripts
Check Yahoo! Keitai/PC Site Browser
Settings
Initialize Memory Status of Yahoo!
Keitai/PC Site Browser
Reset Yahoo! Keitai/PC Site Browser
Settings
(☛ P. 14-26)
6-5
6
Internet
PC Site Browser
PC Site Browser
View PC websites using PC Site
Browser. Scroll up, down, left or right
to view entire page.
●You may not be able to view as you
want depending on the site.
●Note that transmission fees may be
expensive for pages with large amounts
of data.
About Page Layout
When using PC Site Browser, two page
layout types are available for each of
PC Screen and Small Screen:
PC Screen: Scroll pages vertically and
horizontally.
Small Screen: Scroll pages vertically.
Pages are laid out to fit Display width.
Connecting to PC
Websites
Press and hold p PC Site
Browser d
Home d ( YES or NO
d) Select an item
d
Repeat this step until the page you
want to view opens.
y to exit the Internet
YES d
PC Site Browser Window
1
PC Site Browser Menu
2
Web Page
3
6-6
PC Site Browser
6
Internet
Using URL History
[PC Site Browser Menu]
History d
Select a record d ( YES
or NO d)
Entering URLs
[PC Site Browser Menu]
Enter URL d
<NEW> d Enter URL
d OK d ( YES or
NO d)
More Features
Advanced
PC Site Browser
Switch Page Layout Types
Return to Home
(☛ P. 6-12)
History
Save a URL in History to Bookmark
Check a URL in History
Delete Records in History
(☛ P. 6-12)
Entering URLs
Access a Page from an Entered URL
Record
Access a Page by Editing an Entered URL
Record
Send an Entered URL Record by Mail
Delete Entered URL Records
(☛ P. 6-12)
Customize
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
Clear Cache
Delete Cookies
Set Whether to Send Manufacture
Number
1
History List
2
1
Enter URL Window
2
6-7
PC Site Browser
6
Internet
Set Whether to Send Referer
Enable/Disable Cookies
Set Whether to Activate Scripts
Check Yahoo! Keitai/PC Site Browser
Settings
Initialize Memory Status of Yahoo!
Keitai/PC Site Browser
Reset Yahoo! Keitai/PC Site Browser
Settings
(☛ P. 14-26)
PC Site Browser
Do Not Show Alert When Activating PC
Site Browser & Switching Browsers
(☛ P. 14-27)
6-8
6
Internet
Page Operations
Navigating Pages
Scrolling Pages
If a page extends beyond view, use b
to scroll page.
Viewing Frames
When a page includes multiple frames,
select frames to view.
b to select a frame
u Frame In d
Navigate through the frame as you
would a page.
■To Exit Frames
u Frame Out d
Jumping to Next or
Previous Page
Once opened pages are stored in a
temporary storage area (cache). Press
u, select History Back or History
Forward and press d to go back to the
previous page or proceed to the next
page, without connecting to the
network as long as the pages are
stored in the cache.
●Network connection is made when the
cache is full.
Selecting Links and
Other Items
Operate as follows when buttons and
menus appear in web pages.
1
2
①Link
Select a link and press d to access
the linked page.
②Text Box
Select a text box and press d to
open a text entry window to enter
text.
③Pull-down Menu
Select a pull-down menu and press
d to open a list of options. Use c
to select an item and press d.
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
6-9
Page Operations
6
Internet
More Features
Advanced
Page Operations
Reload Page
Save Images/Melodies in a Page
Save Background Image of a Page
Send URL of a Page by Mail
Call a Phone Number in a Page
Send an S! Mail to an E-mail Address in
a Page
Access Another Page from a URL in a
Page
Save a Phone Number/E-mail Address in
a Page to Phone Book
Change Font Size of a Page
Zoom Page In/Out
Jump to Top/End of a Page
Change Character Code of a Page
Play Flash® from the Beginning
Check Title, URL or Certificate of a Page
Show Key Guidance
(☛ P. 6-13)
Customize
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
Set Scroll Unit/Speed
Set Whether to Show Images or Play
Melodies
(☛ P. 14-26)
Yahoo! Keitai
Set Font Size
Set Flash® Sound On/Off
(☛ P. 14-27)
PC Site Browser
Set Page Layout
(☛ P. 14-27)
④Radio Button
Use b and press d to select only
one item from a range of options.
indicates the item is selected.
⑤Checkbox
Use b and press d to select
multiple items from a range of
options.
indicates the item is
selected.
⑥Command Button
Select a command button and press
d to activate the assigned function.
6-10
6
Internet
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
Using Bookmarks
Save URLs to Bookmark for quick
access.
Saving URLs to Bookmark
[Web Page] u
Bookmark d Add
Bookmark d YES
d
Select a folder d
Accessing Pages from
Bookmark
Press and hold p
Bookmark d
■From PC Site Browser
Press and hold p PC Site
Browser d Bookmark
d
Select a folder d
Select a bookmark d
Using Saved Pages
Save an open page to Saved Pages to
view the page at a later time without
connecting to the Internet.
●Only Yahoo! Keitai pages can be saved.
●Viewable content is page as it was
saved.
Saving a Page
[Web Page] u Saved
Pages d Add Saved
Pages d YES d
Opening Saved Pages
Press and hold p Saved
Pages d
1
2
1
Bookmark Folder List Window
Tip
･To access a bookmarked page from
another page:
Xu Bookmark Xd
Bookmark List Xd Select a
folder d Select a bookmark
Xd
･CA’z CAFE is pre-saved by default.
2
Bookmark List Window
3
1
1
Saved Pages List Window
6-11
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
6
Internet
Select a page d
More Features
Advanced
Bookmarks
Edit a Title
Edit a URL
Send a Bookmark by Mail
Check Number of Bookmarks
Create a Folder
Edit a Folder Name
Change Order of Folders
Move Bookmarks to a Different Folder
Delete a Folder
Delete Bookmarks
(☛ P. 6-15)
Saved Pages
Edit a Title
Protect Saved Pages
Check Number of Saved Pages
Delete Saved Pages
(☛ P. 6-17)
Tip
･To open a saved page from another
page:
Xu Saved Pages Xd Saved
Pages List Xd Select a page
Xd
2
6-12
6
Internet
Advanced Features
Connecting to the Internet
Start Here
【Web Page】
...................... P. 6-3, P. 6-5
【History List】
.................... P. 6-3, P. 6-6
【Enter URL】
window ........ P. 6-3, P. 6-6
Yahoo! Keitai
PC Site Browser
History
Entering URLs
Switch to PC Site Browser
【Web Page】
u Switch to PC
d YES d ( YES or NO
d)
Open Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
【Web Page】
u Yahoo!
Keitai d
Switch Page Layout Types
【Web Page】
u Change
Disp. Mode d
The page layout toggles between PC
screen and Small screen.
Return to Home
【Web Page】
u Home d
Save a URL in History to Bookmark
【History List】
Select a record
u Add Bookmark d YES
d Select a folder d
Check a URL in History
【History List】
Select a record
u URL d
Delete Records in History
【History List】
Select a record
u Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete Selected
Delete Selected d Select
records d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter
Security Code d YES d
Access a Page from an Entered
URL Record
【Enter URL】
window Select a
record d OK d
6-13
Advanced Features
6
Internet
Root Certificates
Page Operations
Start Here
【Web Page】
......................P. 6-3, P. 6-5
Access a Page by Editing an
Entered URL Record
【Enter URL】
window Select a
record d Select URL entry
field d Edit URL d
OK d
Send an Entered URL Record by
Mail
【Enter URL】
window Select a
record u Compose
Message d Enter address,
subject and text o
Composition (S! Mail) window opens
with the URL inserted in the text.
Delete Entered URL Records
【Enter URL】
window Select a
record u Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete Selected
Delete Selected d Select
records d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter
Security Code d YES d
Check Certificate Details
d Settings d
Connection Settings d
Certificate d Select a
certificate d
Switch a Certificate between Valid
& Invalid
d Settings d
Connection Settings d
Certificate d Select a
certificate u Valid/Invalid
d
This procedure switches a valid
certificate to invalid and an invalid one
to valid.
Reload Page
【Web Page】
u Reload
d
6-14
Advanced Features
6
Internet
Save Images/Melodies in a Page
【Web Page】
u Save File
d ( Object d) ( Select a
file) d Save d YES
d ( Select a folder d)
( YES or NO d)
To play a melody, select Play and
press d.
To check file properties, select
Property and press d.
Save Background Image of a Page
【Web Page】
u Save File
d ( Background Image d)
d Save d YES d
( Select a folder) ( YES or NO
d)
To check file properties, select
Property and press d.
Send URL of a Page by Mail
【Web Page】
u Convenient
Tools d Compose Message
d Attach URL d
Enter address, subject and text
o
Composition (S! Mail) window opens
with the URL inserted in the text.
Call a Phone Number in a Page
【Web Page】
Select a phone
number d Voice Phone or
Video Call d Dial d
Only available when using Yahoo!
Keitai.
Send an S! Mail to an E-mail
Address in a Page
【Web Page】
Select an e-mail
address d Compose S! Mail
o
Access Another Page from a URL in
a Page
【Web Page】
Select a URL d
Save a Phone Number/E-mail
Address in a Page to Phone Book
【Web Page】
Select a phone
number/e-mail address u
Add to Phone Book d YES
d Phone or USIM d
New, Add or Overwrite d
Edit each item o ( Overwrite
or Add d) ( YES or NO
d) ( Enter entry number d)
Change Font Size of a Page
【Web Page】
u Change Font
Size d Select a font size d
PC Site Browser’s page layout must be
set to Small Screen.
6-15
Advanced Features
6
Internet
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
Start Here
【Bookmark Folder List】
window
.................................................... P. 6-10
【Bookmark List】
window ..........P. 6-10
【Saved Pages List】
window ...... P. 6-10
Bookmarks
Zoom Page In/Out
【Web Page】
u Zoom d
Select a magnification d
PC Site Browser must be set to PC
Screen.
Jump to Top/End of a Page
【Web Page】
u Convenient
Tools d Head of Sentence
or End of Sentence d
Change Character Code of a Page
【Web Page】
u Convenient
Tools d Change CHR Code
d Select a character code
d
Use this procedure when characters of
a page are illegible.
Play Flash® from the Beginning
【Web Page】
u Convenient
Tools d Replay d
Only available when using Yahoo!
Keitai.
Check Title, URL or Certificate of a
Page
【Web Page】
u Convenient
Tools d Site Info d
Title, URL or Certificate d
Show Key Guidance
【Web Page】
u Help d
This procedure is only available when
using PC Site Browser.
Edit a Title
【Bookmark List】
window Select
a bookmark u Edit Title
d Edit title d
Edit a URL
【Bookmark List】
window Select
a bookmark u Edit URL
d Edit URL d
6-16
Advanced Features
6
Internet
Send a Bookmark by Mail
【Bookmark List】
window Select a
bookmark u Compose
Message or Attach to Mail d
Enter address, subject and text
o
Compose Message: Composition (S!
Mail) window opens with the URL
inserted at the top of the text.
Attach to Mail: Composition (S!
Mail) window opens with the
bookmark file attached.
Check Number of Bookmarks
【Bookmark Folder List】
window or
【Bookmark List】
window u
No. of Bookmarks d
The total number of bookmarks can
be checked from Bookmark Folder List
window; and the number of
bookmarks in a folder can be checked
from Bookmark List window.
Create a Folder
【Bookmark Folder List】
window
u Add Folder d Enter
folder name d
Edit a Folder Name
【Bookmark Folder List】
window
Select a folder u Edit Folder
Name d Edit folder name
d
Change Order of Folders
【Bookmark Folder List】
window
Select a folder u Sort
Folder d Select a position
d
The order of Preset folders cannot be
changed.
Move Bookmarks to a Different
Folder
【Bookmark List】
window Select
a bookmark u Move d
Move This, Move Selected or
Move All d Select a
destination folder d ( Select
bookmarks d o) YES
d
Delete a Folder
【Bookmark Folder List】
window
Select a folder u Delete
Folder d Enter Security
Code d YES d
This procedure also deletes all the
bookmarks saved in the folder.
Delete Bookmarks
■To Delete All Bookmarks
【Bookmark Folder List】
window
u Delete All d Enter
Security Code d YES d
■To Delete Bookmarks in a Folder
【Bookmark List】
window Select
a bookmark u Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete Selected
Delete Selected d Select
bookmarks d o YES
d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
6-17
Advanced Features
6
Internet
Saved Pages
Edit a Title
【Saved Pages List】
window
Select a saved page u Edit
Title d Edit title d
Protect Saved Pages
【Saved Pages List】
window
Select a saved page u
Protect ON/OFF d
Use this procedure to toggle saved
pages between protected and
unprotected.
Check Number of Saved Pages
【Saved Pages List】
window u
No. of Pages d
Delete Saved Pages
【Saved Pages List】
window
Select a saved page u
Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete Selected
Delete Selected d Select
saved pages d o YES
d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Protected Saved Pages cannot be
deleted.
7-1
Camera
Overview.............................................. 7-2
Viewfinder................................................. 7-3
Basics.................................................... 7-6
BI-DO-RI Mode .......................................... 7-6
Photo Mode............................................... 7-8
Movie Mode ............................................ 7-10
Various Camera Features .................. 7-13
Continuous Mode ................................... 7-13
Add Frames to Images ............................ 7-14
Auto Timer .............................................. 7-14
Camera Menu .................................... 7-16
Changing Settings................................... 7-16
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer.............. 7-19
Checking Still Images.............................. 7-19
Playing Videos......................................... 7-21
Uploading Still Images &
Videos to Blog......................................... 7-23
Advanced Features............................ 7-24
During Shooting ...................................... 7-24
After Shooting......................................... 7-25
After Shooting Framed Images............... 7-26
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer..................... 7-27
7
7-2
7
Camera
Overview
SoftBank
Handsets
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
PCs
Shoot Still Images/Videos
Camera Style/Cellular Style
Adopts Continuous AF. Maintains
focus automatically, enabling
shooting with minimal lag once you
press the shutter.
Auto Focus (AF)
View still images and videos with
handset closed.
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer
BI-DO-RI
Upload photos and text to an SNS
or blog.
Blog Upload
Send by S! Mail
(Camera Style)
(Cellular Style)
Capture still images and videos with built-in camera.
* Auto focusing (Auto Focus, shooting,
focus lock), camera activation, etc.
･Still images are saved in JPEG format
and videos in MPEG4 format.
･Clean the lens with soft cloth.
Fingerprints or grime on the lens may
result in blurred images.
･Image blurring may occur when Image
Stabilizer is OFF. Setting Image
Stabilizer to Auto is recommended.
･Some points/lines may appear brighter
and some darker.
･Shooting when handset is warm may
affect image quality.
･Exposing the lens to direct sunlight for
an extended period may result in
discoloration of photo images.
･Shutter click, Auto Timer tone, and
Auto Focus locked tone sound at a
fixed volume even in Manner Mode.
･You may hear a low hum when using
Camera*, but this is normal.
･When shooting under fluorescent
lighting, faint streaking may appear in
Display.
･If Camera is activated over a set
number of times while out-of-range,
Camera becomes unavailable. Activate
Camera again after moving to a
location with signal reception.
Optimal mode for portrait shots
(P. 7-6).
Shoot like a camera with handset
closed (Camera Style, P. 7-3), or
like a cellular phone with handset
open (Cellular Style, P. 7-4).
7-3
Overview
7
Camera
Viewfinder
Camera settings are shown by
indicators. Some can be selected to
change settings (P. 7-16).
●Landscape View (Camera Style)
Indicators
BI-DO-RI, Photo and Continuous
Shooting Viewfinder
Movie Viewfinder
②
③
①
④
⑤
⑧
⑨
⑩
③
⑥
⑦
⑦
⑧⑪⑫
④
⑤
⑥
①Focus Frame (BI-DO-RI, Photo and
Serial)
White: Appears when Auto Focus set
Green: Focus successful
Red: Focus failed
AF ON and in Macro
AF ON and with face detection
Face detection when AF ON and
with face detection
②AFchange (BI-DO-RI, Photo and Serial)
ON
OFF
③Auto Timer
ON
No indicator: OFF
④Light
Auto
ON
No indicator: OFF
⑤Macro
Macro ON
No indicator: Macro OFF
⑥Image Stabilizer (BI-DO-RI, Photo and
Movie)
Auto
No indicator: OFF
⑦Zoom Status
Level 1 to
Level 16
⑧Select to Save (BI-DO-RI, Photo and
Serial)
Phone
microSD
Number of Savable Files (BI-DO-RI,
Photo and Serial)
White: 11 or more
Yellow: 10 or less
Red: No memory space
Select to Save (Movie)
Phone
microSD
Storage Capacity (Movie)
Blue: 500 KB or more
Yellow: Less than 500 KB
Red: No memory space
⑨BI-DO-RI (BI-DO-RI)
BI-DO-RI Mode
⑩Shooting Status (Movie)
Standby
Shooting
⑪Quality Setting (Movie)*
Long Dur. Mode
Normal
Fine Mode
Super Fine Mode
7-4
Overview
7
Camera
* Fine Mode and Super Fine Mode are
available when VGA(Video L) or
QVGA(Video S) are selected for Select
Size.
●Portrait View (Cellular Style)
Indicators
⑫Movie Type Set (Movie)
Normal
Video
Voice
BI-DO-RI, Photo and Continuous
Shooting Viewfinder
Movie Viewfinder
①
②
③
⑤
⑥
⑦
③
②
⑩
⑨
⑧
⑦
⑪
④
⑧
④
①Focus Frame (BI-DO-RI, Photo and
Serial)
White: Appears when Auto Focus set
Green: Focus successful
Red: Focus failed
AF ON and in Macro
AF ON and with face detection
Face detection when AF ON and
with face detection
②Macro
Macro ON
No indicator: Macro OFF
③Image Stabilizer (BI-DO-RI, Photo, and
Movie)
Auto
No indicator: OFF
7-5
Overview
7
Camera
* Fine Mode and Super Fine Mode are
available when VGA(Video L) or
QVGA(Video S) are selected for Select
Size.
④Select to Save (BI-DO-RI, Photo and
Serial)
Phone
microSD
Number of Savable Files (BI-DO-RI,
Photo and Serial)
White: 11 or more
Yellow: 10 or less
Red: No memory space
Select to Save (Movie)
Phone
microSD
Storage Capacity (Movie)
Blue: 500 KB or more
Yellow: Less than 500 KB
Red: No memory space
⑤AFchange (BI-DO-RI, Photo and
Serial)
ON
OFF
⑥BI-DO-RI (BI-DO-RI)
BI-DO-RI Mode
⑦Auto Timer
ON
No indicator: OFF
⑧Zoom Status
Level 1 to
Level 16
⑨Quality Setting (Movie)*
Long Dur. Mode
Normal
Fine Mode
Super Fine Mode
⑩Movie Type Set (Movie)
Normal
Video
Voice
⑪Shooting Status (Movie)
Standby
Shooting
7-6
7
Camera
Basics
Shoot like a digital camera with
handset closed, or like a conventional
cellular phone with handset open.
BI-DO-RI Mode
Shoot stunning portraits of people.
● Still images are saved to Camera under
My Picture in Data Folder. See P. 14-33
for details on changing the save
destination to Memory Card.
●Auto-tracking face focus is on and
automatically focuses on faces.
●Set AFchange to ON to automatically
focus on faces.
Using Camera Style
With Handset closed, press
and hold a
Display person to shoot z
Shoot and save still image.
●Available Functions
Tip
･Still images and videos you shoot are
automatically saved. When this
function is set off (see P. 14-33), select
whether to save or delete after
shooting.
･Still images and videos can be mirror
displayed or uploaded to a blog.
Tip
･Time may be required for shot images
to appear.
･Depending on shooting conditions,
faces may not be effectively detected.
･For best results when shooting
portraits, observe the following.
– Remove glasses/sunglasses, masks,
hats, and other items that partially
block face.
– Subject’s hair should not cover the
face.
– Subject should look straight into
Camera and should not tilt head.
･In the following cases, BI-DO-RI effect
may not be apparent or images may
appear unnatural.
– Subject has a beard
– Poor shooting conditions, such as
camera shake, out of focus,
inadequate exposure or shadowed
face
Zoom (Telescopic)
l (Top)
Zoom (Wide angle) : (Bottom)
Camera menu
display/confirm
;
Camera menu
selection
l (Top) or
: (Bottom)
Light1
Press and hold
;
AF LOCK2
Half-press z
1
BI-DO-RI Viewfinder
2
7-7
Basics
7
Camera
1
Pressing and holding will cycle through
Auto, ON, and OFF.
2
AF locks when z pressed halfway.
Discontinue pressing to cancel.
Using Cellular Style
With handset open, press
and hold a
■To Activate From Main Menu
d Camera d BI-DO-RI
d
Display person to shoot
d or z
Shoot and save still image.
●Available Functions
1
Pressing will cycle through Auto, ON,
and OFF.
2
Applies AF Lock when z lightly pressed
half-way. Discontinue pressing to
cancel.
Function menu
a
Toggle BI-DO-RI
and Photo
Press and hold a
Previous window
k
End Camera
Press and hold k
1
BI-DO-RI Viewfinder
2
Zoom (Telescopic)
j
Zoom (Wide angle) h
Camera menu
o
Light1
p
AFchange
f
AF LOCK2
g or Half-press z
Function menu
u
Toggle BI-DO-RI
and Photo
Press and hold a
Toggle Camera
mode
1
Adjust Brightness
5
Help
0
Previous window
t
End Camera
y
7-8
Basics
7
Camera
Photo Mode
Optimal setting for subjects other than
people, such as scenery.
●The still images shot are saved to
Camera under My Picture in Data
Folder. See P. 14-33 for details on
changing the save destination to
Memory Card.
●Make the following settings to
automatically detect and focus on faces.
･Select Size: WVGA(Wallpaper) or
higher
･Best Shot: Any of Auto Mode Select,
Person, Person & Night and Best
Shot OFF
･AFchange: ON
Using Camera Style
With Handset closed, press
a
■To Activate From Quick Launcher
l (Top), : (Bottom) or ; to
activate Quick Launcher Select
;
Display subject to shoot
z
Shoot and save still image.
●Available Functions
1
Pressing and holding will cycle through
Auto, ON, and OFF.
2
Applies AF Lock when z lightly pressed
halfway. Discontinue pressing to
cancel.
Tip
･Access BI-DO-RI from a Shortcut
(P. 2-5).
1
Photo Viewfinder
2
Zoom (Telescopic)
l (Top)
Zoom (Wide angle)
: (Bottom)
Camera menu
display/confirm
;
Camera menu
selection
l (Top) or
: (Bottom)
Light1
Press and hold
;
AF LOCK2
Half-press z
Function menu
a
Toggle BI-DO-RI
and Photo
Press and hold a
Previous window
k
End Camera
Press and hold k
7-9
Basics
7
Camera
◎Quick and Normal Shooting
●Quick Shooting
When using Photo Mode in Camera
style, press shutter all the way (not half-
way) to shoot. Image Stabilizer and Best
Shot are set off, enabling you to shift to
your next shot more quickly.
･Available when Auto Save Set is set
to ON.
●Normal Shooting
Press the shutter halfway to lock Auto
Focus, then all the way to shoot. Shoot
more pleasing shots together with
Image Stabilizer and Best Shot.
･Sound is emitted during Auto Focus
Lock.
･Set Auto Focus Lock off by setting
AFchange to OFF or setting Best Shot
to Night View. There is no sound
made for locking, so slowly press the
shutter all the way to shoot.
Using Cellular Style
With Handset open, press
and hold a
■To Activate From Main Menu
d Camera d Photo
d
Display subject to shoot
d or z
Shoot and save still image.
●Available Functions
1
Photo Viewfinder
2
Zoom (Telescopic)
j
Zoom (Wide angle)
h
Camera menu
o
Light1
p
AFchange
f
AF LOCK2
g or Half-press z
Function menu
u
Toggle BI-DO-RI and
Photo
Press and hold a
Toggle Camera mode 1
Select Size
2
Quality Setting
3
Best Shot
4
Adjust Brightness
5
White Balance3
6
Help
0
Previous window
t
End Camera
y
7-10
Basics
7
Camera
1
Pressing will cycle through Auto, ON
and OFF.
2
Applies AF Lock when z lightly pressed
halfway. Discontinue pressing to
cancel.
3
Available when Best Shot OFF is set
for Best Shot.
Movie Mode
Shoot videos with or without audio, or
even audio-only videos.
●Videos are saved to Camera under
Videos in Data Folder. See P. 14-33 for
details on changing the save location to
Memory Card.
Using Camera Style
With Handset closed, press
l (Top), : (Bottom) or
; to activate Quick
Launcher Select
;
Display subject to shoot
z
Shooting begins.
z
Shooting ends and video is saved.
●Available Functions
* Pressing and holding will cycle through
Auto, ON and OFF.
1
Movie Viewfinder
Zoom (Telescopic)
l (Top)
Zoom (Wide angle)
: (Bottom)
Camera menu
display/confirm
;
Camera menu
selection
l (Top) or
: (Bottom)
Light*
Press and hold
;
Function menu
a
Previous window
k
End Camera
Press and hold k
2
3
7-11
Basics
7
Camera
Using Cellular Style
d Camera d
Movie d
Display subject to shoot
d or z
Shooting begins.
d or z
Shooting ends and video is saved.
●Available Functions
* Pressing will cycle through Auto, ON
and OFF.
More Features
Advanced
During Shooting
Shoot Up Closer
Turn Auto Focus On/Off
Switch Image Color Tone
Check Memory Space
Change Video Types
Set Image Stabilizer
(☛P. 7-24)
After Shooting
Upload Still Image/Video to Blog
Open an Image as Mirror Image
Save an Image as Mirror Image
Edit Video Title
(☛P. 7-25)
Customize
Video Settings
Reduce Flicker
Set Shutter Sound
Set View When Shooting With Handset
Closed
(☛P. 14-31)
1
Movie Viewfinder
2
3
Zoom (Telescopic)
j
Zoom (Wide angle)
h
Camera menu
o
Light*
p
Function menu
u
Toggle Camera mode
1
Select Size
2
File Size Setting
3
Select Scene
4
Adjust Brightness
5
White Balance
6
Help
0
Previous window
t
End Camera
y
7-12
Basics
7
Camera
File Storage
Toggle Whether to Automatically Save
Still Image/Video
Set Still Image/Video Save Destination
(☛P. 14-33)
7-13
7
Camera
Various Camera Features
Continuous Mode
Shoot a sequence of up to 10 still
images in a single shutter release.
●See P. 14-32 for setting the interval and
number of still images.
Using Camera Style
Use l (Top) or : (Bottom) for menu
and setting selections.
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder],
[Photo Viewfinder] or
[Movie Viewfinder] ;
Select
,
or
;
Select
;
Display subject to shoot
z
Shoot and save all still images.
Using Cellular Style
d Camera d
Serial d
Display subject to shoot
d or z
Shoot and save all still images.
Tip
･VGA(Wallpaper) and
QVGA(Wallpaper) are available for
Select Size.
1
Menu Selection Window
2
Continuous Viewfinder
3
1
Continuous Viewfinder
2
7-14
Various Camera Features
7
Camera
Add Frames to
Images
Shoot with an overlay.
●Add a frame with the following
settings.
Camera mode: Photo
Select Size: WVGA(Wallpaper),
VGA(Wallpaper), QVGA(Wallpaper)
Using Camera Style
Use l (Top) or : (Bottom) for menu
and setting selections.
[Photo Viewfinder] a
Select Frame ;
Select folder ;
Select frame ;
Display subject to shoot
z
Shoot and save still image.
Using Cellular Style
[Photo Viewfinder] u
Select Frame d
Select folder d Select
frame d
Display subject to shoot
d or z
Shoot and save still image.
Auto Timer
●Shoot during Auto Timer countdown by
pressing d or z.
●Auto Timer goes off when shooting
ends.
Using Camera Style
Use l (Top) or : (Bottom) for menu
and item selections.
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder],
[Photo Viewfinder],
[Continuous Viewfinder] or
[Movie Viewfinder] a
Auto Timer ;
ON ; Set time with
l (Top) or : (Bottom)
;
1
Frame Viewfinder
2
1
Frame Viewfinder
2
Tip
･Press o to confirm frame selection.
Press o again to rotate the frame
180゜
.
1
2
7-15
Various Camera Features
7
Camera
Display subject to shoot
z
Auto Timer starts and Camera
Indicator flashes. Five seconds
before shooting, handset emits a
tone and flashes faster.
Shoot and save still image. For
videos, shooting starts.
■When shooting Video
z
Video shooting ends and video is
saved.
Using Cellular Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder],
[Photo Viewfinder],
[Continuous Viewfinder] or
[Movie Viewfinder] u
Auto Timer d
ON d Enter time d
Display subject to shoot
d or z
Auto Timer starts and Camera
Indicator flashes. Five seconds
before shooting, handset emits a
tone and flashes faster.
Shoot and save still image. For
videos, shooting starts.
■To Cancel Auto Timer Shooting
o or t
■When shooting Video
d or z
Video shooting ends and video is
saved.
More Features
Advanced
During Shooting
Shoot Up Closer
Turn Auto Focus On/Off
Switch Image Color Tone
(☛P. 7-24)
After Shooting
Open an Image as Mirror Image
Save One Continuous Still Image
Save Several Continuous Still Images
Save All Continuous Still Images
Save Continuous Still Images as Original
Animation
(☛P. 7-25)
After Shooting Framed Images
Change Frame Before Saving
(☛P. 7-26)
Customize
Camera Settings
Set Shooting Interval/Number of Still
Images for Continuous Mode
(☛P. 14-31)
3
1
2
3
7-16
7
Camera
Camera Menu
Change settings from Camera menu.
Settings differ with each Camera
mode.
Changing Settings
Using Camera Style
Use l (Top) or : (Bottom) for menu
and setting selections.
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder],
[Photo Viewfinder],
[Continuous Viewfinder] or
[Movie Viewfinder] ;
Select menu ;
Press k to cancel menu selection.
Select setting ;
Press k to cancel the setting.
●Indicators and Settings
Indicators
Tip
･In Photo Mode or Continuous Mode,
White Balance is available when Best
Shot OFF is selected for Best Shot.
1
Menu Selection Window
2
Menu Selection Window
3
①CHG Camera-mode
BI-DO-RI
Photo
Serial
Movie
Bar Code Reader
BI-DO-RI, Photo and Continuous
Viewfinder
Movie Viewfinder
④
⑤
①
②
⑥
③
④
⑤
①
②
⑥
③
7-17
Camera Menu
7
Camera
1
Select Size is fixed at 2M in BI-DO-RI
Mode.
2
VGA(Wallpaper) and
QVGA(Wallpaper) are available in
Continuous Mode.
3
Fixed at Fine in BI-DO-RI Mode.
4
Fixed at Auto Mode Select in BI-DO-RI
Mode.
5
Night View and Person & Night are
not available in Continuous Mode.
6
In Photo Mode or Continuous Mode,
settable when Best Shot OFF is
selected for Best Shot.
Using Cellular Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder],
[Photo Viewfinder],
[Continuous Viewfinder] or
[Movie Viewfinder] o
Press v to select Menu
Indicator
Press c to select setting
d
Press t to cancel the setting.
②Select Size (Photo/Serial)1 2
8M(A3 Size)
6M Wide(A3 Size)
5M(A3 Size)
3M(A4 Size)
2M(2L Size)
1M(L Size)
WVGA(Wallpaper)
VGA(Wallpaper)
QVGA(Wallpaper)
Select Size (Movie)
VGA(Video L)
QVGA(Video S)
QCIF(Mail L)
SubQCIF(Mail S)
③Quality Setting (Photo/Serial)3
Fine
Normal
File Size (Movie)
Mail Attachment
2MB
Long Time
④Best Shot (Photo/Serial)4 5
Auto Mode Select
Person
Scenery
Night View
Person & Night
Sports
Best Shot OFF
Select Scene (Movie)
Person
Scenery
⑤Brightness
-2 to
+2
⑥White Balance (Photo, Serial and
Movie)6
AWB(Auto)
Fine
Cloudy
Light Bulb
Fluorescent Lamp
1
Menu Selection Window
2
3
7-18
Camera Menu
7
Camera
●Indicators and Settings
Indicators
1
Select Size is fixed at 2M in BI-DO-RI
Mode.
2
VGA(Wallpaper) and
QVGA(Wallpaper) are available in
Continuous Mode.
3
Fixed at Fine in BI-DO-RI Mode.
4
Fixed at Auto Mode Select in BI-DO-RI
Mode.
5
Night View and Person & Night are
not available in Continuous Mode.
6
In Photo Mode or Continuous Mode,
settable when Best Shot OFF is
selected for Best Shot.
BI-DO-RI, Photo and Continuous
Viewfinder
Movie Viewfinder
①②③
⑤
④
⑥
①②③
⑤
④
⑥
①CHG Camera-mode
BI-DO-RI
Photo
Serial
Movie
Bar Code Reader
②Select Size (Photo/Serial)1 2
8M(A3 Size)
6M Wide(A3 Size)
5M(A3 Size)
3M (A4 Size)
2M (2L Size)
1M (L Size)
WVGA (Wallpaper)
VGA (Wallpaper)
QVGA (Wallpaper)
Select Size (Movie)
VGA (Video L)
QVGA (Video S)
QCIF (Mail L)
SubQCIF (Mail S)
③Quality Setting (Photo/Serial)3
Fine
Normal
File Size (Movie)
Mail Attachment
2MB
Long Time
④Best Shot (Photo/Serial)4 5
Auto Mode Select
Person
Scenery
Night View
Person & Night
Sports
Best Shot OFF
Select Scene (Movie)
Person
Scenery
⑤Brightness
-2 to
+2
⑥White Balance (Photo, Serial and
Movie)6
AWB(Auto)
Fine
Cloudy
Light Bulb
Fluorescent Lamp
7-19
7
Camera
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer
View still images and videos. Access
them even when handset is closed.
●This function browses the folder set
with Camera’s save settings (P. 14-33).
See P. 7-27 for how to switch folders.
Checking Still
Images
Using Camera Style
Press s with handset closed
■To Activate From Quick Launcher
l (Top), : (Bottom) or ; to
activate Quick Launcher Select
;
Still images appear together.
■To Toggle Snap Viewer
s Layout Change ;
Thumbnail, 1 Picture or 3D ;
●Default Setting: Thumbnail
Select still image with l
(Top) or : (Bottom)
The selected still image appears.
■Returning to Snap Viewer
k
Tip
･Pressing s activates the viewer
window suited to the current Camera
mode.
･Images read in to handset may not
display properly.
1
Snap Viewer (3D)
Snap Viewer (Thumbnail)
Snap Viewer (1 Picture)
2
7-20
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer
7
Camera
●Available Keys in Snap Viewer
●Available Keys When a Still
Image Is Displayed
Using Cellular Style
Press s with handset open
■To Activate From Main Menu
d Camera d Snap
Viewer d
Still images are displayed together.
■To Toggle Snap Viewer
p
Toggle through Thumbnail, 1
Picture and 3D with each press.
●Set to Thumbnail by default.
Select still image
l (Top) or
: (Bottom)
Display still image
;
Function menu
s
End Snap Viewer
k
Toggle zoom/full
view
;
Toggle still image
In full view
l (Top) or
: (Bottom)
Zoom in/out
In zoom view
l (Top) or
: (Bottom)
Function menu
s
End Snap Viewer
Press and hold k
1
Snap Viewer (3D)
Snap Viewer (Thumbnail)
Snap Viewer (1 Picture)
7-21
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer
7
Camera
Press b to select still image
■To Delete Still Images
• To select Delete This
o Delete This d
YES d
• To select Delete All
o Delete All d
Enter Security Code d YES
d
d
Display selected still image
■Returning to Snap Viewer
t
●Available Keys in Snap Viewer
1
Available when display is 1 Picture or
3D.
2
Toggles each time pressed.
●Available Keys When a Still
Image Is Displayed
Playing Videos
●See P. 9-3 for the playback window for
videos.
Using Camera Style
l (Top), : (Bottom) or
; to activate Quick
Launcher Select
;
Videos are displayed as a list.
Select video with l (Top)
or : (Bottom) ;
The selected video plays.
Select still image1
b
Display still image
d
Toggle display2
p
Function menu
u
End Snap Viewer
t or y
2
3
Toggle zoom/full
view
d
Rotate still image
In full view o
Toggle still image
In full view v
Scroll
In zoom view b
Zoom in/out
In zoom view
p or o
Function menu
u
End Snap Viewer
y
1
Movie Viewer
2
7-22
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer
7
Camera
●Available Keys in Movie Viewer
●Available Keys When Video Is
Playing
Using Cellular Style
●See P. 9-3 for playback window in
cellular style.
d Camera d
Movie Viewer d
Videos are displayed as a list.
Press c to select video
■To Delete Videos
• To select Delete This
o Delete This d
YES d
• To select Delete Selected
o Delete Selected d
Select video d o
YES d
• To select Delete All
o Delete All d
Enter Security Code d
YES d
d
The selected video plays.
●Available Keys in Movie Viewer
* Show/hide toggle each time pressed.
Select video
l (Top) or
: (Bottom)
Play video
;
Function menu
s
End Movie
Viewer
k
Play/pause
;
Adjust volume
l (Top) or
: (Bottom)
Play next video
Press and hold
l (Bottom)
Play from start or
play previous
video
Press and hold
: (Top)
End play
k
End Movie Viewer Press and hold k
1
Movie Viewer
2
Select video
c
Play video
d
Toggle
thumbnail*
p
Function menu
u
End Movie
Viewer
t or y
3
7-23
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer
7
Camera
●Available Keys When Video Is
Playing
Uploading Still Images
& Videos to Blog
Upload to a blog from Snap Viewer or
Movie Viewer.
●You must add an upload e-mail address
beforehand to Blog/Mail Member
(P. 5-4).
●You may not be able to upload
depending on video image size.
From Snap Viewer
From [Snap Viewer], select
still image r
Attach Mail, QVGA Scale
Down or VGA Scale Down
d ( Check image d)
Select Blog/Mail Member
d Create and send S!
Mail
From Movie Viewer
From [Movie Viewer], select
video r
Select Blog/Mail Member
d Create and send S!
Mail
More Features
Advanced
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer
Toggle Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer
Toggle Browsed Folder in Snap Viewer
or Movie Viewer
Attach/Insert Still Image/Video in S! Mail
(☛P. 7-27)
Customize
Snap Viewer
Hide Guide at Top of Landscape View
(☛P. 14-34)
Play/pause
d
Adjust volume
c
Play next video
j
Play from start or
play previous
video
h
Function menu
u
End play
t
End Movie Viewer y
1
2
3
1
2
7-24
7
Camera
Advanced Features
During Shooting
Start Here
【BI-DO-RI Viewfinder】
........P. 7-6, P. 7-7
【Photo Viewfinder】
.............P. 7-8, P. 7-9
【Movie Viewfinder】
.......P. 7-10, P. 7-11
【Continuous Viewfinder】
........... P. 7-13
Shoot Up Closer
●Camera Style
【BI-DO-RI Viewfinder】
,【Photo
Viewfinder】
,【Movie Viewfinder】
or【Continuous Viewfinder】
a
Macro ON ;
●Cellular Style
【BI-DO-RI Viewfinder】
,【Photo
Viewfinder】
,【Movie Viewfinder】
or【Continuous Viewfinder】
u
Macro ON d
Select Macro OFF to cancel Macro
ON.
Turn Auto Focus On/Off
●Camera Style
【BI-DO-RI Viewfinder】
,【Photo
Viewfinder】
or【Continuous
Viewfinder】
a AFchange
; ON or OFF ;
●Cellular Style
【BI-DO-RI Viewfinder】
,【Photo
Viewfinder】
or【Continuous
Viewfinder】 f
Switch Image Color Tone
●Camera Style
【Photo Viewfinder】
,【Movie
Viewfinder】or【Continuous
Viewfinder】 a Camera
Settings ; Color Mode Set
; Select tone ;
●Cellular Style
【Photo Viewfinder】
,【Movie
Viewfinder】
or【Continuous
Viewfinder】 u Camera
Settings d Color Mode Set
d Select tone d
Check Memory Space
●Cellular Style
【BI-DO-RI Viewfinder】
,【Photo
Viewfinder】
or 【Movie
Viewfinder】 u Memory
Info d
Change Video Types
●Camera Style
【Movie Viewfinder】
a Movie
Type Set ; Normal, Video
or Voice ;
●Cellular Style
【Movie Viewfinder】 u
Movie Type Set d Normal,
Video or Voice d
7-25
Advanced Features
7
Camera
After Shooting
If Auto Save Set is set off, a preview
appears after shooting in BI-DO-RI,
Photo, Movie or Continuous mode
(P. 14-33). The following functions are
available.
Set Image Stabilizer
●Camera Style
【BI-DO-RI Viewfinder】
,【Photo
Viewfinder】
or【Movie
Viewfinder】
a Image
Stabilizer ; Auto or OFF
;
●Cellular Style
【BI-DO-RI Viewfinder】
,【Photo
Viewfinder】
or【Movie
Viewfinder】
u Image
Stabilizer d Auto or OFF
d
Upload Still Image/Video to Blog
●Cellular Style
【BI-DO-RI Preview】
,【Photo
Preview】
or【Movie Preview】
window u Blog Upload
d ( Attach Mail, QVGA Scale
Down or VGA Scale Down d)
Select Blog/Mail Member d
Create and send S! Mail
You must add an upload e-mail
address beforehand to Blog/Mail
Member (P. 5-4).
You may not be able to upload
depending on video image size.
Open an Image as Mirror Image
●Camera Style
【BI-DO-RI Preview】
or【Photo
Preview】
window a Mirror
Display or Normal Display ;
●Cellular Style
【BI-DO-RI Preview】
,【Photo
Preview】
or【Continuous Preview】
window u Mirror Display or
Normal Display d
Save an Image as Mirror Image
●Camera Style
【BI-DO-RI Preview】
or 【Photo
Preview】
window a Mirror
Save ;
●Cellular Style
【BI-DO-RI Preview】
or 【Photo
Preview】
window u Mirror
Save d
Edit Video Title
●Cellular Style
【Movie Preview】
window u
Edit Title d Edit title d
Save One Continuous Still Image
●Camera Style
【Continuous Preview】
window
l (Top) or : (Bottom) to select
still image ; a Save or
Mirror Save ;
●Cellular Style
【Continuous Preview】
window
Select still image d p
Save or Mirror Save d
7-26
Advanced Features
7
Camera
After Shooting Framed Images
If Auto Save Set is set off, a preview
appears after shooting (P. 14-33). The
following functions are available.
Save Several Continuous Still
Images
●Camera Style
【Continuous Preview】
window
l (Top) or : (Bottom) to select
still image ; Repeat step
a Save or Mirror Save
;
To deselect a still image, reselect and
press ;.
●Cellular Style
【Continuous Preview】
window
Select still image d Repeat
step p Save or Mirror Save
d
To deselect a still image, reselect and
press d.
Save All Continuous Still Images
●Camera Style
【Continuous Preview】
window
Press and hold a Save or Mirror
Save ;
●Cellular Style
【Continuous Preview】
window
Press and hold p Save or
Mirror Save d
Save Continuous Still Images as
Original Animation
●Cellular Style
【Continuous Preview】
window
u Store All&Anime d
Save or Mirror Save d
Select save destination d
Change Frame Before Saving
●Camera Style
【Frame Preview】
window a
Change Frame ; Select
folder ; Select frame
; (twice)
●Cellular Style
【Frame Preview】
window u
Change Frame d Select
folder d Select frame d
(twice)
7-27
Advanced Features
7
Camera
Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer
Start Here
【Snap Viewer】
.................P. 7-19, P. 7-20
【Movie Viewer】
...............P. 7-21, P. 7-22
Toggle Snap Viewer/Movie Viewer
●Camera Style
【Snap Viewer】
or【Movie Viewer】
s Photo/Movie SW ;
●Cellular Style
【Snap Viewer】
or 【Movie Viewer】
u Photo/Movie SW d
Toggle Browsed Folder in Snap
Viewer or Movie Viewer
●Camera Style
【Snap Viewer】
or【Movie Viewer】
s Memory SW ;
Phone or microSD ; Select
folder ;
●Cellular Style
【Snap Viewer】
or【Movie Viewer】
u Memory SW d
Phone or microSD d Select
folder d
Attach/Insert Still Image/Video in
S! Mail
●Cellular Style (Attach still image)
【Snap Viewer】
u Compose
Message d Attach Image
d Attach Mail, QVGA Scale
Down or VGA Scale Down d
( Check image d) Create
and send S! Mail
●Cellular Style (Insert still image)
【Snap Viewer】
u Compose
Message d Insert Image
d Insert Mail or Add Art Scale
Down d ( Check image
d) Create and send S! Mail
●Cellular Style (Attach Video)
【Movie Viewer】
u Compose
Message d ( YES d)
Create and send S! Mail
You may not be able to attach
depending on video image size.
8-1
TV
About TV .............................................. 8-2
TV Antenna ............................................... 8-3
TV Windows .............................................. 8-4
Initial Setup.......................................... 8-5
Watching TV ........................................ 8-6
Time Shift Playback While Watching....... 8-7
From Quick Launcher................................ 8-7
Data Broadcasts (Japanese)...................... 8-8
Program Guide.......................................... 8-9
Recording/Playing Programs ............ 8-10
Recording Programs................................ 8-10
Playing Programs .................................... 8-10
View/Record Timer............................ 8-13
Setting View Timer ................................. 8-13
Setting Record Timer .............................. 8-13
Advanced Features............................ 8-15
Channel Settings...................................... 8-15
Watching TV ............................................ 8-15
Data Broadcasts ....................................... 8-16
TV Link...................................................... 8-16
Recording Programs ................................ 8-17
Playing Programs..................................... 8-17
View/Record Timer .................................. 8-18
8
8-2
8
TV
About TV
One Seg
Watch TV in
Widescreen
Data Broadcasts
Record Programs
View and Record Timer
New Message Notification
One Seg is a digital TV broadcasting
service for mobile devices. It uses
one segment of the terrestrial digital
band for TV and data broadcasts
that you enjoy at home, on your
handset.
Handset supports One Seg Digital TV for cellular phones and other information
terminals.
●One Seg is available only in Japan. Because other countries use different broadcast
systems and frequencies, watching One Seg Digital TV is not possible outside of Japan.
Precautions
●Never watch TV while riding a bicycle,
motorcycle, or driving a car. You may
not hear the sounds around you clearly,
or TV image/sound may distract you
creating the risk of accident. Even while
walking, pay attention to the traffic
around you. Be especially careful at
railway crossings and pedestrian
crosswalks.
●TV image/sound may be affected if a call
or message is received while watching TV.
●TV information (TV links or data you
entered in Data Broadcast Mode) saved
on handset cannot be transferred to
another handset when you change your
handset to another model or when it is
repaired. Keep a memo of necessary
information.
●TV is available when USIM Card is
inserted and with a valid SoftBank
contract.
● If TV is activated over a set number of
times while out-of-range, TV becomes
unavailable. Activate TV again after
moving to a location with signal
reception.
Enjoy data broadcasts while
watching TV. Access
program-related information and
even participate in the program
(P. 8-8).
Record a program on memory
card while viewing it and enjoy it
again at a later time (P. 8-10).
Book programs you want to
view/record. Program Guide can be
used for booking programs (P. 8-13).
Sender and subject information
appears for new message while TV
is active (P. 14-6).
8-3
About TV
8
TV
●Sufficiently extend TV Antenna to
improve signal reception. An
inadequate picture may be improved by
changing antenna direction, moving
handset away from/closer to you, or
changing locations.
●TV image/sound may deteriorate or
signal reception may become
impossible in the following areas:
･Areas far from signal towers
･Mountain areas or places beside tall
buildings
･In tunnels, underground malls or buildings
with a lot of signal obstructions
●For more information on One Seg
services, visit the following website:
The Association for Promotion of Digital
Broadcasting
From PC: http://www.dpa.or.jp/
From handset: http://www.dpa.or.jp/
1seg/k/ (Japanese)
When You First Activate TV
The first time you activate TV,
following information appears.
･How to switch between Portrait and
Landscape view
･Functions unavailable in Landscape view
Read information then press d, select
YES, and press d. If NO is selected,
information no longer appears when
activating TV.
When a Call Arrives While
Using TV
When a call arrives or when Alarm or
Schedule Alarm is activated while
using TV, TV is interrupted to receive
the call, etc. TV resumes after the
interrupting function ends.
TV Antenna
●Do not use force when changing
antenna direction.
Extend
Extend until Antenna stops
Change direction of
Antenna
Retract
Hold lower part of Antenna
and push in all the way
1
2
1
8-4
About TV
8
TV
TV Windows
③
⑪
④
⑬
①
③
⑤
②
①
⑪
⑩
⑫
Landscape View
Portrait View
④
⑦
⑥
⑧⑨
⑦⑫⑥②
⑧
⑨
⑩
⑭
①Incoming Message Info
Information about messages received
while watching TV appears in tickers
(P
. 14-6).
②Channel (Remote Control No.)
③Program Title
④Subtitles
⑤Appears while Sound Effect is ON
(no setting required)
⑥Signal Strength
Strong
Moderate
Weak
Out of Broadcasting Area
⑦TV Effect
Sound Effects OFF
CS5.1ch
Auto
Suitable for
Each Genre
Manner Mode
⑧Receiving Subtitle Information
Subtitles Available
⑨Volume
⑩Recording Status
Recording
Timer Recording Activated
(Red) Recording Paused
Time Shift Status
(Green) Paused
Normal Speed or Time Shift
Playback
1.3x Speed (With Sound)
2x Speed (Without Sound)
⑪Image
⑫ECO Mode
ECO Mode Active
⑬Data Broadcast
⑭TV View Mode
Image Mode
Data Broadcast Mode
8-5
8
TV
Initial Setup
Configure channel settings for your
area and save stations to a channel list.
d TV d Channel
Settings d
Select Area d Select
area d Select
prefecture/city d YES
d
Stations for the area are saved to a
channel list.
More Features
Advanced
Channel Settings
Save Stations to a Channel List
Automatically
Save Stations of a Different Area to a
Channel List
Switch Channel Lists
(☛ P. 8-15)
Customize
Channel List
Change Title of Channel List
Delete a Channel List
Assign Channels to Remote Control
Numbers
Delete a Channel
(☛ P. 14-28)
Other Settings
Reset Channel Settings
(☛ P. 14-30)
Tip
･If signals from stations of the selected
area are difficult to receive, search for
stations using the Automatic option.
1
2
8-6
8
TV
Watching TV
d TV d Watch TV
d
Alternatively, activate TV by
pressing z.
Use Keypad to select a
channel
Press w for channel 10, 0 for
channel 11, and q for channel
12.
■To Change Next/Previous Channel
v
■To Automatically Search for
Receivable Stations
Press and hold v
Press o or t to stop station
search.
y to end TV YES d
･When you select YES, use j for
Landscape view, and f for
Portrait view.
･Alternatively, press and hold
t YES d. Follow the
same steps to end TV in Portrait
view.
Available Functions
(Handset Open)
1
TV viewing will resume in Time Shift
playback.
2
Available in Portrait view.
1
TV Window
(Landscape View)
2
Tip
･TV volume is “0“ when Manner Mode
is active and no earphone is connected.
Adjust with c.
3
Pause or
Play1
d
Save Still
Image
o
Adjust
Volume
c
Mute
t
Toggle
Portrait
and
Landscape
Press and hold 9
Toggle
Windows2
Press and hold r
Windows toggle as
follows: Data Broadcast →
Image & Data Broadcast →
Image & Subtitles & Data
Broadcast
8-7
Watching TV
8
TV
Time Shift Playback
While Watching
Resume watching TV even after
pausing with playback.
●Time Shift playback is available when
you have stopped watching One Seg or
you receive a call.
●Time Shift playback is unavailable when
Time Shift Setup is set to Auto OFF.
[TV] window d
TV is paused.
When it is possible to
resume watching TV d
Time Shift playback starts.
■To Toggle Playback Speed
j
Press to cycle through Normal
Speed, 1.3x Speed (With Sound),
and 2x Speed (Without Sound).
■To End Playback
d
◎Handset Closed
[TV] window k
TV is paused.
When it is possible to
resume watching TV
; or k
Time Shift playback starts.
■To Toggle Playback Speed
Press and hold l (Top)
■To End Playback
;
From Quick Launcher
●Use Quick Launcher to activate TV from
closed position.
Press Front Button (l (Top),
: (Bottom) or ;)
■Returning to Standby
k or Press and hold k
l (Top) or : (Bottom) to
select
;
■Returning to Standby
Press and hold k YES ;
1
2
Note
･Up to two minutes of playback data can
be stored. Data is overwritten starting
from the oldest data. If you resume
viewing after pausing for more than
two minutes, viewing starts from the
beginning of stored data (not from
where you paused).
Tip
･Other channels are unavailable while
TV viewing is paused or during Time
Shift playback.
1
2
1
2
TV Window (Landscape View)
8-8
Watching TV
8
TV
Keys in TV Window
(Handset Closed)
Data Broadcasts
(Japanese)
Data broadcasts are available while
watching TV in Portrait view. Access
various kinds of program-related and
other information in Data Broadcast
Mode.
[TV] window r
Data Broadcast Mode is activated.
Access the Internet from a link to
view pages relating to the current
program.
■Returning to Image Mode
r
Available Functions
Still image
recording
;
Starts/Ends
Video
recording
Press and hold ;
Adjust Volume
(Volume <low>
or <high>)
: (Bottom) or
: (Top)
Forward
channel
selection
(Station <+>up
or <->down)
Press and hold
l (Top) or
Press and hold
: (Bottom)
Returning to
Standby
Press and hold k
YES ;
1
Data Broadcast Mode Window
Select a Link
c
Confirm
Selection of a
Link
d
Switch Pages
v
Previous Page
t
Toggle
Windows
Press and hold r
Windows toggle as follows:
Data Broadcast → Image &
Data Broadcast → Image &
Subtitles & Data Broadcast
Note
･Viewing data broadcasts requires no
fees. However, accessing the Internet
incurs transmission fees.
･Data broadcasts are unavailable in
Landscape view.
8-9
Watching TV
8
TV
Program Guide
●Use Program Guide to set timer to
record/activate programs.
●Activate TV from Program Guide.
d TV d Program
Guide d
See Program Guide help for
further operations.
Before first using Program Guide,
configure initial settings and agree
to the terms of use. Follow the
onscreen instructions.
More Features
Advanced
Watching TV
Show Program Information
Adjust Brightness
Switch Main & Sub Audio
Switch Audio Channels
Show Current Channel List Information
Add Current Station to Channel List
Select a Program
(☛ P. 8-15)
Data Broadcasts
Reload Page Accessed from Data
Broadcast
Check Certificate for SSL Page
Exit Page and Return to Data Broadcast
(☛ P. 8-16)
TV Link
Save TV Links
Access Pages/Information from TV Links
Show Details of a TV Link
Show Number of Saved TV Links
Delete TV Links
(☛ P. 8-16)
Customize
Image & Sound
Set Subtitle Display
Set Sound Effect
Set Visual Image Effect
Save Battery by Dimming Backlight
Keep Backlight Lighted While Watching
TV
Set Time Backlight Stays Lit While
Watching TV
Show/Hide Icons in Landscape View
Set TV to Pause or Continue for Incoming
Calls (Time Shift Playback)
(☛ P. 14-28)
Data Broadcasts
Set Whether to Show Images in Pages
Accessed from Data Broadcasts
Enable/Disable Sound Effects of Data
Broadcasts
Set Whether or Not to Show
Confirmation Window Again
(☛ P. 14-29)
Other Settings
Check TV Settings
Reset Channel Settings
Clear Data Broadcast Memory
Reset TV Settings
(☛P. 14-30)
1
8-10
8
TV
Recording/Playing Programs
Recording Programs
TV programs can be recorded on
memory card while you are watching
them.
●Data broadcasts are not saved with
recording.
[TV] window Press and
hold o
Recording starts.
■To Capture a Still Image
o
Captured still images are saved to
TV folder in Data Folder.
o
Recording ends.
■When Memory Becomes Full
Recording ends and the recorded
portion is saved.
Playing Programs
d Data Folder d
TV d
Video d microSD
d
■To View Captured Still Images
Image d Select a folder
d
1
2
Note
･The channel remains fixed during
recording.
･Recording certain programs is
restricted. If a restriction is activated
while recording a program, recording
automatically ends, and the part that
has been recorded so far is saved.
･When
appears to indicate handset is
out of the broadcasting area, recording
is paused. When the signal strength
recovers to weak or better, recording
automatically resumes.
･Recordings that you make are for
personal use only. Other uses require
the permission of the copyright holder.
Tip
･Recordings and still images can also be
saved when handset is closed (P. 8-8).
1
2
Recorded Program List Window
8-11
Recording/Playing Programs
8
TV
Select a file d
■To Stop Playback
t
Available Keys during
Program Playback
(Handset Open)
1
Press the key to toggle normal and fast
play.
2
Available when recorded program is 30
seconds or more.
Available Keys during
Program Playback
(Handset Closed)
Tip
･If a program was stopped partway
through, resume playback from that
point. Select YES and press Xd.
3
Recorded Program Playback Window
Pause/Play
d
Adjust Volume
c
Mute
p
Toggle Portrait
and Landscape
View
Press and hold 9
Fast Play
v1
Frame Forward
j during pause
Skip Ahead 30
Seconds2
Press and hold j
Skip Back 30
Seconds2
Press and hold h
Toggle
SoundEffects
o
Pause/Play
;
Adjust Volume
: (Top) or
: (Bottom)
Skip Back 30
Seconds
Press and hold
: (Top)
Skip Ahead 30
Seconds
Press and hold
: (Bottom)
Stop Play
k
8-12
Recording/Playing Programs
8
TV
More Features
Advanced
Recording Programs
Edit Title of a Recorded Program
Reset Title of a Recorded Program
Switch Views of Recorded Program List
Window
Check Information on a Recorded
Program
Check Volume of Recorded Programs
Delete Recorded Programs
(☛ P. 8-17)
Playing Programs
Specify Point to Start Playback
(☛ P. 8-17)
Customize
Recording Programs
Continue/End Recording at Low Battery
(☛ P. 14-30)
8-13
8
TV
View/Record Timer
Setting View Timer
d TV d Booking
Program List d
u New d
d Enter Date d
Enter date and time d
■To Select a Date from Calendar
Choose Date d Select a
date d Enter time d
d Select a channel
d
d ON, ON/Set Time
or OFF d ( Select a
time d)
o
Setting Record Timer
d TV d Timer
Recording List d
u New d
1
Booking Program List Window
2
View Timer Setting Window
3
4
5
6
1
Timer Recording List Window
2
Record Timer Setting Window
8-14
View/Record Timer
8
TV
d Enter Date d
Enter recording start and
end time d
■To Select a Date from Calendar
Choose Date d Select a
date d Enter time d
d Select a channel
d
d ON or OFF d
o ( YES or YES (Confirm
Once) d)
When the Set Time Comes
View Timer:
Alarm sounds for five minutes, and
recording information and animation
appear. Press any key to stop alarm
tone.
Record Timer:
At one minute before recording start,
a short alarm sounds. Recording
information and animation appear,
and TV activates. Recording starts at
the start time.
More Features
Advanced
View/Record Timer
Select a Timer Alarm Tone
Enter Title of Booked Program
Set Regular Activation of View or
Record Timer
Set Timer Alarm Volume
Activate TV Directly from Timer Alarm
Notification Window
Set Priority at Recording Start Time
When a TV & MUSIC Group Function is
Active
Edit View/Record Timer Settings
Change Order of Booked Programs
Delete Booked Programs
Check Volume of Recorded Programs
Check Result of Timer Recording
(☛ P. 8-18)
3
4
5
6
Note
･Set a timer start date and time that is
more than one minute from the present
time.
8-15
8
TV
Advanced Features
Channel Settings
Watching TV
Start Here
【TV】
window ............................... P. 8-6
Save Stations to a Channel List
Automatically
d TV d Channel
Settings d Automatic d
YES d YES d
Enter title d
Save Stations of a Different Area
to a Channel List
d TV d Channel List
d Not Stored u Channel
Settings d Select Area
d Select area d Select
prefecture/city d YES d
Switch Channel Lists
d TV d Channel List
d Select a channel list d
Show Program Information
【TV】
window u Program
Info d
Adjust Brightness
【TV】
window u Display
Setting d Brightness d
Select a level d
Switch Main & Sub Audio
【TV】
window u Sound
d Main/Sub Sound d
Select an audio output option
d
Switch Audio Channels
【TV】
window u Sound
d Sound Switch d
Select an audio channel d
Sound Switch is available when there
is more than one audio channel.
Show Current Channel List
Information
【TV】
window u Channel
d Channel Info d
Add Current Station to Channel
List
【TV】
window u Channel
d Add Channel d YES
d
Use Add Channel when you find a
new station by holding down v.
8-16
Advanced Features
8
TV
Data Broadcasts
Start Here
【Data Broadcast Mode】
window ......P. 8-8
TV Link
Start Here
【Data Broadcast Mode】
window...P. 8-8
Select a Program
【TV】
window u Channel
d Tune Service d Select
a service (program) d
Tune Service is available when more
than one service (program) is
broadcast from the same station.
Reload Page Accessed from Data
Broadcast
【Data Broadcast Mode】
window
u Data Broadcast d
Reload Contents d
Check Certificate for SSL Page
【Data Broadcast Mode】
window
u Data Broadcast d
Show Certificate d
Exit Page and Return to Data
Broadcast
【Data Broadcast Mode】
window
u Data Broadcast d
Back to Data BC d
Save TV Links
【Data Broadcast Mode】
window
Select an item d ( YES or
YES (By default) d)
Some TV links may have expiration dates.
Access Pages/Information from TV
Links
d D TV D d D TV Link D d
Types of TV links are indicated by the
following icons:
Memo information
Data broadcast site
Internet content
Show Details of a TV Link
d TV d TV Link d
Select a TV link u Display
Detail d
Show Number of Saved TV Links
d TV d TV Link d
u No. of TV Link d
8-17
Advanced Features
8
TV
Recording Programs
Start Here
【Recorded Program List】
window
.................................................... P. 8-10
Playing Programs
Start Here
【Recorded Program Playback】
window ......................................P. 8-11
Delete TV Links
d TV d TV Link d
Select a TV link u
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete Selected
Delete Selected d Select
a TV link d Repeat step of
selecting TV link d o YES
d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Edit Title of a Recorded Program
【Recorded Program List】
window
Select a program u Edit
Title d Edit title d
Reset Title of a Recorded Program
【Recorded Program List】
window
Select a program u
Initialize Title d YES d
Switch Views of Recorded
Program List Window
【Recorded Program List】
window
u Switch List d Title
or Title + Image d
Check Information on a Recorded
Program
【Recorded Program List】
window
Select a program u
Show Info d
Check Volume of Recorded
Programs
【Recorded Program List】
window
u Check Memory d
Delete Recorded Programs
【Recorded Program List】
window
Select a program u
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Multiple-choice
Multiple-choice d Select a
file d Repeat step of selecting
file u Delete d YES
d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Specify Point to Start Playback
【Recorded Program Playback】
window d u Location
d v to specify point d
8-18
Advanced Features
8
TV
View/Record Timer
Start Here
【Booking Program List】
window
.................................................... P. 8-13
【View Timer Setting】
window
.................................................... P. 8-13
【Timer Recording List】
window
.................................................... P. 8-13
【Record Timer Setting】
window
.................................................... P. 8-13
Select a Timer Alarm Tone
【View Timer Setting】
window
d ( Select a folder d
Select a sub folder d)
Select an alarm tone d
Enter Title of Booked Program
【View Timer Setting】
window or
【Record Timer Setting】
window
d Enter program title
d
Set Regular Activation of View or
Record Timer
【View Timer Setting】
window or
【Record Timer Setting】
window
d 1 Time, Daily or Select
Day d
When Select Day is specified, select
days of the week and press o.
Set Timer Alarm Volume
【View Timer Setting】
window or
【Record Timer Setting】
window
d c to adjust volume
d
Activate TV Directly from Timer
Alarm Notification Window
【View Timer Setting】
window
d ON or OFF d
When ON is set, press d twice and
select YES from Alarm Notification
window to activate TV and watch the
booked program.
Set Priority at Recording Start
Time When a TV & MUSIC Group
Function is Active
【Record Timer Setting】
window
d Recording or
Operation Preferred d
When Recording is set, the function
in operation is interrupted/ended, and
recording starts. When Operation
Preferred is set, a confirmation
asking whether to start recording
appears.
Edit View/Record Timer Settings
【Booking Program List】
window or
【Timer Recording List】
window
Select a booked program o
Edit each item o ( YES or
YES (Confirm Once) d)
Change Order of Booked Programs
【Booking Program List】
window or
【Timer Recording List】
window
u Sort d Select a
criterion d
8-19
Advanced Features
8
TV
Delete Booked Programs
【Booking Program List】
window or
【Timer Recording List】
window
Select a program u Delete
d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete selected
Delete selected d Select a
program or recording d
Repeat step of selecting program or
recording o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Select Delete past to delete old bookings.
Check Volume of Recorded Programs
【Timer Recording List】
window
u Memory Info d
Check Result of Timer Recording
d TV d Result Timer Rec
d Select an entry d
Press d to play the recorded program.
9-1
Music Player & S! Appli
About Music Player ............................. 9-2
Playback Windows .................................... 9-3
Downloading Music.................................. 9-4
Music Playback .................................... 9-5
Playing Music............................................. 9-5
Playing Music From Quick Launcher........ 9-6
Using Playlists............................................ 9-6
S! Appli................................................. 9-8
About S! Appli........................................... 9-8
Downloading S! Appli .............................. 9-8
Activating S! Appli.................................... 9-9
About モバイル便利帳
(Mobile Organizer) ................................... 9-9
Activating モバイル便利帳
(Mobile Organizer) ................................... 9-9
Searching Mobile Organizer Contents .. 9-10
Advanced Features............................ 9-11
Music Player............................................. 9-11
S! Appli .................................................... 9-13
9
9-2
9
Music Player & S! Appli
About Music Player
PC
Handset
Save Music
Save Videos
Save downloaded and transferred music from Memory Card.
Inbox
Save shot/downloaded videos, and videos transferred
from Memory Card.
Inbox*
Save videos moved/copied
from handset or transferred
from PC.
Memory Card
Save recorded
videos.
Camera*
Internet
Save music moved/copied from handset or transferred
from PC.
Memory Card
* Saved videos can be edited as well.
Play & Organize Songs/Videos on Handset
Record Videos
Transfer to
Memory Card
Download
Download and play music/videos
(packet transmission fees are
charged).
Use Music Player to play and organize songs on handset.
●Access the Internet to download music.
●Videos can also be played with Music Player.
●Some files are unplayable depending on their format.
●Play not possible with insufficient battery charge.
●Alarm notification, received calls, etc. while playing will pause
play.
Tip
･Be sure to save music files from PC to Memory Card in the following folder.
￥PRIVATE￥MYFOLDER￥My Items￥Music
9-3
About Music Player
9
Music Player & S! Appli
Playback Windows
* Descriptions in < > apply to video
playback.
Normal Screen Mode
①
②
③
⑦
④
⑥
⑭
⑬
⑮
⑨
⑩
Full Screen Mode
(For Video Playback)
①
②
⑦
⑨⑩
⑬
④
⑭
⑮
⑥
⑧
⑧
⑫
⑪
⑪⑫
⑤
③
⑤
①Artist Name <Creator>*
②Title
③Playback Image <Video>*
④Playback Status
Play
Pause
Fast Forward
Rewind
Slow Play
Fast Play
⑤Sound Effect on (always on)
⑥Current Track/Total Tracks in
Folder (Current File Number/Total
Files in Folder)
⑦Equalizer
Equalizer OFF
For each genre of music
User settings
⑧Sound Effect
Effect OFF
For different song
styles
User settings
⑨Repeat Mode
OFF
Repeat All
Repeat One
⑩Shuffle Mode
ON
OFF
⑪To Web
Connect to the URL in the song.
⑫Song/file Selection
Change the playback song or file.
⑬Playback Position
indicates the current playback
position. Use v to move playback
position during pause.
⑭Elapsed Playback Time/Total
Playback Time
⑮Volume
9-4
About Music Player
9
Music Player & S! Appli
Downloading Music
●Check the fees, expiration date, etc. on
the download site.
d MUSIC d
Download Music d
YES d
■To Search for Songs to Download
Search Music d YES
d
Follow onscreen instructions
1
2
9-5
9
Music Player & S! Appli
Music Playback
Playing Music
d MUSIC d
Select a folder d
Select a song d
Available Keys during
Playback
◎While Handset is Open
1
Press the key to toggle settings.
2
Available when playing videos.
1
2
Song List Window
3
Music Player Playback Window
(Video Player Playback Window)
Tip
･To play videos downloaded or recorded
with camera:
Xd D
Data Folder D
Xd D
Videos
D
Xd D
Specify a video to play
Pause/Play
d
Adjust Volume
c
Play from Beginning
Play Previous Song or
Video
h
Play Next Song or Video
j
Rewind
Press and
hold h
Fast Forward
Press and
hold j
Move Playback Position
v during
pause
Select a Song or File
p or 6
Set Equalizer
11
Set Sound Effect
21
Set Repeat Mode
31
Set Shuffle Mode
41
Access the Internet
5
Toggle Normal Screen
and Full Screen
9
End Playback
t2
9-6
Music Playback
9
Music Player & S! Appli
Playing Music From
Quick Launcher
●Use Quick Launcher to activate Music
Player from closed position.
●Activates in Portrait view for music
playback even when handset is closed.
Press Front Button (l (Top),
: (Bottom) or ;)
■Returning to Standby
k or Press and hold k
l (Top) or : (Bottom) to
select
;
■Returning to Standby
Press and hold k
Available Keys in
Playback Window
Using Playlists
Use playlists to play songs in your
preferred order, by genre or artists, or
just replay your favorite songs.
●Songs saved on memory card can also
be added to playlists.
Creating a Playlist
d MUSIC d
Playlist d
u Create Playlist d
Select a folder d
Select a song d
Repeat this step to specify other
songs.
When all songs are specified
o Enter playlist name
d
1
2
Music Player Playback Window
(Video Player Playback Window)
Play/Pause
;
Adjust Volume
(Volume
<high>/<low>)
l (Top) or
: (Bottom)
Play next song
or video
Press and hold
: (Top)
Play from start
or play previous
song
Press and hold
l (Bottom)
End Music
Player
Press and hold k
Note
･When a song has not yet been played,
you must first select the song with
handset open before listening.
1
Playlist List Window
2
3
4
9-7
Music Playback
9
Music Player & S! Appli
■To Start Playing the Playlist
d
Playing a Playlist
[Playlist List] window
Select a playlist d
■To Play a Playlist from the
Beginning
Select a playlist o
■To Play All Songs
All Tracks d (twice)
Select a song d
More Features
Advanced
Playing Music
Resume Playback
File Property
Repeat
Set Preferred Sound Quality
Set Preferred Sound Effect
Specify Play Start Position
Use a Different Function While Playing
Music
(☛ P. 9-11)
Organizing Songs
Set a Song as Ringtone
Search for Songs
Change Order of Songs
Check Volume of Saved Music
(☛ P. 9-12)
Playlists
Add Songs to Playlist
Change Order of Playlist Songs
Cancel Playlist Songs
Edit a Playlist Name
Add All Music in Memory Card to
Playlist
Copy a Playlist
Check Playlist Information
Delete Playlists
(☛ P. 9-12)
Customize
Playback Window
Change Playback Window Mode (Video
Playback)
Change Design of Playback Window
(Song Playback)
Set Image Display Size (Video Playback)
(☛ P. 14-35)
1
Playlist Song List Window
2
9-8
9
Music Player & S! Appli
S! Appli
About S! Appli
S! Appli are applications designed for
SoftBank handsets. Download games
and other applications.
◎About Lifestyle-Appli
Handset includes Osaifu-Keitai®
compatible S! Appli “Lifestyle-Appli“
(P. 11-3). Change Lifestyle-Appli
settings as any other S! Appli.
◎About Network S! Appli
Since network S! Appli require network
connection, transmission fees are
incurred. A confirmation may appear
when an application is connecting to
the network. Follow onscreen
instructions.
◎About License Information
To check Java™ and JBlend™ license
information:
d S! Appli d
Information d
Downloading
S! Appli
d S! Appli d
S! Appli List d
Download S! App d
YES d
Select an S! Appli
d (twice)
■To Activate S! Appli Right Away
YES d Select an S! Appli
d
■To Activate S! Appli Later
NO d
Tip
･For information on transmission fees,
contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P. 15-52).
Tip
･For how to download Lifestyle-Appli, see
P. 11-3.
･See S! Appli’s Help menu or the
download site for operational
information.
1
1
2
Note
･Check the battery level before
downloading S! Appli. If the battery
level is low, download may fail.
･If you replace USIM Card due to
damage or loss, downloaded S! Appli
are no longer available.
･If you initialize handset when using an
S! Appli moved to Memory Card, the S!
Appli will no longer be usable.You will
need to download it again.
･When using an S! Appli moved to
Memory Card, using the procedures
below will resave the S! Appli to your
handset and the S! Appli in Memory
Card will no longer be usable.
– Download the same S! Appli with no
Memory Card inserted
– Download the same S! Appli with
different Memory Card inserted
Use an S! Appli resaved to handset as
it is in handset, or again move it to
Memory Card.
9-9
S! Appli
9
Music Player & S! Appli
Activating S! Appli
d S! Appli d
S! Appli List d
Select an application d
■To End S! Appli
y End d
About モバイル便利帳
(Mobile Organizer)
モバイル便利帳 (Mobile Organizer)
(Japanese) is an S! Appli for getting
more enjoyment from camera or to
search useful lifestyle information
from pre-installed contents. モバイル便
利帳 (Mobile Organizer) contains the
following contents.
Activating モバイル便利帳
(Mobile Organizer)
d S! Appli d S!
Appli List d モバイル
便利帳 d
Cute Photographer～おしゃれな写真が撮れ
る本～
（翔泳社）
：
©2008 SHOEISHA Co., Ltd,
TERUAKI NAGAMINE
写真でつくる雑貨（雷鳥社）
：©2008 saorin
Printed in Japan
お役立ちマナーブック
（旺文社）
：
©旺文社1989
Tip
･S! Appli is paused when a call arrives.
S! Appli resumes when the call ends.
1
S! Appli List Window
2
Contents
Entries
Publisher
Cute
Photographer
42 and
6 columns
翔泳社
写真でつくる雑
貨 (Photo-It
Crafts)
32
雷鳥社
お役立ちマナー
ブック (Useful
Etiquette)
approx.
800
旺文社
Tip
･Alternatively, access from a shortcut
(P. 2-5).
1
モバイル便利帳 (Mobile Organizer)
List Window
9-10
S! Appli
9
Music Player & S! Appli
Select contents d
Searching Mobile
Organizer Contents
Search for entries in pre-installed
contents by selecting headwords one
after another.
<Example>Viewing information for
Photo-It Crafts
Select an entry d
Select an item d
More Features
Advanced
S! Appli
Check S! Appli Information
Check Volume of Saved S! Appli
Delete an S! Appli
Change Mobile Organizer Font Size
(☛ P. 9-13)
Customize
When Running S! Appli
Set Sound Volume
Set Vibration
Set Backlight
Set Blinking of Backlight
Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Connect to
Network
Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Write
Personal Information
Reset Security Settings of S! Appli
(☛ P. 14-35)
S! Appli Settings
Reset S! Appli Settings
Delete All S! Appli
(☛ P. 14-36)
2
Contents Top Menu
1
Mobile Organizer Page
9-11
9
Music Player & S! Appli
Advanced Features
Music Player
Start Here
【Music Player Playback】
window
...................................................... P. 9-5
【Song List】
window .................... P. 9-5
【Playlist List】
window................. P. 9-6
【Playlist Song List】
window ....... P. 9-7
Playing Music
Resume Playback
d MUSIC d Resume
Play d
File Property
【Music Player Playback】
window
u File Property d File
Property d
View file information.
Repeat
【Music Player Playback】
window
u Action Setting d
Repeat Setting d All Repeat
or Single Repeat d
Set Preferred Sound Quality
【Music Player Playback】
window
u Action Setting d
Sound Effect d Equalizer
d Select user setting 1 to 3
o Set level for each
wavelength d
●To return sound quality to initial state
Select user setting 1 to 3 o
(twice)
Set Preferred Sound Effect
【Music Player Playback】
window
u Action Setting d
Sound Effect d Effect d
Select user setting 1 to 3 o
Set level for each effect d
●To set by existing effects
Select user setting 1 to 3 o
p Select effect d
●To return sound effect to initial state
Select user setting 1 to 3 o
(twice)
Specify Play Start Position
【Music Player Playback】
window
d Specify play start position
with v d
Use a Different Function While
Playing Music
【Music Player Playback】
window
y Switch to BGM d
Activate another function
9-12
Advanced Features
9
Music Player & S! Appli
Organizing Songs
Playlists
Set a Song as Ringtone
【Song List】
window Select a
song u Select Ring Tone
d Select an item d
Search for Songs
【Song List】
window,【Playlist List】
window or【Playlist Song List】
window u Search d
Title d Enter condition
d
Select a song from search results and
press d to play it.
Change Order of Songs
【Song List】
window or【Playlist
Song List】
window u Sort
d Select a criterion d
Check Volume of Saved Music
【Song List】
window u
Memory Info d
Add Songs to Playlist
【Playlist Song List】
window u
Edit Playlist d Add Music
d Select a folder d Select
songs d o YES d
The songs you specified are added at
the end of the playlist.
Change Order of Playlist Songs
【Playlist Song List】
window
Select a song u Edit Playlist
d Sort Playlist d
Select a position d
Cancel Playlist Songs
【Playlist Song List】
window
Select a song u Edit Playlist
d Release Settings d
●To select Release This
Release This d YES d
●To select Release Selected
Release Selected d Select
songs d o YES d
●To select Release All
Release All d Enter
Security Code d YES d
Edit a Playlist Name
【Playlist List】
window Select a
playlist u Edit Playlist Name
d Edit playlist name d
Add All Music in Memory Card to
Playlist
【Playlist List】
window u
Update All Tracks d YES
d
9-13
Advanced Features
9
Music Player & S! Appli
S! Appli
Start Here
【S! Appli List】
window................ P. 9-9
【Mobile Organizer Page】
............P. 9-10
Copy a Playlist
【Playlist List】
window Select a
playlist u Copy to Playlist
d
Check Playlist Information
【Playlist List】
window Select a
playlist u Playlist Info d
Delete Playlists
【Playlist List】
window Select a
playlist u Delete Playlist
d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete Selected
Delete Selected d Select
playlists d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d YES d
Check S! Appli Information
【S! Appli List】
window Select an
S! Appli u Properties d
Check Volume of Saved S! Appli
【S! Appli List】
window u
Memory Info d
Delete an S! Appli
【S! Appli List】
window Select an
S! Appli u Delete d
YES d
Change Mobile Organizer Font
Size
【Mobile Organizer Page】
p
文字サイズ d 普通 / 小 d
10-1
Entertainment
S! Quick News.................................... 10-2
Using S! Quick News ............................... 10-2
S! Info Channel/Weather
Indicator ............................................. 10-3
Using S! Info Channel ............................. 10-3
Books.................................................. 10-5
Obtaining Books ..................................... 10-5
Using BookSurfing® ................................ 10-5
Advanced Features............................ 10-6
S! Quick News.......................................... 10-6
S! Info Channel........................................ 10-6
Weather Indicators ................................. 10-7
10
10-2
10
Entertainment
S! Quick News
Using S! Quick News
Registered news can be updated
automatically and checked from
Standby.
●Packet transmission fees are incurred
for using S! Quick News.
Registering News
<Example> Register news on
S! Quick News List
Press and hold f
Add News d YES
d
Select an item d
Follow onscreen instructions.
Checking Updated
Information
[S! Quick News List] window
Select an item d
Select information d
■To Check Next Updated Information
p
More Features
Advanced
S! Quick News
Manually Update List
Automatically Update List
View Descriptions of Registered News
Delete Registered News/Items
(☛ P. 10-6)
Customize
S! Quick News
Hide S! Quick News in Standby
Set Ticker Speed
Set Information to appear in S! Quick
News
Hide S! Quick News Images
Reset S! Quick News Registered
Contents
(☛ P. 14-37)
1
S! Quick News List Window
2
3
1
2
10-3
10
Entertainment
S! Info Channel/Weather Indicator
Using S! Info Channel
This information service automatically
receives the latest news, weather, and
other information.
●Transmission fees are incurred.
Subscribing for Service
Subscribe by registering to receive
service.
d Entertainment d
S! Info Ch./Weather
d
Register/Cancel d
YES d
Select a contents d
Continue by following onscreen
directions to subscribe.
Checking Latest
Information
A shortcut notifies you when new
information is received.
f Shortcut
d
Continue by following onscreen
directions. Web page operation is
the same as for Yahoo! Keitai.
Weather Indicators
After subscribing, weather indicators
showing current weather appear in
Standby.
◎Weather Indicators
<Example> Cloudy, partial rain
●Besides the above, indicators for chance
of rain, typhoon information, seasonal
information, etc. appear.
1
S! Info Channel Menu
2
Tip
･To check from a menu:
[S! Info Channel Menu] What’s
New d
･To check previous information:
[S! Info Channel Menu] History
d Select a date d Unread
or read backnumbers are indicated
with
or
.
3
1
Clear
(Daytime)
Later
Clear (Night)
Partial
Cloudy
Pollen (Low)
Rain
Pollen (High)
Thunder
UV Rays
(Low)
Snow
UV Rays
(High)
10-4
S! Info Channel/Weather Indicator
10
Entertainment
Checking Weather Report
[S! Info Channel Menu]
Weather Indicator d
Weather d
More Features
Advanced
S! Info Channel
Receive Previous Unreceivable
Information
Store Images/Melodies from Web Pages
Store Background Images from Web
Pages
Add Phone Numbers/Mail Addresses
from Web Pages
(☛P. 10-6)
Weather Indicators
Manually Update Weather Information
(☛P. 10-7)
Customize
S! Info Channel
Set Whether to Display Shortcut for
New Received Information
Set Font Size for Web Pages
Set Font Size for Ticker
(☛P. 14-37)
Weather Indicators
Set Whether to Automatically Update
Weather Information
Set Whether to Display Weather
Indicators in Standby
Set Whether to Display Shortcut for
Received New Weather Information
(☛P. 14-38)
1
10-5
10
Entertainment
Books
Download e-comics, e-photo albums,
and other CCF file books.
Obtaining Books
Download books from the Internet.
●Downloaded books are stored in Books in
Data Folder.
●Some books require you to obtain a
contents key (right to use contents).
d Data Folder d
Books d Download
Books d YES d
Continue by following onscreen
directions to download.
Using BookSurfing®
View e-comics, e-photo albums, etc.
(CCF file).
d Entertainment d
BookSurfing d
BookSurfing® is activated.
See the Help for BookSurfing® for
operation.
Tip
･Alternatively, download from
BookSurfing®.
1
Tip
･Alternatively, activate BookSurfing® by
selecting BookSurfing from the S!
Appli list.
1
10-6
10
Entertainment
Advanced Features
S! Quick News
Start Here
【S! Quick News List】
window
.................................................... P. 10-2
S! Info Channel
Start Here
【S! Info Channel Menu】window
..............................................................P. 10-3
Manually Update List
【S! Quick News List】
window
Select an item u Refresh
This or Refresh All d YES
d
Automatically Update List
d Entertainment S! Quick
News d Settings d
Auto Refresh d Select an
item d Select an interval,
ON or OFF d (twice)
View Descriptions of Registered
News
【S! Quick News List】
window
Select an item u Outline
d
Delete Registered News/Items
【S! Quick News List】
window
Select an item u
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d YES d
(twice) Enter Security Code d
(twice)
Receive Previous Unreceivable
Information
【S! Info Channel Menu】window
Get Latest Contents d
YES d
Store Images/Melodies from Web
Pages
【Web Page】
u Save File
d ( Object d) ( Select a
file) d Save d YES
d ( Select a folder d) (
YES or NO d)
Select Play and press d to play
melody file.
Select Property and press d to check
file information.
Store Background Images from
Web Pages
【Web Page】
u Save File
d Background Image d
Save d YES d
Select Property and press d to check
file information.
10-7
Advanced Features
10
Entertainment
Weather Indicators
Start Here
【S! Info Channel Menu】window
................................................... P. 10-3
Add Phone Numbers/Mail
Addresses from Web Pages
【Web Page】
Select a phone
number or an e-mail address u
Add to Phone Book d YES
d Phone or USIM d
New or Add (overwrite) d (
Search Phone Book Select an
entry d) Edit items o
Manually Update Weather
Information
【S! Info Channel Menu】window
Weather Indicator d
Manual Update d YES
d
11-1
Tools
Osaifu-Keitai®.................................... 11-2
About Osaifu-Keitai®.............................. 11-2
Using Osaifu-Keitai® ............................... 11-3
Activating IC Card Lock........................... 11-4
Schedule............................................. 11-6
Schedule Window ................................... 11-6
Saving Events to Schedule...................... 11-6
Checking Saved Events ........................... 11-7
To Do List ........................................... 11-9
Saving Tasks............................................. 11-9
Checking Saved Tasks ........................... 11-10
Deleting Tasks ....................................... 11-10
Text Memo....................................... 11-11
Saving Text Memos............................... 11-11
Deleting Text Memos............................ 11-11
Voice Memo ..................................... 11-12
Recording the Other Party’s Voice....... 11-12
Recording Your Voice........................... 11-12
Calculator ......................................... 11-13
Alarm................................................ 11-14
Setting Alarm......................................... 11-14
Canceling Alarm .................................... 11-15
Bar Code Reader.............................. 11-16
Scanning Bar Codes ............................... 11-16
Checking Scanned Data......................... 11-17
Text Reader...................................... 11-18
Scanning Text......................................... 11-19
Checking Scanned Text ......................... 11-20
Advanced Features.......................... 11-21
Osaifu-Keitai® ....................................... 11-21
Schedule................................................. 11-21
To Do List ............................................... 11-22
Text Memo............................................. 11-23
Alarm...................................................... 11-23
Bar Code Reader & Text Reader ........... 11-23
11
11-2
11
Tools
Osaifu-Keitai®
About Osaifu-Keitai®
“Osaifu-Keitai®“ is a range of IC Card-
based services used by Osaifu-Keitai®
compatible handsets.
Make purchases using e-money or
e-ticketing. Hold handset up to a
reader/writer to pay for your purchase.
◎Osaifu-Keitai® Terms
Getting Started
Osaifu-
Keitai®
Cellular phone equipped
with “FeliCa“ contactless IC
card technology for reading
and writing data by holding
phone up to a reader/writer.
IC Card
An IC chip embedded in
Osaifu-Keitai®-compatible
handsets.
Lifestyle-
Appli
S! Applications to use
Osaifu-Keitai®. Some
applications are preinstalled.
Tip
･Data saved in IC Card varies by service
content and usage history.
Procedures to delete IC Card data vary
by Lifestyle-Appli.
Contact Osaifu-Keitai® service
providers for details.
･Softbank is not liable for damage from
accidental loss or alteration of IC Card
data or settings.
･IC Card data can be misused if your
Osaifu-Keitai® compatible handset is
lost or stolen. Softbank is not liable for
any resulting damages.
Note
･Keep a copy of service passwords,
customer service contact, etc. in a
separate place.
Downloading Lifestyle-Appli
Download Lifestyle-Appli via
Internet website.
・
Lifestyle-Appli is saved to
Data Folder.
Registrations/Settings
Activate Lifestyle-Appli to complete
registration or customize settings.
・Make deposit into account, check
payment records or balance, etc.
11-3
Osaifu-Keitai®
11
Tools
Downloading Lifestyle-
Appli
d
Tools
d
Osaifu-
Keitai
d
Lifestyle-
Appli
d
Download
LifeApp
d
YES
d
Select a Lifestyle-Appli
d (twice)
■To Activate Lifestyle-Appli Right
Away
YES
d
Select a Lifestyle-
Appli
d
■To Activate Lifestyle-Appli Later
NO
d
Activating Lifestyle-Appli
d
Tools
d
Osaifu-
Keitai
d
Lifestyle-
Appli
d
Select a Lifestyle-Appli
d
■To End Lifestyle-Appli
y
End
d
Using Osaifu-Keitai®
Reader/Writer Transactions
●There is no need to activate a Lifestyle-
Appli during transaction.
●Make sure battery is adequately
charged.
●Transactions are possible even when
handset power is off or during calls or
Internet transmissions.
Hold e logo up to a
reader/writer
Check scan
result on reader/writer
display
･Hold handset parallel to the
reader/writer. Try moving handset
around if recognition is slow.
Note
･Check the battery level before
downloading Lifestyle-Appli. If the
battery level is low, download may fail.
･If you replace USIM Card due to
damage or loss, downloaded Lifestyle-
Appli are no longer available.
1
2
Note
･Keep a copy of service passwords,
customer service contact, etc. in a
separate place.
Tip
･Lifestyle-Appli is paused when a call
arrives. Lifestyle-Appli resumes when
the call ends.
1
Lifestyle-Appli List Window
2
1
11-4
Osaifu-Keitai®
11
Tools
Activating IC Card
Lock
Use this function to restrict access to
and prevent unauthorized use of
Osaifu-Keitai®.
d
Tools
d
Osaifu-Keitai
d
IC Card Lock Set.
d
Enter Security Code
d
IC Card Lock
d
ON
d
･
appears in Standby.
･Alternatively, set IC Card Lock by:
Press and hold 3 in Standby.
■To Set Operation of IC Card Lock
after Power Off
IC Lock(Power-off)
d
Maintain or IC Card Lock ON
d
■To Cancel IC Card Lock
Press and hold 3 in Standby
Enter Security Code
d
Remote Lock
Call from a specified phone to activate
Call Remote Lock.
◎Saving Numbers to Activate
Call Remote Lock
d
Tools
d
Osaifu-Keitai
d
Call
Remote Lock
d
Enter Security Code
d
ON
d
■To Cancel Call Remote Lock
OFF
d
Note
･Softbank is not liable for damages from
accidental loss or alteration of IC Card
data or settings.
Tip
･Data may be unreadable if a metal
object, etc. is between e logo and
reader/writer.
1
2
IC Card Lock Setting Window
3
1
2
3
Call Remote Lock Setting Window
11-5
Osaifu-Keitai®
11
Tools
<Not Recorded>
d
Enter Phone Numbers
d
■To save numbers from Phone
Book, Redial or Received calls
u
Look-up Address
d
Phone Book, Redial or Received
Calls
d
Select a number
d
■To save a Payphone number
u
Payphone
d
o
◎Activating Call Remote Lock
Using one of the specified
phones, call handset
･Send Caller ID.
Hang up after handset
receives the call
Within three minutes,
repeat
-
twice
･After the third Missed Call, IC Card
Lock is set; a message announces IC
Card Lock activation.
More Features
Advanced
Osaifu-Keitai®
Check Lifestyle-Appli Properties
Check Memory Status
Delete a Lifestyle-Appli
Edit Call Remote Lock Numbers
Delete Call Remote Lock Numbers
(☛P. 11-21)
Customize
Osaifu-Keitai®
Set illumination for IC Card
Delete all Lifestyle-Appli
Set Whether to Enable Opening from
Browser
(☛P. 14-40)
4
5
1
2
3
1
2
Note
･If series is interrupted by another call,
Missed Call count is reset. Start over
from the beginning.
11-6
11
Tools
Schedule
Save future events to Schedule. Set the
alarm to be activated at a specified
time with message and animation
appearing to remind you of the event.
Saved events can be checked from
Schedule window.
Schedule Window
Saving Events to
Schedule
●Schedule is assigned to u by default.
See P. 14-39 for how to change the
assigned function.
d
Tools
d
Schedule
d
o
Schedule
d
d
Enter subject
d
Select an icon
d
Entered content appears when
alarm sounds or vibrates.
Schedule Window
①
②
①Calendar
Blue date: Saturdays
Red date: Sundays, public and other
holidays
＿: Today
□: Events for the morning
■: Events for the afternoon
②Information Panel
Date, day of the week, content type
icon, time, and saved content
・Content Type Icon
(or a user icon) Event
Holiday
・Event Repetition Icon
Daily event
Weekly event
Monthly event
Annual event
Event for over a day
1
2
Event Edit Window
3
11-7
Schedule
11
Tools
d
Enter start/end
date and time
d
d
1 Time, Daily
(
), Weekly (
), Monthly
(
) or Annually (
)
d
■To Specify Days of the Week
Weekly (
)
d
Put
checkmarks to days of the week
o
d
Select an alarm
notification option
d
■To Activate Alarm Prior to Event
ON/Set Time
d
Enter
time
d
Select an alarm
tone type
d (
Select a
folder
d
Select an
alarm tone
d)
Folders are unavailable when
Clock Alarm Tone or OFF is
selected.
d
Enter place
d
d
Enter details
d
o
Entered content appears when
alarm sounds or vibrates.
◎Alarm Notification
Operations
When the set time arrives, alarm sounds
and animation appears on Display for
approximately five minutes.
Press any key to stop the alarm tone.
Press any key again to end notification
message.
Adding Holidays
[Schedule] window
o
Holiday
d
d
Enter year,
month and date
d
d
1 Time or
Annually (
)
d
d
Enter content
d
o
Checking Saved Events
d
Tools
d
Schedule
d
■To Toggle between Weekly View
and Monthly View
p
4
5
6
7
8
Tip
･If the set alarm time arrives during a
call, alarm tone sounds through
earpiece.
･If a call arrives while the alarm is
sounding, the alarm stops.
9
1
2
3
4
5
1
Schedule Window
11-8
Schedule
11
Tools
b to select a date with
events
d
Select an event
d
Deleting Events
◎To Delete One Event
[Event List] window
Select an event
u
Delete
d
Delete This
d
YES
d
◎To Delete Multiple Events
[Event List] window
u
Delete
d
Delete
selected
d
Select an event
d
Repeat this step to specify other
events.
o
YES
d
◎To Delete All Events Prior to
a Specified Date
In [Schedule] window, select
date, [Event List] window or
[Event Details] window
u
Delete
d
Delete Past
d
Select an item
d
YES
d
More Features
Advanced
Schedule
Sort Events by Icon
Check Number of Saved Events
Edit an Event
Copy an Event
Make/Cancel Secret Setting of an Event
Delete All Events
Reset Holidays
(☛ P. 11-21)
Customize
Alarm
Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time
Change Alarm Tone
(☛ P. 14-3)
2
Event List Window
3
Event Details Window
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
11-9
11
Tools
To Do List
Save tasks to To Do List. Set Alarm to
remind you of deadlines.
Saving Tasks
d
Tools
d
To Do
List
d
u
New
d
■To Edit a Saved Task
Select a task
o
d
Enter task
d
Task appears when alarm time
arrives.
d
Enter Date
d
Enter due date and time
d
■To Enter Due Date from Calendar
Choose Date
d
Select a
date on Calendar
d
Enter
date/time
d
■To Cancel a Due Date
No Date
d
d
Select a priority
level
d
d
Select a category
d
d
Select an alarm
notification option
d
■To Activate Alarm Prior to Due
Time
ON/Set Time
d
Enter
time
d
Select an alarm
tone type
d (
Select a
folder
d
Select an
alarm tone
d)
o
Folders are unavailable when
Clock Alarm Tone or OFF is
selected.
◎Alarm Notification
Operations
When the set time arrives, alarm sounds
and animation appears on Display for
approximately five minutes.
Press any key to stop the alarm tone.
Press any key again to end notification
message.
1
Task Edit Window
2
3
4
5
6
7
Tip
･If the set alarm time arrives during a
call, alarm tone sounds through
earpiece.
･If a call arrives while the alarm is
sounding, the alarm stops.
11-10
To Do List
11
Tools
Checking Saved
Tasks
d
Tools
d
To Do
List
d
Select a task
d
Deleting Tasks
◎To Delete One Task
[Task List] window
Select
a task
u
Delete
d
Delete This
d
YES
d
◎To Delete Multiple Tasks
[Task List] window
u
Delete
d
Delete
selected
d
Select a task
d
Repeat this step to specify other
tasks.
o
YES
d
More Features
Advanced
To Do List
Sort Tasks by Category
Change Order of Tasks
Set Task Status
Delete All Tasks
(☛ P. 11-22)
Customize
Alarm
Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time
Change Alarm Tone
(☛ P. 14-3)
Tip
･Overdue tasks are indicated by red
status icons (e.g.
).
1
Task List Window
2
Task Details Window
1
2
1
2
3
4
11-11
11
Tools
Text Memo
Save short notes or messages as text
memos.
●Saved text memos can be inserted in
Schedule or in messages.
Saving Text Memos
d
Tools
d
Text
Memo
d
<Not Recorded>
d
Enter content
d
■To Edit a Saved Text Memo
Select a text memo
o
Edit content
d
Deleting Text Memos
◎To Delete One Text Memo
[Text Memo List] window
Select a text memo
u
Delete
d
Delete This
d
YES
d
◎To Delete Multiple Text
Memos
[Text Memo List] window
u
Delete
d
Delete
selected
d
Select a text memo
d
Repeat this step to specify other
text memos.
o
YES
d
More Features
Advanced
Text Memo
Save a Text Memo to Schedule
Sort Text Memos by Category
Check Text Memo Information
Delete All Text Memos
(☛ P. 11-23)
1
Text Memo List Window
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
11-12
11
Tools
Voice Memo
The following two types of voice
memos can be recorded with Voice
Memo:
“Voice memo during a call“ to record
the other party’s voice during a call;
and “Voice memo in Standby“ to
record your voice in Standby.
●Only one entry, either a voice memo
during a call or a voice memo in
Standby, can be saved on handset.
When a new voice memo is recorded,
the previously saved entry is
overwritten.
●The available recording time is 20
seconds for both types of voice memos.
●See P. 3-5 and P. 3-18 for playing and
deleting a recorded voice memo.
Recording the Other
Party’s Voice
Press u during a call
Voice Memo
d
A short beep sounds through the
earpiece, and recording starts.
When remaining recording time
reaches five seconds, a short beep
sounds. When recording is
finished, two short beeps sound.
■To Stop Recording
d
Recording Your Voice
d
Tools
d
Voice
Memo
d
YES
d
Record your
voice
Speak into microphone after short
beep sounds through earpiece.
When remaining recording time
reaches five seconds, a short beep
sounds. When recording is
finished, two short beeps sound.
■To Stop Recording
d
1
Tip
･Recording stops automatically when a
call arrives, alarm goes off or another
function is activated.
1
2
11-13
11
Tools
Calculator
d
Tools
d
Calculator
d
Enter numbers with Keypad
Enter ＋, －, × or ÷ with
Multi Selector
■To Calculate Negative Numbers
h
Enter numbers with
keypad
Enter ＋, －, × or ÷
with Multi Selector
d
Result appears.
Available Functions
1
2
3
Enter Number
0 - 9
＋ (Add)
j
－ (Subtract)
h
× (Multiply)
f
÷ (Divide)
g
＝ (Equal)
d
Decimal Point
o
Cancel Calculation
t (
)
Clear Number
t (
)
Tip
･If the calculation result exceeds 10
digits, .E appears.
11-14
11
Tools
Alarm
Setting Alarm
d
Tools
d
Alarm
d
■To View Alarm Entries
Select an entry
d
Select an alarm
o
d
Enter title
d
Title appears in Alarm message.
d
Enter time
d
d
1 Time, Daily
(
) or Select Day (
)
d
■To Specify Days of the Week
Select Day (
)
d
Put
checkmarks to days of the week
o
d
Select an alarm
tone type
d (
Select a
folder
d
Select an
alarm tone
d)
Folders are unavailable when
Clock Alarm Tone or OFF is
selected.
d
c to adjust
volume
d
d
ON
d
Enter
number of activation times
Enter time interval
■To Cancel Snooze
OFF
d
Enter ringing
duration
d
ON or OFF
d
o
1
Alarm List
Alarm Details Window
2
Alarm Setting Window
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11-15
Alarm
11
Tools
◎Alarm Activation
Operations
When the set time arrives, alarm is
activated and animation appears on
Display. When the auto power-on
function is set to ON in Alarm Setting
window, handset is automatically
turned on, if it has been off, to activate
the alarm.
Press any key to stop the alarm tone.
When Snooze is set to OFF, press any
key again to cancel the alarm with two
short beeps, and return to the window
before the alarm activation.
When Snooze is set to ON, the alarm
sounds repeatedly in the set time
interval. Press y to cancel Snooze
with two short beeps.
Canceling Alarm
[Alarm List]
Select an
alarm
p
Each time you press p, the alarm
toggles between ON and OFF.
More Features
Advanced
Alarm
Cancel All Alarms
Edit Alarm Settings
(☛ P. 11-23)
Customize
Alarm
Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time
Change Alarm Tone
(☛ P. 14-3)
Note
･The alarm and snooze cancellation
beeps do not sound when Keypad
Sound is set to OFF.
･Set the auto power-on function to OFF
in Alarm Setting window and turn off
handset, when you are near high-
precision electronic devices or devices
using weak signals, on an aircraft or in
a hospital where handset use is
prohibited.
･If a call arrives while the alarm is
sounding, the alarm stops.
･If the alarm activation time comes
during a call, Snooze does not work
even if it is set to ON.
Tip
･Alarm settings are retained even if the
alarm is canceled.
1
11-16
11
Tools
Bar Code Reader
JAN codes and QR codes can be
scanned by Bar Code Reader using
handset camera.
About JAN & QR Codes
◎JAN Code
A bar code made of vertical lines (bars)
with different widths and spaces in
between, representing numbers.
Handset can scan 8-digit (JAN8) and
13-digit (JAN13) bar codes.
◎QR Code
A two-dimensional code representing
alphanumerics, kanji, kana, or
pictographs. Some QR codes are made
up of several data areas that are
scanned as individual QR codes and
then automatically combined as one QR
code.
Scanning Bar Codes
●Position handset camera at a distance of
6 to 8 cm from the bar code.
d
Tools
d
Bar
Code Reader
d
Frame the bar code in the
recognition field
Scanning starts automatically.
┏ , ┓ , ┗ and ┛ indicate the corners
of the recognition field.
■To Cancel Scanning
d
OK
d
■To Adjust Zoom
h (Zoom out) or j (Zoom in)
■To Scan a QR Code Made of
Several Data Areas (QR Codes)
OK
d (twice)
Scan a QR
code
Repeat this step to scan other QR
codes.
All component QR codes must be
scanned in order to access or save
scanned data on handset.
Check scanned data
■To Discard Scanned Data
t
YES
d
u
Store
d
YES
d
OK
d
1
2
Bar Code Scanning Window
Tip
･A JAN code/QR code must be
accurately focused and be enlarged to
fill the recognition field.
･Scanning may take a while.
･Some bar codes may not be scanned
depending on the size, version or print
quality, or due to scratches, stains,
damage or the reflection of light.
3
4
11-17
Bar Code Reader
11
Tools
Checking Scanned
Data
[Bar Code Scanning]
window
u
Reading
Data List
d
Select an entry
d
More Features
Advanced
Using Scanned Data
Make a Call
Compose a Message
Access the Internet
Save to Phone Book
Save a Bookmark
Copy Text
Edit Title of Scanned Data
Delete Scanned Data
(☛ P. 11-24)
Tip
･Characters that are not supported by
Bar Code Reader are replaced with
spaces (blanks).
1
Scanned Bar Code Data List Window
2
Scanned Bar Code Data Details Window
11-18
11
Tools
Text Reader
Use Text Reader to scan printed text.
Scan Modes
Text Scanning Window
Card read
Scan name, phone
number, e-mail address,
postal code, address and
memo printed on
business cards, and save
all scanned data
collectively as a Phone
Book entry.
Compose
message
Scan address, subject or
message text, and open
Composition (S! Mail)
window with the
address, subject or
message text entered.
URL
Scan URL, and access the
page or save the URL to
Bookmark.
Mail address
Scan e-mail address, and
compose an S! Mail to
the address.
Phone
number
Scan phone number,
and make a call to the
number.
Free memo
Scan Japanese or English
text, and save the text to
Text Memo.
Text Scanning Window
⑤
①
⑦
②
④
⑥
③
①Recognition Frame
②Scan Item Icons
Name
Phone number
E-mail address
Postal code
Address
Memo
Address
Subject
Message text
③Recognized Text Field
④Recognition Mode
⑤Key Guidance
⑥Negative Mode
Nega appears when NEGA/POSI
Mode is set to Negative Fix.
⑦Remaining Number of Characters
That Can be Scanned
11-19
Text Reader
11
Tools
Scanning Text
●Position handset camera at a distance of
6 to 8 cm from the text.
<Example>Scanning in Card Read
mode
d
Tools
d
Text
Reader
d
New
d
Select a scan
mode
d
v to select a scan item icon
Frame text in the
recognition frame
■To Adjust Zoom
f (Zoom in) or g (Zoom out)
d
The text is scanned.
The recognized text appears.
■To Rescan the Same Text
t
YES
d
■When Scanned Text Overflows
Recognized Text Field
b to scroll the field
■To Save Scanned Text without
Correcting It
p
■To Scan Following Text
d
Frame text in the
recognition frame (include several
scanned characters of the
preceding text)
d
■To Scan Another Item
d
v to select a scan item
icon
Frame text in the
recognition frame
d
u
Store
d
1
2
Text Scanning Window
3
4
5
Tip
･Text must be accurately focused and be
enlarged to fill the recognition frame.
･When Processing appears, do not
move handset.
･Handwritten text is not recognized.
･Text may not be recognized correctly
when:
･Faxed or copied text is scanned.
･Decorated characters are scanned.
･Spaces between characters are
uneven.
･Text is indistinguishable from the
background.
･Ambient lighting is inappropriate.
11-20
Text Reader
11
Tools
Checking Scanned Text
d
Tools
d
Text
Reader
d
Reading
Data List
d
Select an entry
d
More Features
Advanced
Scanning Text
Correct Scanned Text
Edit Scanned Text
Set Printing Status of Text
Set Guidance OFF/ON
Set Vertical/Lateral Scan
(☛ P. 11-23)
Using Scanned Data
Make a Call
Compose a Message
Access the Internet
Save to Phone Book
Save a Bookmark
Search Phone Book
Save a Text Memo
Copy Text
Delete Scanned Data
(☛ P. 11-24)
1
Scanned Text List Window
2
Scanned Text Details Window
11-21
11
Tools
Advanced Features
Osaifu-Keitai
Start Here
【Lifestyle-Appli List】
window
.................................................... P. 11-3
【Call Remote Lock Setting】
window
.................................................... P. 11-4
Schedule
Start Here
【Schedule】
window...................P. 11-6
【Event Edit】
window................. P. 11-6
【Event List】
window.................. P. 11-8
【Event Details】
window............ P. 11-8
Check Lifestyle-Appli Properties
【Lifestyle-Appli List】
window
Select a Lifestyle-Appli u
Properties d
Check Memory Status
【Lifestyle-Appli List】
window u
Memory Info d
Delete a Lifestyle-Appli
【Lifestyle-Appli List】
window
Select a Lifestyle-Appli u
Delete d YES d
®
Edit Call Remote Lock Numbers
【Call Remote Lock Setting】
window Select phone number
d Change phone number
d YES d o
Delete Call Remote Lock Numbers
【Call Remote Lock Setting】
window Select phone number
u
●To select Delete this
Delete this d YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d YES d
Sort Events by Icon
【Schedule】
window,【Event List】
window or【Event Details】
window
u
Icon Display
d
Select an icon
d
Check Number of Saved Events
【Schedule】
window
u
No.
of Schedules
d
Edit an Event
【Event List】
window/【Event
Details】
window (
Select an
event)
u
Edit
d
Edit
each item
o
11-22
Advanced Features
11
Tools
To Do List
Start Here
【Task List】
window ................. P. 11-10
【Task Details】
window............ P. 11-10
Copy an Event
【Event List】
window/【Event
Details】
window
u
Copy
d
Edit each item
o
Repetition setting of an event is
canceled when it is copied.
Make/Cancel Secret Setting of an
Event
●To Make Secret Setting
【Event Edit】
window
Enter each
item
o
●To Cancel Secret Setting
【Event List】
window/【Event
Details】
window
u
Release
Secret
d
YES
d
Before making/canceling secret
setting, set handset to Secret Mode or
Secret Data Only Mode (P. 4-9).
Delete All Events
【Schedule】
window,【Event List】
window or【Event Details】
window
u
Delete
d
Delete All
d
Enter Security
Code
d
Select an item
d
YES
d
Reset Holidays
【Schedule】
window
u
Reset
Holiday
d
YES
d
Sort Tasks by Category
【Task List】
window
u
Category Display
d
Select a
category
d
Change Order of Tasks
【Task List】
window
u
Sort/Filter
d
Select a
criterion
d
Set Task Status
【Task List】
window/【Task Details】
window (
Select a task)
u
Change Status
d
Select a
status
d
The set status is indicated by the status
icon in Task List window and in Task
Details window.
When Completion is set as status,
enter the completion date.
Delete All Tasks
【Task List】
window
u
Delete
d
Delete All
d
Enter
Security Code
d
YES
d
11-23
Advanced Features
11
Tools
Text Memo
Start Here
【Text Memo List】
window...... P. 11-11
Alarm
Start Here
【Alarm List】
............................. P. 11-14
【Alarm Details】
window ......... P. 11-14
Bar Code Reader & Text Reader
Start Here
【Scanned Bar Code Data List】
window
.................................................. P. 11-17
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window ....................................P. 11-17
【Text Scanning】
window ........P. 11-19
【Scanned Text List】
window
.................................................. P. 11-20
【Scanned Text Details】
window
.................................................. P. 11-20
Scanning Text
Save a Text Memo to Schedule
【Text Memo List】
window
Select
a text memo
u
Edit
Schedule
d
Enter each item
o
Event Edit window opens with the text
memo details set as event content.
Sort Text Memos by Category
【Text Memo List】
window
Select
a text memo
u
Category
d
Select a category
d
Check Text Memo Information
【Text Memo List】
window
Select
a text memo
u
Text Memo
Info
d
Delete All Text Memos
【Text Memo List】
window
u
Delete
d
Delete All
d
Enter Security Code
d
YES
d
Cancel All Alarms
【Alarm List】/【Alarm Details】
window
u
Release All
d
YES
d
Edit Alarm Settings
【Alarm List】/【Alarm Details】
window (
Select an alarm)
o
Edit each item
o
Correct Scanned Text
【Text Scanning】
window
Scan
text
v to move cursor to the
character you want to correct
Press the number key
corresponding to the correct
character on the suggestion list
Press w to toggle between upper
case and lower case.
11-24
Advanced Features
11
Tools
Using Scanned Data
Edit Scanned Text
【Text Scanning】
window
Scan
text
u
Edit
d
Edit
text using keypad
To cancel editing and return to
scanned text, press u, select Select
Recog. Data and then press d.
Set Printing Status of Text
【Text Scanning】
window
u
NEGA/POSI Mode
d
Auto
setting, Positive Fix or Negative
Fix
d
Set to Positive Fix when dark-colored
text is printed on a light-colored
background.
Set to Negative Fix when light-
colored text is printed on a dark-
colored background.
Set Guidance OFF/ON
【Text Scanning】
window
u
Guidance OFF or Guidance ON
d
Set Vertical/Lateral Scan
【Text Scanning】
window
u
Vertical Writing or Lateral Writing
d
Make a Call
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
window
Select a phone number
u
Dialing
d
Voice
Phone or Video Call
d
Dial
d
Talk
y to end call
Compose a Message
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
window
Select an e-mail
address
u
Create S! Mail
d
Compose and send S! Mail
Access the Internet
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
window
Select a URL
u
Internet
d
YES
d
Save to Phone Book
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
window
Select an item
u
Add to Phone Book
d
●To select Phone
Phone d New or Add
d ( Search Phone Book Select
an entry d (twice)) Edit each
item o ( YES d)
●To select USIM
USIM d New or
Overwrite d ( Search Phone
Book Select an entry d (twice))
Edit each item o (
Overwrite* or Add d)
* To select Overwrite, press d, select
YES, then press d.
11-25
Advanced Features
11
Tools
Save a Bookmark
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
window
Select a URL
u
Add Bookmark
d (twice)
Select a folder
d
Search Phone Book
【Scanned Text Details】
window
Select an item
u
Search
Phone Book
d
Search
Phone Book
Save a Text Memo
【Scanned Text Details】
window
Select an item
u
Add to
Memo
d
Copy Text
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
window
u
Copy
d
Select beginning of characters
d
Select end of characters
d
Edit Title of Scanned Data
【Scanned Bar Code Data List】
window
Select an entry
u
Edit Title
d
Edit title
d
Delete Scanned Data
【Scanned Bar Code Data List】
window/【Scanned Text List】
window
Select an entry
u
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
12-1
Data Management
About Data Folder............................. 12-2
Accessing Files ................................... 12-3
Opening Files........................................... 12-3
Creating Animations............................... 12-4
Using Playlist (Melodies)......................... 12-4
Using Playlists (Videos) ........................... 12-5
Editing Files........................................ 12-7
Editing Still Images ................................. 12-7
Editing Videos ......................................... 12-8
File & Folder Management ............... 12-9
Creating a Folder .................................... 12-9
Moving Files to a Different Folder......... 12-9
About Memory Card ....................... 12-10
Inserting & Removing a Memory
Card........................................................ 12-10
Managing Memory Cards ............... 12-12
Formatting a Memory Card .................. 12-12
Accessing Memory Card Data ............... 12-12
Copying Data between Handset &
Memory Card ......................................... 12-13
Configuring Print Settings of
Images .................................................... 12-14
Advanced Features.......................... 12-15
Accessing Files........................................ 12-15
Editing Files............................................ 12-16
Managing Folders.................................. 12-17
Managing Files....................................... 12-17
Memory Card ......................................... 12-18
12
12-2
12
Data Management
About Data Folder
Use Data Folder to manage data on handset. New data created by handset functions or obtained via the Internet or mail
are saved to different folders according to the file format.
●Some folders contain links. Use the links to access download sites in Yahoo! Keitai.
Folders & Files in Data Folder
1 Can be saved on memory card only.
2 Can be saved on handset only.
My Picture
Image files such as those
taken by camera and
downloaded My Pictograms
Videos
Video files such as
those recorded by
camera/Downloaded
video files
Melody
Melodies and audio
files recorded by Voice
Announce
S! Appli
Downloaded S! Appli
and Lifestyle-Appli
Ring Songs・Music
Chaku-Uta®,
Chaku-Uta Full® and
downloaded music files
TV
Recorded programs1 and
still images captured
from programs2
Books
Downloaded book
files
When Data Folder memory is full or number of files savable is reached, a message asks whether to delete unnecessary data (note,
however, this message may not appear depending on the data type). Follow the steps below to delete data:
YES d Select a folder d Select a data item d o YES d
●You may need to select a data type before selecting a folder if the data you want to delete has multiple storage areas.
●You may need to select more than one data item to delete depending on the degree of insufficient memory.
12-3
12
Data Management
Accessing Files
Opening Files
d Data Folder d
Select a folder and a sub
folder d
■To Open a File on Memory Card
microSD d
Select a file d
Functions in My Picture
Window
Selecting a file in My Picture folder
opens a window such as below.
The following operations are possible
in My Picture window.
* Press d to return to the original size.
Functions in Melody
Window
Selecting a file in Melody folder opens
a window such as below.
The following operations are possible
in Melody window.
1
2
File List Window
3
Opened File Window
Switch Files
v
Toggle Normal
Screen and Full
Screen
p
Zoom In/Zoom Out*
d p or o
Show at Actual Size*
d u
Scroll Large-sized or
Zoomed-in Image*
b
My Picture Window
Switch Files
v
Adjust Volume
c
Stop
d
End
t
Melody Window
12-4
Accessing Files
12
Data Management
Creating Animations
Create animations each of which is
made of up to 20 frames using still
images in My Picture folder.
d Data Folder d
My Picture d
Original Animation d
<New> d
Select a frame d
Select a folder d
Select a still image d
Repeat this step to assign a series
of images to their respective
frames.
■To Cancel an Assigned Image
Select a frame d Release
This d
o
Using Playlist
(Melodies)
Save melodies to Playlist to play back
in the saved order.
d Data Folder d
Melody d Playlist
u Edit Playlist d
■To Clear Playlist
u Release Playlist d
YES d
Tip
･Selecting a file in S! Appli folder
activates S! Appli. For details on
S! Appli, see P. 9-8.
･Selecting a file in Ring Songs・Music
folder or Videos folder activates Music
Player. For details on Music Player, see
P. 9-3.
1
Original Animation List Window
2
3
Note
･Only images in JPEG format can be used
for creating animations.
･Some images may be unavailable
depending on the image size or file size.
･Images saved on external memory devices
(i.e. memory card) cannot be used.
Tip
･Select an animation you created in
Original Animation List window and
press Xd to play the animation.
4
1
12-5
Accessing Files
12
Data Management
Select a number d
Select a folder d
Select a melody d
Repeat this step to assign other
melodies to different numbers.
■To Cancel an Assigned Melody
Select a number d
Release This d
o
Using Playlists
(Videos)
Save videos to a playlist to play them in
the playlist order.
d Data Folder d
Videos d Playlist
d
Select a playlist u Edit
Playlist d
Select a number d
Select a folder d
Select a video d
Repeat this step to assign other
videos to different numbers.
■To Cancel an Assigned Video
Select a number d
Release This d YES d
o
Tip
･Select Playlist folder in Melody and
press Xd to play Playlist.
･Changing file names of melodies on
Playlist, or deleting melody files clears
Playlist.
2
3
1
Playlist List Window
2
3
Tip
･Select a playlist in Playlist List window
and press Xd to play the playlist.
4
12-6
Accessing Files
12
Data Management
More Features
Advanced
Opening Files
Check File Information
Change Order of Files
Set an Image to Appear in Standby
Set a Video to Appear in Standby
Set a Melody/Video as Ringtone
(☛ P. 12-15)
Viewing Images
Play Animation from the Beginning
Compose Four Images to Make One
Set Display Size of an Image
Edit Title of an Original Animation
Cancel an Original Animation
(☛ P. 12-15)
Playing Melodies
Play All Melodies in the Same Folder
Repeatedly
(☛ P. 12-16)
Playing Videos
Switch Display Format of File List
Window
Clear a Playlist
(☛ P. 12-16)
Customize
Display Settings
Set Image List View
(☛ P. 14-4)
12-7
12
Data Management
Editing Files
Editing Still Images
Basic Flow of Operations
d Data Folder d
My Picture d Select a
folder d Select an
image d
u Edit Image d
Select an editing option
d Edit image
d to end editing
d YES or NO d
Selecting YES overwrites the
original image. Selecting NO saves
the edited image as a new file in
the same folder.
Adding a Frame
[My Picture] window u
Edit Image d
Frame d
Select a frame d
■To Change Frame
v
■To Rotate Frame 180 Degrees
o
■To Cancel Frame
u Cancel d
d
d YES or NO d
Adding Stamps
[My Picture] window u
Edit Image d
Marker Stamp d
Select a marker stamp d
■To Rotate Marker Stamp
u 90°
to right, 90°
to left or
180°
d
■To Enlarge/Reduce Marker Stamp
u Scale up or Scale down
d
■To Cancel Marker Stamp
o
b to select a position d
■To Paste Another Marker Stamp
o Select a marker stamp
d
d
d YES or NO d
1
My Picture Window
2
3
Note
･Only images with
can be edited.
･Repeated editing may cause deterioration
of image quality or increased file size.
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
12-8
Editing Files
12
Data Management
Pasting a Text Stamp
[My Picture] window u
Edit Image d
Character Stamp d
Enter text d
■To Edit Text
u Character input d
Enter text d
■To Change Text Color
u Character Color d
Select a color d
Press o to toggle color palettes.
■To Change Font Type
u Font Type d
Gothic or Ming-Cho d
■To Change Font Size
u Font Size d Select
a font size d
b to select a position d
d
d YES or NO d
Cropping an Image
[My Picture] window u
Edit Image d Trim
away d
Select a size d b to
position cropping area d
d
d YES or NO d
Editing Videos
Clip the desired scenes from saved
videos.
d Data Folder d
Videos d Select a
folder d Select a video
u Edit Video d
u Trim Videos d
Any Size or 295KB d
o
The video playback and clipping
start at the same time.
■To Start from a Halfway Point
d At a desired point d
o
d to stop o
Selected portion plays.
When 295KB is selected, clipping
stops automatically when the size of
clipped video reaches 295 KB.
d (twice) YES d
More Features
Advanced
Editing Files
Retouch an Image
Adjust Image Brightness
Rotate an Image
Change Image Size
Correct Backlight
Refresh Skin Tone
(☛ P. 12-16)
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
Note
･Only QCIF (176×144) or smaller videos
with
can be clipped.
･Editing may cause deterioration of
image quality.
4
5
12-9
12
Data Management
File & Folder Management
Creating a Folder
d Data Folder d
Select a folder type d
<Example>When My Picture is
Selected
u Add Folder d
Enter folder name d
Moving Files to a
Different Folder
[File List] window Select a
file u Move d
Move this d Select a
destination folder d
YES d
■To Move Multiple Files
Move selected d Select
a destination folder d
Select a file d Repeat the
same step to specify other files
o YES d
■To Move All Files in a Folder
Move all d Select a
destination folder d YES
d
More Features
Advanced
Managing Folders
Edit a Folder Name
Delete a Folder
Delete All Files in My Picture, Melody or
Videos Folder
(☛ P. 12-17)
Managing Files
Edit a Title in My Picture File List
Window
Check Volume of Saved Files
Edit a File Name
Delete Files
(☛ P. 12-17)
Tip
･Folders can only be created in handset
Data Folder.
1
Folder List Window
2
1
2
12-10
12
Data Management
About Memory Card
Save files to memory cards. Still images
and videos shot with handset camera
can be saved directly to memory card.
Data can be copied and moved
between handset and memory card.
Data on memory card can also be
accessed from Data Folder.
●Handset supports microSD™ and
microSDHC™ memory cards of up to
8 GB (as of February 2009).
●Be sure handset power is off when
inserting/removing memory cards.
●Insert memory cards properly. Otherwise,
they cannot be used on handset.
●Do not affix stickers or labels to memory
cards. As memory cards are very thin
and precise mechanisms, even a thin
sticker or label on a memory card may
cause contact failure or destruction of
data.
●Keep memory cards out of reach of
infants who may accidentally swallow
them or be injured.
●Use only memory cards recommended
by SoftBank. Other memory cards may
not work properly and cannot be used
on handset.
●Do not remove a memory card or power
off handset while writing and reading
data with that memory card. It may
cause data loss or malfunction.
●Access to memory cards may be
unavailable when the battery level is
low.
Inserting & Removing
a Memory Card
Insertion
Open Slot cover
Insert memory card into
Memory Card Slot until it
locks
Insert gently with the printed logo
facing up.
1
Tip
･If appears in Display, there may be a
contact failure. Remove and reinsert
memory card.
2
1
2
Memory Card
Slot Cover
Logo
should
face up.
12-11
About Memory Card
12
Data Management
Removal
Press and release
Gently pull out memory card.
Note
･Memory card may break if inserted or
removed with force.
1
①
12-12
12
Data Management
Managing Memory Cards
Formatting a
Memory Card
●Format memory cards on handset only.
Memory cards formatted on another
device or PC may not work.
●Formatting a memory card deletes all
the data on it.
d Tools d
microSD Manager d
u microSD format
d Enter Security Code
d YES d
Accessing Memory
Card Data
d Tools d
microSD Manager d
Select a category d
Select a file d
Select a data item d
Note
･Do not remove memory card while
formatting. Handset/memory card
malfunction may occur.
･Make sure that there is no important
data left on the memory card before
formatting it.
1
2
1
microSD Manager Window
2
File List Window
3
Data List Window
4
Data Details Window
12-13
Managing Memory Cards
12
Data Management
Copying Data between
Handset & Memory Card
Following items can be copied to/from
handset and memory card:
Copying Handset Data to
Memory Card
Copy Phone Book entries, Schedule,
messages, images, videos, etc.
<Example>Copy data in Data Folder
to memory card
[Data List] window u
Copy to microSD d
Copy this d
■To Copy Multiple Data
Copy selected d Select a
data item d Repeat the
same step to specify other data
o YES d
■To Copy All Data
Copy all d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Copying Memory Card
Data to Handset
◎To Copy Images or Other
Data to Handset
d Data Folder d
Select a folder type d
microSD d Select a
folder d Select a data
item u Copy to
Phone d
Copy this d
■To Copy Multiple Data
Copy selected d Select a
data item d Repeat the
same step to specify other data
o YES d
■To Copy All Data
Copy all d Enter Security
Code d YES d
PIM Data
Phone Book entries,
Schedule, To Do List,
text memos, Inbox,
Outbox, Draft,
bookmarks, content
keys
Files in Data
Folder
Still images, My
Pictograms, Flash®,
melodies, videos, songs
1
Tip
･If the maximum storable number of
items is reached when copying all
items, copying stops at that point.
･Content keys are copied collectively at
one time.
･Files attached to messages may be
deleted.
･You need to select a destination folder
when copying data in Data Folder.
･Data saved in Pre-installed folders of
Data Folder cannot be copied.
2
1
2
12-14
Managing Memory Cards
12
Data Management
◎To Copy PIM Data to Handset
<Example>Copy Data in Overwrite
Mode
d Tools d
microSD Manager d
Select a PIM data type d
Select a data item u
Copy/OW to Phone d
Copy This d
■To Copy Multiple Files
Copy selected d Select a
file d Repeat the same step
to specify other files o
■To Copy All Files
Copy All d
Enter Security Code d
YES d YES d
Configuring Print
Settings of Images
Specify which images on memory card
to be printed and the number of
prints, etc. in DPOF (Digital Print Order
Format) settings so that the images can
be printed by DPOF compatible
printers or print service shops.
d Data Folder d
My Picture d
microSD d DCIM
d
Select a folder d
Select a still image u
DPOF setting d
DPOF set One d
■To Specify Multiple Images
DPOF set Choice d Select
a still image d Repeat the
same step to specify other images
o
Print d Print Sheets
d Enter number of
prints d
a Date d ON or OFF
d
o
More Features
Advanced
Memory Card
Check Available Memory Space of
Memory Card
Check & Repair Memory Card
Delete Data on Memory Card
Cancel Print Settings of Images
(☛ P. 12-18)
Note
･When copying memory card data to
handset in overwrite mode, the
corresponding data on handset is
overwritten by the copied data.
･If the maximum storable number of
items is reached when copying all
items, copying stops at that point.
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
12-15
12
Data Management
Advanced Features
Accessing Files
Start Here
【File List】
window ..................... P. 12-3
【Opened File】
window ............. P. 12-3
【My Picture】
window................ P. 12-3
【Melody】
window..................... P. 12-3
【Original Animation List】
window
.................................................... P. 12-4
【Playlist List】
window............... P. 12-5
Opening Files
Viewing Images
Check File Information
【File List】
window/【Opened File】
window ( Select a file) u
Image Info, Video Info, Melody
Info or Memory Info d
Change Order of Files
【File List】
window u Sort
d Select a criterion d
Set an Image to Appear in
Standby
【File List】
window/【My Picture】
window ( Select a file) u
Set as Display d Stand-by
Display d ( Select a layout
d Confirm preview d)
Set images to appear when making
calls or sending messages.
Set a Video to Appear in Standby
【File List】
window Select a file
u Stand-by Display d
YES d
Set a Melody/Video as Ringtone
【File List】
window/【Opened File】
window ( Select a file) u
Ring Tone d Select an item
d
Only a melody can be set as a ringtone
from Opened File window.
Play Animation from the Beginning
【My Picture】
window u
Retry d
Compose Four Images to Make One
【File List】
window u
Composite Image d Select a
position d Select a folder
d Select an image d
Repeat the same step to assign
three other images to their
respective positions o d
Only images in JPEG format can be
used for creating composite images.
Copyright-protected images are
unavailable.
Images saved on memory card cannot be
used.
12-16
Advanced Features
12
Data Management
Playing Melodies
Playing Videos
Editing Files
Start Here
【My Picture】
window................ P. 12-7
Set Display Size of an Image
【My Picture】
window u Set
Image Disp. d Normal or Fit
in Display d
Edit Title of an Original Animation
【Original Animation List】
window
Select an animation u
Edit Title d Edit title d
Cancel an Original Animation
【Original Animation List】
window
Select an animation u
Release Animation d YES
d
Play All Melodies in the Same
Folder Repeatedly
【Melody】
window u Set
Repeat Play d ON d
Switch Display Format of File List
Window
【File List】
window u List
Setting d Title or
Title+Image d
Clear a Playlist
【Playlist List】
window Select a
playlist u Release Playlist
d YES d
Retouch an Image
【My Picture】
window u Edit
Image d Retouch d
Select an effect d (three times)
YES or NO d
Adjust Image Brightness
【My Picture】
window u Edit
Image d Brightness d
v to adjust brightness d
(twice) YES or NO d
Rotate an Image
【My Picture】
window u Edit
Image d Rotate d
90°
to right, 90°
to left or 180°
d (three times) YES or NO d
Change Image Size
【My Picture】
window u Edit
Image d Change Size d
Select a size d (three times)
YES or NO d
Correct Backlight
【My Picture】
window u Edit
Image d Correct Backlight
d (three times) YES or NO
d
12-17
Advanced Features
12
Data Management
Managing Folders
Start Here
【Folder List】
window ................ P. 12-9
Managing Files
Start Here
【File List】
window .....................P. 12-3
Refresh Skin Tone
【My Picture】
window u Edit
Image d Refresh Skin Tone
d (three times) YES or NO
d
Edit a Folder Name
【Folder List】
window Select a
folder u Edit Folder Name
d Edit folder name d
Only names of user-created folders
can be edited.
Delete a Folder
【Folder List】
window Select a
folder u Delete Folder
d Enter Security Code d
(Select delete method d)
YES d
Only user-created folders can be
deleted.
Files in the selected folder are also
deleted.
When files that are set as wallpaper,
ringtone, alarm tone, etc. are deleted,
their settings are reset to default.
Delete All Files in My Picture,
Melody or Videos Folder
【Folder List】
window u
Delete all Image or Delete All
d Enter Security Code d
YES d
When files that are set as wallpaper,
ringtone, alarm tone, etc. are deleted,
their settings are reset to default.
Edit a Title in My Picture File List
Window
【File List】
window Select an
image file u Edit Title d
Edit title d
Titles of files saved in Pre-installed
folders cannot be edited.
Check Volume of Saved Files
【File List】
window u
Memory Info d
Edit a File Name
【File List】
window Select a file
u Edit File Name d
Edit file name d
Names of files saved in Pre-installed
folders cannot be edited.
12-18
Advanced Features
12
Data Management
Memory Card
Start Here
【microSD Manager】
window
.................................................. P. 12-12
【File List】
window ................... P. 12-12
【Data List】
window ................. P. 12-12
【Data Details】
window ........... P. 12-12
Delete Files
【File List】
window Select a file
u Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete Selected
Delete Selected d Select
a file d Repeat the same step
to specify other files o YES
d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Check Available Memory Space of
Memory Card
【microSD Manager】
window,【File
List】
window,【Data List】
window
or【Data Details】
window u
microSD Info d
Check & Repair Memory Card
【microSD Manager】
window u
Check microSD d YES
d
To cancel checking and repairing a
memory card, press o or y.
Some memory cards may not be
repairable.
Delete Data on Memory Card
【File List】
window Select a data
item u Delete d
●To select Delete this
Delete this d YES d
●To select Delete selected
Delete selected d Select
data d o YES d
●To select Delete all
Delete all d Enter Security
Code d YES d
Cancel Print Settings of Images
d Data Folder d My
Picture d microSD d
DCIM d Select a folder
d Select a still image u
DPOF setting d DPOF set
One or DPOF set Choice d (
Select an image d Repeat
the same step to specify other
images o) Print OFF or All
Print OFF d
13-1
Connectivity
Infrared .............................................. 13-2
Getting Started ....................................... 13-2
Transferring Data via Infrared ............... 13-3
PC Connection.................................... 13-5
USB Driver................................................ 13-5
Data Transfer........................................... 13-5
Setting USB Mode................................... 13-5
Accessing Memory Card Data
from a PC................................................. 13-5
Using Handset as Modem....................... 13-6
13
13-2
13
Connectivity
Infrared
Getting Started
Wirelessly exchange files with infrared
compatible devices.
The following data can be transferred
via infrared:
･Still images
･Melodies
･Videos
･My Pictograms
･Songs
･Books
･Phone Book entries, Account Details
･Schedule events
･To Do List tasks
･Received messages, sent messages
･Draft messages
･Text memos
･Common Phrases (Templates)
･Own Dictionary data
･Bookmarks (Yahoo! Keitai and PC Site
Browser)
Precautions
●Data may not be sent depending on the
status of the receiving device. Folder
settings of received messages or
bookmarks, etc., or contents of Graphic
Mails may be lost or incorrectly
transferred depending on the receiving
handset model.
●Handset is out of range during infrared
transmission, so such functions as voice
and video calls, the Internet access and
sending/receiving S! Mails are
unavailable. This may continue even
after infrared transmission is finished.
●Transferring data may take a while
depending on the amount of data.
Some data may not be received by
handset.
●During transmission, progress bar
shows approximate number of files
transferred. Note that actual progress
may be faster.
●Some pictographs and symbols in
messages and Phone Book entries may
not be received by handset correctly.
●All the still images on handset are
overwritten, even those set as Phone
Book entry images, if handset receives
all still images at once.
●Align Infrared Ports of both sending and
receiving devices, as shown below.
●Do not move either device until a
message appears indicating completion
of data transmission. Do not place any
objects between the devices. Do not
obstruct Infrared Ports.
●Infrared transmission may be disrupted
by direct sunlight, directly under
fluorescent lighting or near other
infrared devices.
Note
･Handset cannot send all still images,
melodies, videos, My Pictograms, songs
or books at one time.
Within ±15°
Within 20 cm
13-3
Infrared
13
Connectivity
Authentication Password
To transfer multiple files at once, the
same authentication password must
be entered on both sending and
receiving devices.
Transferring Data via
Infrared
Sending One File
Send one file at a time from a data list
window/data details window.
In a data list window, select
a file or open a data details
window u Send Ir
Data d
■To Send a JPEG Image
In a data list window o
This enables faster transmission.
YES d
Transfer starts.
When the file is sent, a message
appears indicating completion of
transfer.
■To Cancel Transfer
o
Receiving One File
d Tools d
Receive Ir Data d
Receive d
Transfer starts.
■To Cancel Transfer
o
When file is received YES
d
File is saved to handset.
File is discarded if no operation is
done in about 30 seconds of
transfer.
Sending All Files
Send all files at one time from a data
list window/data details window.
In a data list window/data
details window u
Send All Ir Data d
Enter Security Code d
Enter authentication
password
YES d
Transfer starts.
When all files are sent, a message
appears indicating completion of
transfer.
■To Cancel Transfer
o
1
2
Tip
･In the case of high-speed transmission
of JPEG images, the receiving device
may fail to receive images, even when
the image transmission is successfully
completed by the sending device.
1
2
1
2
3
13-4
Infrared
13
Connectivity
Receiving All Files
d Tools d
Receive Ir Data d
Receive All d
Enter Security Code d
Enter authentication
password
YES d
Files start being received when the
sending device begins sending.
When an overwrite
confirmation appears
YES d
Transfer starts.
When files are saved to handset, a
saving completed message
appears.
■To Cancel Transfer
o
More Features
Customize
Phone Book
Do Not Send Phone Book Entry Images
via Infrared
(☛ P. 14-16)
1
2
3
4
Note
･When handset receives all files, the
corresponding files on handset are
overwritten. For example, when
handset receives all messages, all the
messages on handset including
protected ones are overwritten; and
when it receives all Phone Book data or
Schedule data, all the Phone Book
entries or events, including those set as
secret, are overwritten.
･Receiving of data ends automatically if
data reaches the maximum storable
capacity.
13-5
13
Connectivity
PC Connection
Connect handset to a PC with a USB
cable to use the following functions.
●USB cable is sold separately as an
optional accessory.
* USB driver must be installed in advance.
This product contains software licensed
complying with GNU General Public
License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public
License (LGPL), etc.
For more details, visit “GPL・LGPL等につい
て“ at http://ch-mobile.jp/product/gpl/
USB Driver
This software is required for your
handset to connect with a PC. First
install on your PC referring to the web
site below for installation details.
http://k-tai.casio.jp/
Data Transfer
Use SoftBank Utility Software to
connect with a PC via USB cable and
use various kinds of data on a PC. See
the following web site for software
details.
http://k-tai.casio.jp/
●USB Driver must be installed before
using SoftBank Utility Software.
●Synchronization unavailable for Phone
Book, Schedule, and To Do List.
Setting USB Mode
Set USB mode before connecting
handset to your PC via USB cable.
To use a data transfer tool, or use
handset as a modem for packet
transmission, set USB mode to
Communication Mode.
To access memory card data from a PC
in the same manner as USB memory,
set it to microSD Mode.
d Settings d
External Connection d
USB Mode Setting d
Communication Mode or
microSD Mode d
Accessing Memory
Card Data from a PC
Connect handset to your PC using a
USB cable, and access memory card
data from the PC.
●Set USB Mode Setting to microSD Mode
in advance.
Function
Description
Data transfer*
Transfer Phone Book,
Schedule and To Do
List data between
handset and a PC
(P
. 13-5).
USB memory
Use memory card
inserted in handset as
an external drive of a
PC to read and write
data with memory card
(P
. 13-5).
1
2
13-6
PC Connection
13
Connectivity
Connect handset to your PC
using a USB cable
This enables memory card data to
be accessed from your PC.
When you are finished,
disconnect handset from the
PC
Follow the procedure for safely
removing external devices (which
differs slightly according to the
operating system), when
disconnecting handset from the
PC.
Using Handset as
Modem
Use handset as an external modem for
packet transmission.
●Refer to the instructions of your Internet
service provider or the manual of your
PC for the network connection settings
on your PC.
●To use “Access Internet“ for data
communication, you do not have to
sign up with a service provider. For
information about the service overview,
access points and setting procedures,
contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P. 15-52).
Note
･Make sure handset and the PC are properly
connected. Otherwise, data cannot be
transferred, and may even be lost.
･If handset’s battery is almost or
completely empty, data cannot be
transferred, and may even be lost.
Check handset’s battery level and the
power of your PC.
･Do not remove the USB cable while
copying data from your PC to handset.
If the USB cable is removed during data
transfer, data cannot be transferred,
and may even be lost.
1
2
14-1
Customization
Clock, Display & Sounds.................... 14-2
Phone Book & Calls ......................... 14-16
Mail................................................... 14-22
Internet ............................................ 14-26
TV...................................................... 14-28
Camera ............................................. 14-31
Player & S! Appli.............................. 14-35
Entertainment.................................. 14-37
Other Settings ................................. 14-39
14
14-2
14
Customization
Clock, Display & Sounds
Clock
d Settings d Clock d
Hide Clock
Clock Display d Display d ON or OFF d
Clock Size
Clock Display d Size d Select a size d
Clock Color
Clock Display d Color d Black or White d
Set Auto Time Adjustment
Set Main Time d Auto Time Adjust d Auto d
Select a time zone d
・Press o to change city/area name in Time Zone Selection field.
Manually Adjust Time
Set Main Time d Auto Time Adjust d Manual(Date Time
Set) d Select a time zone d Enter date and time d
・Press o to change city/area name in Time Zone Selection field.
Summer Time
Set Main Time d Summer Time d ON d
Time Zone (Sub Clock)
Set Sub Clock d Display Method d Always d YES
d Select a time zone d
・Press o to change city/area name in Time Zone Selection field.
Hide Sub Clock
Set Sub Clock d Display Method d OFF d
Summer Time (Sub Clock)
Set Sub Clock d Summer Time d ON d
Time Zone Major City (Sub Clock)
Set Sub Clock d Area Name d Display d
Start Here
14-3
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
Alarm
d Settings d Clock d
Auto Power On/Off
Kisekae Theme
d Settings d Kisekae Theme d
Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time Alarm Setting d Operation Preferred or Alarm Preferred d
Change Alarm Tone
Clock Alarm Tone Set d Select an item d Set an alarm
tone
Set Auto Power On/Off
d Settings d Clock d Auto Power ON or Auto Power
OFF d ON d Enter time d 1 Time or Daily d
Set Display Design Collectively
Select a style d YES d
Check Kisekae Theme Details
Select a style o
・Details of some items can be checked/played by selecting an item and pressing o.
Edit Title of a Style
Select a style u Edit Title d Edit title d
Start Here
Start Here
14-4
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
Display Settings
d Settings d Display d
Save Current Kisekae Theme as
Favorite
お気に入り (Favorites) o u Take Setting Info d YES
d
・The current kisekae theme can later be recalled collectively from お気に入り when
they are changed.
Change Each Item for Favorites
お気に入り (Favorites) o Select an item d Set an image
Clear All Favorite Settings
お気に入り (Favorites) u Reset Setting Info d YES d
Wallpaper
Display Setting d Stand-by Display d My Picture or
Videos d Set an image/video ( Select a layout d (twice))
Show Calendar in Standby
Display Setting d Stand-by Display d Calendar d
Background d Set an image Select a layout d (twice)
・Select No Background if you do not want any image in the background of the
calendar.
・Press f, use c to select the calendar and press d to operate it. Use c to switch
to the previous/next month. Press d to activate Schedule.
Set Random Display of Images in
Standby
Display Setting d Stand-by Display d Random Display
d Select a folder d Select a layout d
・Images switch at random each time handset is opened or returns to Standby.
Start Here
14-5
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
Set a Wake-up Image
Display Setting d Wake-up Display d My Picture d
Set an image
Set a Wake-up Message
Display Setting d Wake-up Display d Message d
Enter message d
Set an Outgoing Call/Message Image Display Setting d Dialing, Video Call Dialing or Mail Sending
d Set an image
Set an Incoming Call Image/Video
Display Setting d Calling or Video Call Calling d Select
Calling Disp. d My Picture or Videos d Set an image/video
Set an Incoming Message Image
Display Setting d Mail Receiving d Select Receiving
Disp. d Set an image/video
Set an Image for New Messages or
Received Result Window
Display Setting d Retrieve New or Mail Rec’d Result d
Set an image
Display Color Scheme
Display Design d Color Pattern d Select a color d
Set a Battery Level Indicator/Signal
Strength Indicator Pattern
Display Design d Icon Pattern d Battery Icon or Antenna
Icon d Select a pattern d
Change Softkey Color
Display Design d Soft Key d Select a color d
Set Font Type
Font d Font Type d Gothic or Ming-cho d
・Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings.
Set Font Thickness
Font d Thickness d Thin or Bold d
・Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings.
14-6
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
Set Font Sizes Collectively
Font d Character Size d Standard or X-large d
・Items settable with Separate Setting for Character Size can be set collectively.
・Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings.
Set Font Size for Each Function
Window
Font d Character Size d Separate Setting d Select
a window d Select a size d o
・Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings.
・In PC Site Browser, this procedure is available in Small Screen view.
Interface Language
言語選択 d 日本語 or English d
・To change interface language from Japanese to English:
d 設定 d ディスプレイ d Language d English d
Set Image List View
Viewer Settings d Picture or Title d
Guard from Prying Eyes
Screen Filter d ON d
・Alternatively, press and hold 8 in Standby to toggle Screen Filter on and off.
・Display has a white hue and a narrower viewing angle when on.
・Screen Filter is off when handset is turned back on.
Display Quality
Image Display Mode d Normal, Vivid or Dynamic d
・Normal is standard quality, Vivid is brighter quality, and Dynamic is high-contrast
quality.
・The Visual Image Effect setting in TV Effect has preference for TV display quality.
・A preview image for each mode appears during selection in Image Display Mode to
check the effect.
Show Information of Messages
Received When Watching TV
Mail Rec’d Setting d Display Sender or Display Sender/Subject
d
14-7
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
Backlight
d Settings d Display d Backlight d
Shortcuts
d Settings d Display d
Set Backlight & Power Saving
Lighting d ON or OFF d ( Select time Backlight is lit
d) ON or OFF d ( Enter a time before the Power Saver Mode is
activated)
・When the Power Saver Mode is activated, nothing appears in Standby and Keypad
backlight flashes. Pressing any key cancels the Power Saver Mode.
Set Backlight during Charging
Charging d Standard or All Time ON d
Set Whether to Light Keypad
Backlight
Area d LCD+Keys or LCD d
Set Brightness of Backlight
Brightness d ON or OFF d Select a Level d
・Set Brightness to Level 6 to use Display with the maximum brightness. Backlight is
Level 4 by default. A higher setting reduces battery life.
Set Shortcut Theme
Shortcut d Select a theme d YES d
・Press o to see details of the selected theme.
Start Here
Start Here
14-8
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
Change Icon Design of a Theme
Shortcut d Select a theme o Select an icon u CHG
Icon Image d Select Icon Image or Default Icon Image d (
Set an icon)
Change Order of Icons of a Theme
Shortcut d Select a theme o Select an icon u Sort
d Select a position d
Copy Icons to Another Theme
Shortcut d Select a theme o Select an icon u
Copy d Copy This, Copy Selected or Copy All d Select a
destination theme d ( Select icons d o)
・When Copy Selected or Copy All is selected, select YES and press d at the end of
the procedure.
Move Icons to Another Theme
Shortcut d Select a theme o Select an icon u
Move d Move This, Move Selected or Move All d Select a
destination theme d ( Select icons d o) YES d
Delete Icons of a Theme
Shortcut d Select a theme o Select an icon u
Delete d
●To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
●To select Delete selected
Delete selected d Select icons d o YES d
●To select Delete All
Delete All d YES d
Show New Message Indicator as 3D
Animation
3D Display Setting d ON d
14-9
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
Menu Display Settings
d Settings d Display d Menu Display Set d
List View and Details View
Menu Display d List or Detail d
・Select View for menus from d Settings d
Set Main Menu Theme
Theme d Select a theme d
Change Icon Design (Original Theme) Theme d Original Theme d Select a menu item d
Set an image
・Change Main Menu icons to any preferred image.
Change Background (Original Theme) Theme d Original Theme d Background Image d
Set an image
・Change Main Menu background to any preferred image.
Reset Original Theme Settings
Theme d Original Theme d Select a menu item u
Reset or All reset d YES d
・This procedure is only available when any Original theme settings have been
changed.
Save Last Selected Menu Item to
Memory
Memory Focus d ON d
Start Here
14-10
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
d p
Standby Indicators
Incoming Call/Message Alerts
d Settings d Incoming Call d
Add a Menu Item to Original Menu
<Not Recorded> o b to select a function d ( YES d)
Change Order of Original Menu Items Select an item u Sort d Select a position d
Cancel Original Menu Items
Select an item u Release or Release All d YES d
Reset Original Menu
u Reset Org. Menu d YES d
Enable Indicator Selector
d Settings d Display d Icons Setting d ON d
・The indicators at the top of Display are enabled by pressing f in Standby. Use b
to select an indicators and press d to access the corresponding function.
Adjust Ringtone Volume
Ring Volume d Phone, Video Call or Mail d c to adjust
volume d
・When Step is set, the ringtone volume increases every three seconds. When Silent
is set, no ringtone sounds.
Start Here
Start Here
14-11
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
Set a Ringtone
Select Ring Tone d Phone, Video Call or Mail d Select
Ring Tone d Select an item d Select a folder d Set a
ringtone
Set Random Playback of Melodies as
Ringtones
Select Ring Tone d Phone, Video Call or Mail d Select
Ring Tone d Random Melody d Select a folder d
・Melodies in the selected folder are played at random as ringtones.
Set Ringing Duration of Incoming
Message Ringtone
Mail Ring Time d Mail d ON d Enter ringing
duration
・When OFF is set, no ringtone sounds and handset does not vibrate when receiving
messages.
Set Vibration*
Vibrator d Phone, Video Call or Mail d Select a pattern d
・When Melody Linkage is set, handset vibrates to the melody set as ringtone.
Set Illumination Color
Illumination d Set Color d Phone, Video Call or Mail
d Select a color d
Set Illumination Pattern
Illumination d Set Pattern d Standard or Melody
Linkage d
・Even when Melody Linkage is set, Illumination may not flash to the melody
depending on the set ringtone.
Set Illumination to Flash for Missed
Calls/New Messages
Illumination d Missed Info d ON d
* When Vibrator is not set to OFF, be careful not to let handset fall off a desk or slide too close to a stove, etc. when it vibrates.
14-12
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
d Settings d Slide-style Setting d
Answering Incoming Calls
d Settings d Incoming Call d
Set an Incoming Call/Message Image
Select Ring Tone d Phone, Video Call or Mail d Select
Calling Disp. or Select Receiving Disp. d ( My Picture or Videos
d) Set an image/video
Show Phone Book Entry Images for
Incoming Calls/Messages
Disp. Phone Book Image d ON d
Open New Mail Window by Opening
Handset
Setting When Open d Display New Mail d o
Open Missed Calls Window by
Opening Handset
Setting When Open d Display Missed Call d o
Set to Answer Calls by Pressing Any
Key Except Send Key
Answer Setting d Any Key Answer d
・Answer incoming voice calls by pressing a key from r, d, 0 – 9, w, t,
o, p, s, a and b. The any key answer function is disabled for incoming video
calls.
Set to Mute Ringtone by Pressing Any
Key Except Send Key
Answer Setting d Quick Silent d
・Mute the ringtone by pressing a key from 0 – 9, w, t, o (for voice calls
only), p, s, a and b or by opening handset.
Start Here
Start Here
14-13
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
d Settings d Slide-style Setting d
Manner Mode
d Settings d Incoming Call d Manner Mode Setting d
Set to Answer Calls by Opening
Handset
Setting When Open d Answer Incoming d o
・When set to OFF, operation follows Answer Setting.
Set Manner Mode Type
Manner Mode Set d Select a Manner Mode d
・When Super Silent is set, all tones emitted through the earpiece are also muted.
Configure Original Manner Mode
Manner Mode Set d Original d Set each item o
Set Time for Auto Manner Mode Start Manner Start Time d Start Time Set1 or Start Time Set2 o
d Enter time d
d 1 Time, Daily (
) or Select
Day (
) d (Select day o) o
Set Time for Auto Manner Mode
Release
Manner Release Time d Release Time Set1 or Release Time Set2
o
d Enter time
d 1 Time, Daily (
) or Select
Day (
) d (Select day o) o
Toggle Auto Manner Mode Start and
Release On/Off
Manner Start Time or Manner Release Time d Select an item p
・On/off toggles each time you press p. Settings (e.g., time) are not updated.
・Use the following procedure to cancel all settings at once.
u Release All d YES d
Start Here
Start Here
14-14
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
Checking Call Logs
d Settings d Incoming Call d
Sounds
d Settings d Other Settings d
d Settings d Slide-style Setting d
Change Colors of Names, Phone
Numbers and E-mail Addresses in Call
and Message Log Windows
Disp. Call/Receive No. d Select a color d
・Pressing o toggles the color palette between 16 colors and 256 colors.
・To reset the color settings to default, press p.
Set to Play Charging Start/End Tones
Charge Sound d ON d
Sound Emitted at Level 1 for First
three Seconds
Volume Restriction d ON d
・Applies to ring tone and alarm.
・After three seconds pass, ring tone and alarm sounds at set volume.
Set Handset Open/Close Sound
Slide Sound d Open Sound or Close Sound d Melody
d Select a sound d Ring Time d Select time sound
emitted d
・Slide and close sounds not emitted when set OFF.
Start Here
Start Here
Start Here
14-15
Clock, Display & Sounds
14
Customization
d Tools d Voice Announce d
Earphone-Microphone
d Settings d
Record Sound to Set as Ringtone or
Outgoing Message
Select an item d YES d Record sound (for about 15
seconds)
・Press d to stop recording.
Play Recorded Sound
Select an item with “★“ d
Delete Recorded Sound
Select an item with “★“ u Erase d YES d
Audio Output
External Connection d Headset Usage Setting d
Headset+speaker or Headset Only d
Microphone Setting
External Connection d Headset Mic. Setting d Built-in
Microphone or Headset Microphone d
Answer Calls Automatically
External Connection d Auto Answer Setting d Phone or
Video Call d ON d Enter ring time
Save a Phone Number to Dial with an
Earphone-Microphone
Dialing d Headset SW to Dial d Voice Call d
Select a Phone Book search method d Search Phone Book
Select an entry d Select a phone number d
Start Here
Start Here
14-16
14
Customization
Phone Book & Calls
Phone Book
S! Addressbook Back-up
d Tools d S! Addressbook Back-up d
Set Preferred Search Method
[Phone Book Search] window (P. 2-21) Select a search method o
OK d
・To cancel the preferred search method, press t in Phone Book Search window,
select the search method with ”★,” and then press o.
Change Group Name
[Phone Book Entry List] window (P. 2-21) u Group Setting d
Select a group d Edit group name d
・The name remains the same only for No Group.
Do Not Send Phone Book Entry
Images via Infrared
d Tools d Forwarding Image d OFF d
Set Auto Synchronize
Auto Sync Settings d ON/OFF d ON d Enter
Security Code d Set synchronize timing d ( Set synchronize
cycle and day d) Select synchronize type d YES d
(twice)
Check Auto Synchronize Settings
Auto Sync Settings d Confirm Settings d
Start Here
14-17
Phone Book & Calls
14
Customization
Outgoing Calls
d Settings d Dialing d
International Calls
d Settings d Dialing d Int’l Dial Assistance d
Save Touch Tones
Pause Dial d o Enter touch tone numbers d
・Press and hold w to enter “P“ (Pause).
Set Numbers after “*“ as Sub
Address
Sub-address Setting d ON d
Save Area Code and Country Code as
Prefix Numbers
Prefix Setting d Select an item o Enter name d
Enter prefix numbers d
Change International Access Code
Automatically Dialed with “+“
Auto Int’l Call Set. d ON d Select a country code d
国際発信 d
・When OFF is set, the international access code is not entered when you press and
hold 0.
・Select an international access code you set in IDD Prefix Setting.
Change a Country Code
Country Code Setting d Select an item o Enter country
name d Enter country code d
Save an International Access Code
IDD Prefix Setting d Select an item o Enter international
access name d Enter international access code d
Start Here
Start Here
14-18
Phone Book & Calls
14
Customization
Call Settings
d Settings d Talk d
Set Noise Reduction
Noise Reduction d ON d
Set Weak Signal Alarm
Quality Alarm d High Tone or Low Tone d
・Calls may be disconnected without sounding the alarm when signal suddenly
becomes too weak.
Set Reconnection Tone
Reconnect Signal d High Tone or Low Tone d
Set a Hold Message
Set Hold Tone d On Hold Tone d Select a hold tone
d ( d)
Start Here
14-19
Phone Book & Calls
14
Customization
Call Costs
d Settings d Call Time/Charge d
* Cost display may not be available depending on your subscription. If unavailable, you will also be unable to set a cost limit.
Set/Cancel a Maximum Call Cost
Limit*
Set Max Cost Limit d Enter Security Code d
d
Enter cost limit d
d ON d Set alarm tone Set
alarm volume o ( Enter PIN2 d)
・A call ends automatically and
appears in Display when the total call cost exceeds
the set maximum limit.
・When the set total call cost limit has been reached, all outgoing calls are disabled. To
enable outgoing calls, set the maximum call cost limit to 0:
Set Max Cost Limit d Enter Security Code d
d Enter
0 d o Enter PIN2 d
Set Auto Reset of Total Call Cost
Auto Reset Total Cost d Enter Security Code d Auto
Reset d ON d Enter PIN2 d
・When ON is set, the total call cost indication is automatically reset to zero at twelve
midnight on the first day of each month.
Start Here
14-20
Phone Book & Calls
14
Customization
Video Calls
d Settings d Video Call d
Set an Image to be Sent during Video
Calls
Select Image d Select an item d Pre-installed or Original
d
・To set an image other than the preinstalled image:
Original u Change Setting d Set an image
Redial Automatically as Voice Call
When Video Call Connection Fails
Auto Redial as Voice d ON d
Set an Image to Appear in Main
Window
Display Setting d Main Display d Other Side or My Side
d
Automatically Switch to Handsfree
Mode in Video Calls
Hands-free Switch d ON d
Start Here
14-21
Phone Book & Calls
14
Customization
Global Roaming
d Settings d Int’l Roaming Set d
Set Operator
NW Search Mode d Manual d Select an operator d
・When Auto is set, an available operator is set automatically.
・Use this procedure when handset is out of the service area of the currently used
operator.
Activate Network Re-search for an
Available Operator
NW Search Mode d Network Re-search d Select an
operator d
・An operator is available when NW Search Mode is set to Manual.
Set Priority for Operators
PLMN Setting d Select an operator u Change Priority
d Select a position on the priority list d o YES d
・When Auto or Network Re-search is set under NW Search Mode, you are
automatically connected to the highest priority operator among available operators.
Show Operator Name While Roaming Display Operator Name d Display ON d
Start Here
14-22
14
Customization
Mail
S! Mail Settings
o Mail Setting d
SMS Settings
o Mail Setting d SMS Settings d
Edit Header/Signature
Header/Signature d Edit Header or Edit Signature d (twice)
Edit header/signature d o
Insert Header/Signature
Automatically
Header/Signature d Insert Setting d Header or
Signature d o
Set to Check Delivery
S! Mail Settings d Delivery Report d ON d
・After a recipient receives your S! Mail, a message titled S! Mail Report is sent to your
handset.
Set to Check Delivery
SMS Report Request d ON d
・After a recipient receives your SMS message, a message titled SMS Report is sent to
your handset.
Set Server Storage Period of SMS
Messages
SMS Validity Period d Select a period d
・When None is set, SMS messages you send are not stored on the server.
Set SMS Input Language
SMS Input Character d Japanese (70char.) or English (160char.)
d
Start Here
Start Here
14-23
Mail
14
Customization
Incoming Message Settings
o Mail Setting d
Customize E-mail Address
Custom Mail Address d Follow onscreen instructions
Set Priority When Receiving Messages
during Operation
Receiving Setting d Alarm Preferred or Operation Preferred
d
Do Not Show Image Indicators
Image/Keyword d Press d to take the checkmark off from
Image Info o
Show Keyword Indicators
Image/Keyword d Put a checkmark to Keyword Info Select a
keyword entry field d Enter keyword d o
・When handset receives an S! Mail containing the specified keyword, a keyword
indicator
-
appears.
・In case a message contains both the content that matches an image indicator
(P. 5-7) and a specified keyword, the keyword indicator takes priority.
Delete Keywords
Image/Keyword d Select a keyword u Delete Keyword
or Delete All Keyword d YES d Press d to take the
checkmark off from Keyword Info o
Set Manual Receive
S! Mail Settings d Message Download d Manual d
・The entire text is receivable by user operation.
Start Here
14-24
Mail
14
Customization
Reply Settings
Message View Settings & Others
o Mail Setting d
Change Quotation Marks
o Mail Setting d Header/Signature d Edit Quotation
Marks d Edit quotation mark d
Set Number of Text Lines to Scroll
Scroll d 1 Line, 3 Lines or 5 Lines d
Set Font Size of Text
Font Size d Select a size d
Set Message List View
Mail List Disp. d 2 Lines, 1 Line or 1 Line+Body d
Subject, Name or Address d
Play Attached Melodies Automatically Start Attachment (auto) d ON d
・Automatic play only for received mail.
Check Mail Settings
Check Settings d
Reset Mail Settings
Reset d Enter Security Code d YES d
Start Here
14-25
Mail
14
Customization
SMS Server Settings
d Settings d Connection Settings d SMS Center Selection d
Change SMS Center Address
819066519300 d Enter SMS Center address d
International or Unknown d
・Address is 819066519300 by default. SMS may become unavailable if Center
address is changed.
Reset to SoftBank SMS Center
Address
Reset d Enter Security Code d YES d
Start Here
14-26
14
Customization
Internet
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
Press and hold p Browser Settings d
Press and hold p PC Site Browser d PC Site Brw. Settings d
Set Scroll Unit/Speed
Scroll d Whole Page, Half Page or Single Line d
Set Whether to Show Images or Play
Melodies
Downloads d Display Images or Play Sounds d ON or
OFF d
Clear Cache
Memory Manager d Delete Cache d Enter Security Code
d YES d
Delete Cookies
Memory Manager d Delete Cookies d YES d
Set Whether to Send Manufacture
Number
Security d Manufacture Number d ON or OFF d
Set Whether to Send Referer
Security d Send Referer d ON or OFF d
Enable/Disable Cookies
Security d Cookie Settings d Select an option d
Set Whether to Activate Scripts
Security d Script Settings d Select an option d
Check Yahoo! Keitai/PC Site Browser
Settings
Check Settings or Check PC Site Brw. Set d
Initialize Memory Status of Yahoo!
Keitai/PC Site Browser
Initialized Browser d Enter Security Code d YES d
Start Here for Yahoo! Keitai
Start Here for PC Site Browser
14-27
Internet
14
Customization
Yahoo! Keitai
Press and hold p Browser Settings d
PC Site Browser
Press and hold p PC Site Browser d PC Site Brw. Settings d
Network Connection Settings
Reset Yahoo! Keitai/PC Site Browser
Settings
Reset, or Reset PC Site Brw. Set d Enter Security Code d
YES d
Set Font Size
Font Size d Select a size d
Set Flash® Sound On/Off
Flash Sound Effect d ON or OFF d
Do Not Show Alert When Activating
PC Site Browser & Switching Browsers
Warning Messages d OFF d
Set Page Layout
Display Mode Settings d PC Screen or Small Screen d
Select a size d
Set Whether to Send Location
Information
d Settings d Send Location Info d Enter Security Code
d Confirm, Send or Not Send d
・Set to Confirm or Send to obtain information.
Start Here
Start Here
14-28
14
Customization
TV
Channel List
d TV d Channel List d
Image & Sound
d TV d User Settings d
Change Title of Channel List
Select a channel list u Edit Title d Edit title d
Delete a Channel List
Select a channel list u Delete This d YES d
・The currently used channel list cannot be deleted.
Assign Channels to Remote Control
Numbers
Select a channel list o u Remote Control No. d
Select a remote control number d Select a channel d
Repeat the same step o YES d
Delete a Channel
Select a channel list o Select a channel u Delete This
d YES d
・Delete a channel from any channel list except for the currently used list.
Set Subtitle Display
Subtitles d ON (Wide: Bottom), ON (Wide: Top) or OFF d
Set Sound Effect
TV Effect d Sound Effect d Select an effect d
Set Visual Image Effect
TV Effect d Visual Image Effect d Select an effect d
Start Here
Start Here
14-29
TV
14
Customization
Data Broadcasts
d TV d User Settings d Data BC Settings d
Save Battery by Dimming Backlight
ECO Mode d YES d
・Following these steps when ECO Mode is on will cancel ECO Mode.
Keep Backlight Lighted While
Watching TV
Display Light d Constant Light d
・ECO Mode must be off to set Display Light.
Set Time Backlight Stays Lit While
Watching TV
Display Light d Lighting Duration d Enter lighting time
d
・ECO Mode must be off to set Display Light.
Show/Hide Icons in Landscape View
Icon Always Show d ON or OFF d
・Icons other than for program title no longer appear if set to OFF.
Set TV to Pause or Continue for
Incoming Calls (Time Shift Playback)
Time Shift Setup d Auto ON or Auto OFF d
Set Whether to Show Images in Pages
Accessed from Data Broadcasts
Set Image Disp. d ON or OFF d
Enable/Disable Sound Effects of Data
Broadcasts
Sound Effect d ON or OFF d
Start Here
14-30
TV
14
Customization
Recording Programs
Other Settings
d TV d User Settings d
Set Whether or Not to Show
Confirmation Window Again
Reset Disp. Set. d YES or NO d
・Once you select YES (By default) in a confirmation window for accessing a web
page from Data Broadcast, the window no longer appears. Use this procedure to set
the window to reappear.
Continue/End Recording at Low
Battery
d TV d User Settings d Rec. While Low Battery d
ON or OFF d
Check TV Settings
Check TV Settings d
Reset Channel Settings
Reset Channel Setting d Enter Security Code d YES
d
Clear Data Broadcast Memory
Reset Storage Area d Select an affiliated station u
・To select Delete This
Delete This d YES d
・To select Delete All
Delete All d Enter Security Code d YES d
Rest TV Settings
Reset TV Settings d Enter Security Code d YES d
Start Here
14-31
14
Customization
Camera
Camera/Video Settings
Reduce Flicker
●Camera Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder] (P. 7-6), [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-8), [Continuous
Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) or [Movie Viewfinder] (P. 7-10) a Camera
Settings ; Flicker ; Auto, Mode 1(50Hz) or Mode
2(60Hz) ;
●Cellular Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder] (P. 7-7), [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-9), [Continuous
Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) or [Movie Viewfinder] (P. 7-11) u Camera
Settings d Flicker d Auto, Mode 1(50Hz) or Mode 2(60Hz)
d
Set Shutter Sound
●Camera Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder] (P. 7-6), [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-8), [Continuous
Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) or [Movie Viewfinder] (P. 7-10) a Shutter
Sound ; Select a shutter sound ;
●Cellular Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder] (P. 7-7), [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-9), [Continuous
Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) or [Movie Viewfinder] (P. 7-11) u Shutter
Sound d Select a shutter sound d
14-32
Camera
14
Customization
Set View When Shooting With
Handset Closed
●Camera Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder] (P. 7-6), [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-8), [Continuous
Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) or [Movie Viewfinder] (P. 7-10) a Icon Always
Show ; ON or OFF d
・The following indicators appear when set to OFF.
●BI-DO-RI Viewfinder
BI-DO-RI indicator
●Movie Viewfinder
Shooting time
●Cellular Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder] (P. 7-7), [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-9), [Continuous
Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) or 【Movie Viewfinder] (P. 7-11) u Icon
Always Show d ON or OFF d
Set Shooting Interval/Number of Still
Images for Continuous Mode
●Camera Style
[Continuous Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) a Interval/Number ;
Shot Interval ; 0.5 Seconds, 1.0 Seconds or 2.0 Seconds ;
Shot Number ; Set number with l (Bottom) or : (Top)
;
●Cellular Style
[Continuous Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) u Interval/Number d Shot
Interval d 0.5 Seconds, 1.0 Seconds or 2.0 Seconds d Shot
Number d Enter number d
14-33
Camera
14
Customization
File Storage
Toggle Whether to Automatically
Save Still Image/Video
●Camera Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder] (P. 7-6), [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-8), [Continuous
Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) or [Movie Viewfinder] (P. 7-10) a Auto Save
Set ; ON or OFF ;
・When set on, the still image/video is automatically saved after shooting to the folder
selected in Select to Save.
●Cellular Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder] (P. 7-7), [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-9), [Continuous
Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) or [Movie Viewfinder] (P. 7-11) u Auto Save
Set d ON or OFF d
・When set on, the still image/video is automatically saved after shooting to the folder
selected in Select to Save.
Set Still Image/Video Save
Destination
●Camera Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder] (P. 7-6), [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-8), [Continuous
Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) or [Movie Viewfinder] (P. 7-10) a Select to
Save ; Phone or microSD ; Select folder ;
・Select INBOX to save to memory card.
●Cellular Style
[BI-DO-RI Viewfinder] (P. 7-7), [Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-9), [Continuous
Viewfinder] (P. 7-13) or [Movie Viewfinder] (P. 7-11) u Select to
Save d Phone or microSD d Select folder d
・Select INBOX to save to memory card.
14-34
Camera
14
Customization
Snap Viewer
* When at full size in zoom view, the guide appears even when Display Icons is set to OFF.
Hide Guide at Top of Landscape View
●Camera Style
[Snap Viewer] (P. 7-19) s Display Icons ; OFF ;
・This setting returns to ON when viewer is ended.
●Cellular Style
[Snap Viewer] (P. 7-20) u Display Icons d OFF d
・This setting returns to ON when viewer is ended.
14-35
14
Customization
Player & S! Appli
Playback Window
When Running S! Appli
d S! Appli d Settings d
Change Playback Window Mode
(Video Playback)
[Video Player Playback] window (P. 9-5) u Action Setting d
Screen Setting d Normal Screen Mode (Portrait View) or Full
Screen Mode (Landscape View) d
Change Design of Playback Window
(Song Playback)
[Music Player Playback] window (P. 9-5) u Action Setting d
Change Skin d Select a design d
Set Image Display Size (Video
Playback)
[Video Player Playback] window (P. 9-5) u Action Setting d
Set Image Disp. d Normal or Fit in Display d
Set Sound Volume
Sound/Vib Settings d Volume d c to adjust volume d
Set Vibration
Sound/Vib Settings d Vibration d ON or OFF d
Set Backlight
Backlight Settings d Switch ON/OFF d Always ON,
Always OFF or Link To Phone Set. d
Set Blinking of Backlight
Backlight Settings d Blink d ON or OFF d
Start Here
14-36
Player & S! Appli
14
Customization
d S! Appli d S! Appli List d
S! Appli Settings
d S! Appli d Settings d
Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Connect to
Network
Select an S! Appli u Security Settings d Net Access d
All Permit, Prompt at 1st only, Prompt each time or Disable d
Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Write
Personal Information
Select an S! Appli u Security Settings d Write User Data
d All Permit, Prompt at 1st only, Prompt each time or Disable
d
Reset Security Settings of S! Appli
Select an S! Appli u Security Settings d Reset Security
Set. d YES d
Reset S! Appli Settings
Reset d Set to Default d Enter Security Code d
YES d
Delete All S! Appli
Reset d Delete All S! App d Enter Security Code d
YES d
Start Here
Start Here
14-37
14
Customization
Entertainment
S! Quick News
d Entertainment d S! Quick News d Settings d
S! Info Channel
d Entertainment d S! Info Ch./Weather d Settings d
Hide S! Quick News in Standby
Standby Settings d Standby Disp. Set. d OFF d
(twice)
Set Ticker Speed
Standby Settings d Speed Settings d Fast, Normal or
Slow d (twice)
Set Information to appear in S! Quick
News
Standby Settings d Unread & Read Set. d Unread Only
or Unread & Read d (twice)
Hide S! Quick News Images
Set Image Disp. d OFF d (twice)
Reset S! Quick News Registered
Contents
Del. Quick News d YES d (twice) Enter Security Code
d (three times)
Set Whether to Display Shortcut for
New Received Information
S! Information Notif. d ON or OFF d
Set Font Size for Web Pages
Font Size d Select font size d
Start Here
Start Here
14-38
Entertainment
14
Customization
d Settings d Display d Font d
Weather Indicators
d Entertainment d S! Info Ch./Weather d Weather Indicator d Settings d
Set Font Size for Ticker
Character Size d Separate Setting d S! Info Ch. d
Select font size d o
Set Whether to Automatically Update
Weather Information
Weather Update d ON or OFF d ( YES d)
Set Whether to Display Weather
Indicators in Standby
Standby Setting d ON or OFF d
Set Whether to Display Shortcut for
Received New Weather Information
Weather Notif. d ON or OFF d
Start Here
Start Here
14-39
14
Customization
Other Settings
Text Entry
d Settings d Other Settings d Character Input Set d
Key
d Settings d Keypad Setting d
Set Text Input Method
Input Mode d Select an input method d
Set Conversion
Conversion d ON or OFF d
Set to Show T9 Suggestion Words in
Kanji or Hiragana
T9 Change Mode d T9 Kanji Change Mode or T9 Kana Change
Mode d
Clear Learning History
Clear Learned d Enter Security Code d
T9/Conversion/Pic. or Kana/Kanji Change/Face d
Change Font Size
CHG Input Size d Select a size d
Set Auto Cursor Movement in 5-Touch
Mode
Auto Cursor d Fast, Normal, Slow or OFF d
・Set speed cursor moves when entering characters.
Set Key Sound Off
Keypad Sound d OFF d
Change Function Assigned to Shortcut
Key
Shortcut-key Setting d Select a function d YES d
・Alternatively, press and hold u in Standby to set Shortcut-key Setting.
・To return to original settings, press u, select Reset Shortcut-Key, and press d.
Start Here
Start Here
14-40
Other Settings
14
Customization
Osaifu-Keitai
Set illumination for IC Card
d Tools d Osaifu-Keitai d IC Card Illumination d
ON or OFF d
Delete all Lifestyle-Appli
d S! Appli d Settings d Reset d Delete All
LifeApp d Enter Security Code d YES d
Set Whether to Enable Opening from
Browser
d Tools d Osaifu-Keitai d Interface Settings d
Enter Security Code d Browser d ON or OFF d
®
14-41
Other Settings
14
Customization
Resetting Handset
d Settings d Other Settings d
Reset All Settings to Default
Reset Settings d Enter Security Code d YES d
Initialize Handset to Default Status
Initialize d Enter Security Code d YES d YES
d
・When the initialization is completed, handset automatically shuts down and restarts.
・When handset is initialized, all data downloaded and saved on handset are deleted
and cannot be restored.
・Your Security Code will also be reset to default.
Start Here
15-1
Appendix
Multi Function Combinations ........... 15-2
Software Update ............................... 15-4
Updating Software ................................. 15-4
Troubleshooting ................................ 15-6
Text Entry Key Assignments........... 15-11
In 5-touch Mode.................................... 15-11
In 2-touch Mode.................................... 15-12
In T9 Input Mode .................................. 15-13
Kuten Code List ............................... 15-14
Weather Indicators.......................... 15-20
Indicator List.......................................... 15-20
Menu List ......................................... 15-21
Specifications................................... 15-35
Main Specifications............................... 15-35
Handset Materials................................. 15-36
Maximum Number of Storable
Items ...................................................... 15-37
Memory Card Folders & Files................ 15-38
Index..................................................15-40
Warranty & After Sales Service...... 15-51
Warranty ................................................ 15-51
After Sales Service ................................. 15-51
Customer Service............................. 15-52
15
15-2
Appendix
15
Multi Function Combinations
1
Except Receive Ir Data and USIM Operation which cannot be activated with another function.
2
Compose Message and Compose SMS cannot be activated at the same time.
3
Audio functions such as those for playing attached melodies and videos cannot be activated at the same time as Music Player or TV.
Function
Currently
Active Function
Mail
Yahoo!
Keitai
menu
S!
Appli Settings
Data
Folder
Tools
Optional
Services
Phone
Book
Own
Data
MUSIC
TV
Camera
Original
Menu
Mail Group
Function
○2
○
○
○6
○
○8
○
○13
○
○
○
○
○
Yahoo! Keitai
Group Function
○
×
○
○6
○
○8
○
○13
○
○
○
○
○
S! Appli Group
Function
○
○
×
○6
○
○8
○
○13
○
○
○
○
○
Settings Group
Function
○
○
○
×
○
○8
×
○13
○
○
○
○
○
Tools Group
Function1
○
○
○
○6
×
×
○
×
×
○6
○6
×
○
TV & MUSIC Group
Function
○3
○4
○5
○6
○4
○6
○
○13
○
×
×
○16
○
During a Voice Call
○
○
×
×7
×
○9
○11 12
○13
○14
×
×15
×
○
During a Video Call
×
×
×
×
×
×10
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
During Packet
Transmission with a
PC Connected
○
○
○
○6
○
○8
○
○13
○
×
×15
○
○
○: Can be activated. ×: Cannot be activated.
15-3
Multi Function Combinations
Appendix
15
4
Audio functions such as those for playing melodies and videos cannot be activated at the same time as Music Player. TV is
temporarily paused.
5
S! Appli cannot be activated when Music Player is playing. TV is temporarily paused.
6
Cannot be activated depending on the function.
7
Only Pause Dial, IC Card Lock Set., Keypad Sound and Network Status are available.
8
Receive Ir Data, Voice Announce and USIM Operation are unavailable.
9
Only the following functions are available: Schedule, Calculator, Dictionary, Text Memo, To Do List, IC Card Lock Set.
(Osaifu-Keitai), S! Addressbook Back-up, Account Details and Voice Memo during a call.
10 Voice memo during a call is available only when accessed from video call function menu.
11 Playing messages at Voice Mail Center is impossible.
12 Caller ID Notification is unavailable.
13 Restrictions is unavailable.
14 Common Phrases and Own Dictionary are unavailable.
15 Only Booking Program List, Timer Recording List and Program Guide (only during packet transmission) are available.
16 Camera cannot be activated when Music Player is playing or TV is activated.
15-4
Appendix
15
Software Update
Check if software on handset needs to
be updated, and update it through the
network if necessary.
●Before updating software, turn off
handset and restart it to make sure that
all handset functions have ended.
●Disconnect the USB cable from handset.
The software update, if it is done with
the USB cable connected, may not be
properly completed.
●No transmission fees apply to check or
update software.
●Updating software may take 30 minutes
or so. Wait for the software update to
finish before using handset.
●Make sure battery is sufficiently charged
before updating software.
●Update software in a location of good
signal reception. Do not change
locations while updating software.
●Never remove battery or USIM Card or
turn off handset while updating
software.
●Other handset functions are available
once the software update is completed.
●Data saved on handset is retained when
you update software. However, data
may be lost depending on the handset
condition (e.g. a malfunction). We
recommend that you make backups of
important data (though it may be
impossible to back up some
downloaded data) before updating
software. SoftBank is not liable for any
data loss.
●If software update fails, handset may
become inoperable. If this happens,
contact SoftBank Customer Center,
Customer Assistance (P. 15-52).
Updating Software
d Settings d
Other Settings d
Software Update d
Software Update d
Follow onscreen instructions
◎After Software is Updated
After an update completion message
appears, handset restarts automatically,
and update results appear.
Checking Update Results
d Settings d
Other Settings d
Software Update d
Update Result d
1
2
3
Software Updated Window
1
2
15-5
Software Update
Appendix
15
Using Regular Updates
A confirmation for software update
appears at the scheduled time. Press
d or leave handset for a while to start
automatic software update.
●If other functions are being used at the
scheduled time, software update
cannot start. End all functions to open
the software update confirmation
window (if you keep using other
functions for more than ten minutes
after a scheduled time, software update
is canceled).
15-6
Appendix
15
Troubleshooting
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
Cannot turn on
handset.
Are you pressing and holding y ?
P
. 1-18
Is battery properly installed?
P
. 1-13
Is battery exhausted?
P
. 1-22
Is the battery terminal dirty?
-
It takes a long
time to turn on
handset.
It takes time if there are large
amounts of data (e.g. Phone Book
entries) saved on handset.
-
Cannot charge
battery.
Charging
Indicator does
not light up.
Is battery properly installed?
P
. 1-13
Is the AC charger plugged into an
outlet properly?
P
. 1-16
Is the connector of AC Charger
correctly inserted into handset?
Battery drains
too fast.
Has the battery reached the end
of its service life?
The battery life may shorten
depending on the usage
environment.
P
. 1-13
Do you use handset where
appears often?
P. 1-8
The battery operation time
fluctuates according to how you
use handset.
P
. 1-13
Cannot make
calls.
Is handset out of service area or in
a location with a weak signal?
-
Are you calling using the area
code?
-
Are you covering the area around
the antenna with your fingers?
P
. 1-2
Are you pressing r after
entering the phone number?
P
. 3-3
Is the USIM Card inserted?
P. 1-12
Has Emission OFF Mode been
set?
P
. 4-8
Is a maximum call cost limit set?
P
. 14-19
Cannot make
calls using
Keypad.
Is Keypad Lock active?
P
. 4-4
Is Dial/sending Mail specified to
be locked in Custom Lock mode?
P
. 4-3
Is Restrict Dialing set?
P. 2-23
A message is
heard saying
that the
number you
have reached is
not in service.
Did you include the area code
when dialing a phone number?
-
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
15-7
Troubleshooting
Appendix
15
Only a busy
tone is heard
after dialing a
phone number.
Does Network is busy at this
moment Please try again later
appear in Display?
-
Is the USIM Card inserted?
P
. 1-12
Is handset out of service area or in
a location with a weak signal?
-
Cannot receive
calls.
The incoming
ringtone does
not sound.
Is handset in Manner Mode?
P
. 1-20
Are you outside the service area or
where signals are weak?
-
Have incoming calls been
prohibited?
P. 4-7
Is handset in Emission OFF
Mode?
P. 4-8
Is Ring Volume set to Silent?
P. 14-10
appears.
Are you covering the area around
the antenna with your fingers?
P. 1-2
Are you outside the service area or
where signals are weak?
-
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
The other
party’s voice is
difficult to hear
during calls.
Is the earpiece properly placed
against your ear?
-
Is anything obstructing the
speaker if it is in handsfree mode?
-
Is the earpiece volume properly
adjusted?
P. 3-3,
P
. 3-8
The other
party’s voice is
too loud during
calls.
Is the earpiece volume properly
adjusted?
P. 3-3,
P
. 3-8
A snapping
sound occurs
during calls.
Are you in a location with weak
signals? This sound occurs when
signals are weak and handset
switches to a different area.
-
Handset is slow
to react when
keys are
pressed.
This may occur when there are
large amounts of data saved on
handset, or when large amounts
of data are being transferred
between handset and memory
card.
-
Cannot hear
key operation
tones.
Is Keypad Sound set to OFF?
P
. 14-39
Is handset in Manner Mode?
P. 1-20
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
15-8
Troubleshooting
Appendix
15
Side Keys and
Front Keys are
inoperable
when handset
is closed.
Is Keypad Lock active?
P. 4-4
There is no
response when
keys are
pressed.
Has Dial Lock or Keypad Lock
been set?
P
. 4-3,
P. 4-4
Nothing
appears in
Display.
Is Power Saver Mode activated?
P
. 14-7
If handset is left in a very hot place,
it may automatically shut down.
If this happens, move handset to a
location at an appropriate
temperature (5 to 35°
C) and wait
for a while until the keys become
operable again.
-
Display is hard
to see.
Is Brightness under Backlight set
to Level 1?
P
. 14-7
Has Screen Filter been set to
ON?
Set Screen Filter on/off by
pressing and holding 8.
P
. 14-6
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
Display
backlight does
not light.
Is Lighting under Backlight set
to OFF?
P. 14-7
Is Power Save Mode set?
P. 1-23
A message
appears instead
of an image,
video or song.
The image or video is unavailable
with the function being used
when any of the following
messages appear.
Not available and No preview
data
-
appears
instead of an
image or preview.
The image file may be corrupted.
-
The Flash®
appearing in
Standby is
paused.
If y is pressed while a
wallpaper Flash® is running it will
pause.
Play continues after a while.
-
Images shot
with handset
camera flicker.
When shooting images indoors,
flicker may occur due to
fluorescent lighting, etc.
Changing the Flicker setting may
help reduce flicker.
P
. 14-31
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
15-9
Troubleshooting
Appendix
15
Still images or
videos shot
with handset
camera are too
bright.
Were the still images or videos
shot with Flicker not set to
Auto?
Set Flicker to Auto.
P. 14-31
Still images or
videos shot
with handset
camera are
blurred.
Select settings suited to the
subject or scene.
P
. 7-16
Cannot watch
TV.
Is handset out of the digital
terrestrial broadcast service area
or in a location with a weak
signal?
Is Digital TV Antenna extended?
-
Are the channel settings done?
P. 8-5
Insert USIM
appears.
USIM Card is not properly inserted
or may be damaged.
P
. 1-12
Insert microSD
appears.
Memory card is not properly
inserted or may be damaged.
P. 12-10
Replace with a
new one or
check the disk
appears.
Perform a scan disk on memory
card.
P. 12-18
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
Network is
busy at this
moment
Please try
again later
appears.
This may be due to errors or heavy
traffic on the voice call lines or packet
transmission network. Try again after
a while.
Emergency calls to 110, 119 and 118
are still possible.
-
Function
cannot
operate any
more appears.
End one of the currently active
functions to continue operation.
-
The earphone-
microphone
cannot be used.
Has Headset Mic. Setting been
set to Built-in Microphone?
P
. 14-15
Other
function
active Cannot
start appears.
These messages appear when you
try to use an unavailable function
when another function is active.
-
Other
function
active Cannot
operate
appears.
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
15-10
Troubleshooting
Appendix
15
Memory
shortage
appears.
This message appears when
operation is interrupted due to
insufficient memory. Reboot
handset.
-
Connection
failed appears.
Network connection is interrupted
due to weak signal.
-
The page you are trying to access
is very busy. Try again after a
while.
-
(Memory
card indicator
marked with ?)
appears.
The indicator appears when a
defective memory card is inserted.
Perform memory card check.
P. 12-18
Osaifu-Keitai®
cannot be used.
Has the battery run out?
P
. 1-16
Has IC Card Lock or Call Remote
Lock been set?
P
. 11-4
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
15-11
Appendix
15
Text Entry Key Assignments
In 5-touch Mode
1
Appears as “～“ during double-byte entry.
2
The lower case of “ワ“ can be entered in double-byte mode.
3
Press and hold w to enter “+.“
4
Can be toggled between upper case and lower case.
5
Press w to insert line feed “
.“
6
Before confirming characters, press j to display “_,“ and press again in this state to enter “゛“ or “゜.“
7
“、
,“ “。
,“ “？,“ “！“ and “・“ cannot be entered when entering readings in Own Dictionary or in USIM Phone Book.
Key
Kanji/hiragana Entry Mode Katakana Entry Mode
Alphanumeric Entry Mode
Number Entry Mode
1
あいうえおぁぃぅぇぉ
アイウエオァィゥェォ1
. / @ ー : ~1 _1
1
2
かきくけこ
カキクケコ2
ａｂｃＡＢＣ2
2
3
さしすせそ
サシスセソ3
ｄｅｆＤＥＦ3
3
4
たちつてとっ
タチツテトッ4
ｇｈｉＧＨＩ4
4
5
なにぬねの
ナニヌネノ5
ｊｋｌＪＫＬ5
5
6
はひふへほ
ハヒフヘホ6
ｍｎｏＭＮＯ6
6
7
まみむめも
マミムメモ7
ｐｑｒｓＰQＲＳ7
7
8
やゆよゃゅょ
ヤユヨャュョ8
ｔｕｖＴＵＶ8
8
9
らりるれろ
ラリルレロ9
ｗｘｙｚＷＸＹＺ9
9
0
わをんゎー
ワヲンヮ2ー0
0
0＋3
w
゛ ゜4 5 6
゛ ゜4 5 6
――――4 5
＊
q
、
。？！・
Space 7
、
。？！・
Space7
, .？！' - & ( ) ￥ Space
#
15-12
Text Entry Key Assignments
Appendix
15
In 2-touch Mode
1 あ い う え お Ａ Ｂ Ｃ Ｄ Ｅ
ぁ ぃ ぅ ぇ ぉ ａ ｂ ｃ ｄ ｅ
2 か き く け こ Ｆ Ｇ Ｈ Ｉ Ｊ
ｆ ｇ ｈ ｉ ｊ
3 さ し す せ そ Ｋ Ｌ Ｍ Ｎ Ｏ
ｋ ｌ ｍ ｎ ｏ
4 た ち つ て と Ｐ Ｑ Ｒ Ｓ Ｔ
っ
ｐ ｑ ｒ ｓ ｔ
5 な に ぬ ね の Ｕ Ｖ Ｗ Ｘ Ｙ
ｕ ｖ ｗ ｘ ｙ
6 は ひ ふ へ ほ Ｚ ？ ！ ー ／
ｚ
7 ま み む め も ￥ ＆
1
8 や （ ゆ ） よ ＊ ＃
1
2
ゃ
ゅ
ょ
9 ら り る れ ろ 1 2 3 4
5
0 わ を ん ゛ ゜ 6 7 8 9
0
ゎ
、 。
Key
Press Next
Press First
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
1
ｱ
ｲ
ｳ
ｴ
ｵ
A
B
C
D
E
ｧ
ｨ
ｩ
ｪ
ｫ
a
b
c
d
e
2
ｶ
ｷ
ｸ
ｹ
ｺ
F
G
H
I
J
f
g
h
i
j
3
ｻ
ｼ
ｽ
ｾ
ｿ
K
L
M
N
O
k
l
m
n
o
4
ﾀ
ﾁ
ﾂ
ﾃ
ﾄ
P
Q
R
S
T
ｯ
p
q
r
s
t
5
ﾅ
ﾆ
ﾇ
ﾈ
ﾉ
U
V
W
X
Y
u
v
w
x
y
6
ﾊ
ﾋ
ﾌ
ﾍ
ﾎ
Z
?
!
-
/
z
7
ﾏ
ﾐ
ﾑ
ﾒ
ﾓ
\
&
1
8
ﾔ
(
ﾕ
)
ﾖ
＊
#
1
2
ｬ
ｭ
ｮ
9
ﾗ
ﾘ
ﾙ
ﾚ
ﾛ
1
2
3
4
5
@
/
-
_
:
.ne.jp .co.jp .ac.jp
0
ﾜ
ｦ
ﾝ
ﾞ
ﾟ
6
7
8
9
0
̃
'
,
.
www. .com .html
http://
https://
Key
Press Next
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
0
@softbank.
ne.jp
Press First
◎In Double-byte Mode
◎In Single-byte Mode
･Katakana are entered in
double-byte mode when
entering readings in USIM
Phone Book.
1
Can be entered as double-
byte characters when
entering pictographs is
possible, such as in Text
Memo and Common Phrases.
2
Press 8 0 to toggle
between upper-case and
lower-case modes. Pressing
w after entering an upper
case character switches to the
lower case character.
: A space is entered for these
key combinations.
15-13
Text Entry Key Assignments
Appendix
15
In T9 Input Mode
･For key assignments in number entry mode,
see the table in “In 5-touch Mode.“
･Numbers do not appear when entering
readings in USIM Phone Book and Own
Dictionary.
･Caps Lock mode: All characters are entered
in upper case.
Shift mode: The first characters of words are
capitalized and the rest of characters are
entered in lower case.
Caps-lock cancel mode: All characters are
entered in lower case.
･Once characters entered in Shift mode have
been determined, the mode is switched to
Caps-lock cancel mode.
1
When editing a reading, pressing w
adds/cancels “゛“ or “゜.“
2
Press w to insert line feed “
.“
3
“、
,“ “。
,“ “?,“ “!,“ “・“ and “(space)“
appear right after a reading or character is
determined.
4
The lower case of “ワ“ can be entered in
double-byte mode.
5
“‾“ is entered in double-byte mode.
6
Each time pressed, cycles through
Caps-lock cancel mode → Shift mode →
Caps Lock mode
Key
Kanji/hiragana
Entry Mode
Katakana
Entry Mode
Alphanumeric Entry Mode
1
Rowあ, 1
Rowア, 1
. / @ ? ! ( ) , - _：’~5 & ￥ 1 Space
2
Rowか, 2
Rowカ, 2
ＡＢＣａｂｃ2
3
Rowさ, 3
Rowサ, 3
ＤＥＦｄｅｆ3
4
Rowた, 4
Rowタ, 4
ＧＨＩｇｈｉ4
5
Rowな, 5
Rowナ, 5
ＪＫＬｊｋｌ5
6
Rowは, 6
Rowハ, 6
ＭＮＯｍｎｏ6
7
Rowま, 7
Rowマ, 7
ＰQＲＳｐｑｒｓ7
8
Rowや, 8
Rowヤ, 8
ＴＵＶｔｕｖ8
9
Rowら, 9
Rowラ, 9
ＷＸＹＺｗｘｙｚ9
0
わ を ん
ゎ ー, 0
ワ ヲ ン
ヮ4ー, 0
0
w
1 2
1 2
2
q
3
3
6
15-14
Appendix
15
Kuten Code List
●Actual Display font may differ in appearance from the following.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0 1 0
0 1 1
0 1 2
0 1 3
0 1 4
0 1 5
0 1 6
0 1 7
0 1 8
0 1 9
0 2 0
0 2 1
0 2 2
0 2 3
0 2 4
0 2 6
0 2 7
0 2 8
0 2 9
0 3 1
0 3 2
0 3 3
0 3 4
0 3 5
0 3 6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0 3 7
0 3 8
0 3 9
0 4 0
0 4 1
0 4 2
0 4 3
0 4 4
0 4 5
0 4 6
0 4 7
0 4 8
0 5 0
0 5 1
0 5 2
0 5 3
0 5 4
0 5 5
0 5 6
0 5 7
0 5 8
0 6 0
0 6 1
0 6 2
0 6 3
0 6 4
0 6 5
0 7 0
0 7 1
0 7 2
0 7 3
0 7 4
0 7 5
0 7 6
0 7 7
0 7 8
0 8 0
0 8 1
0 8 2
0 8 3
1 3 0
1 3 1
1 3 2
1 3 3
1 3 4
1 3 5
1 3 6
1 3 7
1 3 8
1 3 9
1 6 0
1 6 1
1 6 2
1 6 3
1 6 4
1 6 4
1 6 5
1 6 6
1 6 7
1 6 8
1 6 9
1 7 0
1 7 0
1 7 1
1 7 2
1 7 3
1 7 3
1 7 4
1 7 5
1 7 6
1 7 7
1 7 8
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
（スペース）、。，．・：；？
！゛゜´ ｀¨ ＾‾ ＿ヽ
ヾゝゞ〃仝々〆〇ー―
‐ ／＼～‖ ｜… ‥‘
’
“ ”（）〔〕［］｛｝
〈〉《》「」『』【】
＋－± × ÷ ＝≠＜＞≦
≧∞∴ ♀° ′ ″ ℃￥
＄¢ £ ％＃＆ ＠§ ☆
★○●◎◇
◆□■△▲▽▼※ 〒
→←↑↓
∈∋⊆⊇
⊂⊃∪∩
∧∨¬ ⇒⇔∀∃
∠⊥⌒∂∇≡≒≪≫√
∽∝∵∫∬
ʼn ♯♭♪ ¶
◯
ＡＢＣＤＥＦＧ
ＨＩＪＫＬＭＮＯＰＱ
ＲＳＴＵＶＷＸＹＺ
ａｂｃｄｅ
ｆｇｈｉｊｋｌｍｎｏ
ｐｑｒｓｔｕｖｗｘｙ
ｚ
ぁあぃいぅうぇえぉ
おかがきぎくぐけげこ
ごさざしじすずせぜそ
ぞただちぢっつづてで
とどなにぬねのはばぱ
ひびぴふぶぷへべぺほ
ぼぽまみむめもゃやゅ
ゆょよらりるれろゎわ
ゐゑをん
ァアィイゥウェエォ
オカガキギクグケゲコ
ゴサザシジスズセゼソ
ゾタダチヂッツヅテデ
トドナニヌネノハバパ
ヒビピフブプヘベペホ
ボポマミムメモャヤュ
ユョヨラリルレロヮワ
ヰヱヲンヴヵヶ
Α Β Γ Δ Ε Ζ Η Θ Ι
Κ Λ Μ Ν Ξ Ο Π Ρ Σ Τ
Φ Χ Ψ Ω
α β γ δ ε ζ η
θ ι κ λ μ ν ξ ο π ρ
σ τ υ φ χ ψ ω
А Б В Г Д Е Ё Ж З
И Й К Л М Н О П Р С
Т У Ф Х Ц Ч Ш Щ Ъ Ы
Ь Э Ю Я
а
б в г д е ё ж з и й
к л м н о п р с т у
ф х ц ч ш щ ъ ы ь э
ю я
─│┌┐┘└├┬┤
┴┼━┃┏┓┛┗┣┳
┫┻╋┠┯┨┷┿┝┰
┥┸╂
①②③④⑤⑥⑦⑧⑨
⑩⑪⑫⑬⑭⑮⑯⑰⑱⑲
⑳ⅠⅡⅢⅣⅤⅥⅦⅧⅨ
Ⅹ
㎞㎎㎏㏄㎡
平成 №㏍TEL
㊤
㊥㊦㊧㊨㈱㈲㈹㍾㍽㍼
≒≡∫∮∑√⊥∠∟⊿
∵∩∪
亜唖娃阿哀愛挨姶逢
葵茜穐悪握渥旭葦芦鯵
梓圧斡扱宛姐虻飴絢綾
鮎或粟袷安庵按暗案闇
鞍杏
以伊位依偉囲夷委
威尉惟意慰易椅為畏異
移維緯胃萎衣謂違遺医
井亥域育郁磯一壱溢逸
稲茨芋鰯允印咽員因姻
引飲淫胤蔭
院陰隠韻吋
右宇烏羽
迂雨卯鵜窺丑碓臼渦嘘
唄欝蔚鰻姥厩浦瓜閏噂
云運雲
荏餌叡営嬰影映
曳栄永泳洩瑛盈穎頴英
衛詠鋭液疫益駅悦謁越
閲榎厭円園堰奄宴延怨
掩援沿演炎焔煙燕猿縁
艶苑薗遠鉛鴛塩
え
う
い
㎜㎝
あ
♂
15-15
Kuten Code List
Appendix
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 7 8
1 7 9
1 8 0
1 8 1
1 8 2
1 8 2
1 8 3
1 8 4
1 8 5
1 8 6
1 8 7
1 8 8
1 8 9
1 9 0
1 9 1
1 9 2
1 9 3
1 9 4
1 9 5
1 9 6
1 9 7
1 9 8
1 9 9
2 0 0
2 0 1
2 0 2
2 0 3
2 0 4
2 0 5
2 0 6
2 0 7
2 0 7
2 0 8
2 0 9
2 1 0
2 1 1
2 1 2
2 1 3
2 1 4
2 1 5
2 1 6
2 1 7
2 1 8
2 1 9
2 2 0
2 2 1
2 2 2
2 2 3
2 2 4
2 2 5
2 2 6
2 2 6
2 2 7
2 2 8
2 2 9
2 3 0
2 3 1
2 3 2
2 3 2
2 3 3
2 3 4
2 3 5
2 3 6
2 3 7
2 3 8
2 3 9
2 4 0
2 4 1
2 4 2
2 4 3
2 4 3
2 4 4
2 4 5
2 4 6
2 4 7
2 4 8
2 4 9
2 5 0
2 5 1
2 5 2
2 5 3
2 5 4
2 5 5
2 5 6
2 5 7
2 5 8
2 5 9
2 6 0
2 6 1
2 6 1
2 6 2
2 6 3
2 6 4
2 6 5
2 6 6
2 6 7
2 6 8
2 6 9
2 7 0
2 7 1
2 7 2
2 7 3
2 7 3
2 7 4
2 7 5
2 7 6
2 7 7
2 7 8
2 7 9
2 8 0
2 8 1
2 8 2
2 8 3
2 8 4
2 8 5
2 8 6
2 8 7
2 8 8
2 8 9
2 9 0
2 9 1
2 9 2
2 9 3
2 9 4
2 9 5
2 9 6
2 9 7
2 9 8
2 9 9
3 0 0
3 0 1
3 0 2
3 0 3
3 0 4
3 0 5
3 0 6
3 0 7
3 0 8
3 0 9
3 1 0
3 1 1
3 1 2
3 1 3
3 1 4
3 1 5
3 1 5
3 1 6
3 1 7
3 1 8
3 1 9
3 2 0
3 2 0
3 2 1
3 2 2
於汚甥
凹央奥往応
押旺横欧殴王翁襖鴬
鴎黄岡沖荻億屋憶臆桶
牡乙俺卸恩温穏音
下化
仮何伽価佳加可嘉夏嫁
家寡科暇果架歌河火珂
禍禾稼箇花苛茄荷華菓
蝦課嘩貨迦過霞蚊俄峨
我牙画臥芽蛾賀雅餓駕
介会解回塊壊廻快怪悔
魁晦械海灰界皆絵芥
恢懐戒拐改
か
お
蟹開階貝凱劾外咳害崖
慨概涯碍蓋街該鎧骸浬
馨蛙垣柿蛎鈎劃嚇各廓
拡撹格核殻獲確穫覚角
赫較郭閣隔革学岳楽額
顎掛笠樫橿梶鰍潟割喝
恰括活渇滑葛褐轄且鰹
叶椛樺鞄株兜竃蒲釜鎌
噛鴨栢茅萱
粥刈苅瓦乾侃冠寒刊
勘勧巻喚堪姦完官寛干
幹患感慣憾換敢柑桓棺
款歓汗漢澗潅環甘監看
竿管簡緩缶翰肝艦莞観
諌貫還鑑間閑関陥韓館
舘丸含岸巌玩癌眼岩翫
贋雁頑顔願
企伎危喜器
基奇嬉寄岐希幾忌揮机
旗既期棋棄
機帰毅気汽畿祈季稀
紀徽規記貴起軌輝飢騎
鬼亀偽儀妓宜戯技擬欺
犠疑祇義蟻誼議掬菊鞠
き
吉吃喫桔橘詰砧杵黍却
客脚虐逆丘久仇休及吸
宮弓急救朽求汲泣灸球
究窮笈級糾給旧牛去居
巨拒拠挙渠虚許距鋸漁
禦魚亨享京
供侠僑兇競共凶協匡
卿叫喬境峡強彊怯恐恭
挟教橋況狂狭矯胸脅興
蕎郷鏡響饗驚仰凝尭暁
業局曲極玉桐粁僅勤均
巾錦斤欣欽琴禁禽筋緊
芹菌衿襟謹近金吟銀
九
倶句区狗玖矩苦躯駆駈
駒具愚虞喰空偶寓遇隅
串櫛釧屑屈
掘窟沓靴轡窪熊隈粂
栗繰桑鍬勲君薫訓群軍
郡
卦袈祁係傾刑兄啓圭
珪型契形径恵慶慧憩掲
携敬景桂渓畦稽系経継
繋罫茎荊蛍計詣警軽頚
鶏芸迎鯨劇戟撃激隙桁
傑欠決潔穴結血訣月件
倹倦健兼券剣喧圏堅嫌
建憲懸拳捲
検権牽犬献研硯絹県
肩見謙賢軒遣鍵険顕験
鹸元原厳幻弦減源玄現
絃舷言諺限
乎個古呼固
姑孤己庫弧戸故枯湖狐
こ
け
く
糊袴股胡菰虎誇跨鈷雇
顧鼓五互伍午呉吾娯後
御悟梧檎瑚碁語誤護醐
乞鯉交佼侯候倖光公功
効勾厚口向
后喉坑垢好孔孝宏工
巧巷幸広庚康弘恒慌抗
拘控攻昂晃更杭校梗構
江洪浩港溝甲皇硬稿糠
紅紘絞綱耕考肯肱腔膏
航荒行衡講貢購郊酵鉱
砿鋼閤降項香高鴻剛劫
号合壕拷濠豪轟麹克刻
告国穀酷鵠黒獄漉腰甑
忽惚骨狛込
此頃今困坤墾婚恨懇
昏昆根梱混痕紺艮魂
些
佐叉唆嵯左差査沙瑳砂
詐鎖裟坐座挫債催再最
哉塞妻宰彩才採栽歳済
災采犀砕砦祭斎細菜裁
載際剤在材罪財冴坂阪
堺榊肴咲崎埼碕鷺作削
咋搾昨朔柵窄策索錯桜
鮭笹匙冊刷
察拶撮擦札殺薩雑皐
鯖捌錆鮫皿晒三傘参山
惨撒散桟燦珊産算纂蚕
讃賛酸餐斬暫残
仕仔伺
使刺司史嗣四士始姉姿
子屍市師志思指支孜斯
施旨枝止死氏獅祉私糸
紙紫肢脂至視詞詩試誌
諮資賜雌飼歯事似侍児
字寺慈持時
次滋治爾璽痔磁示而
耳自蒔辞汐鹿式識鴫竺
軸宍雫七叱執失嫉室悉
湿漆疾質実蔀篠偲柴芝
屡蕊縞舎写射捨赦斜煮
社紗者謝車遮蛇邪借勺
し
さ
尺杓灼爵酌釈錫若寂弱
惹主取守手朱殊狩珠種
腫趣酒首儒受呪寿授樹
綬需囚収周
宗就州修愁拾洲秀秋
終繍習臭舟蒐衆襲讐蹴
輯週酋酬集醜什住充十
従戎柔汁渋獣縦重銃叔
夙宿淑祝縮粛塾熟出術
述俊峻春瞬竣舜駿准循
旬楯殉淳準潤盾純巡遵
醇順処初所暑曙渚庶緒
署書薯藷諸助叙女序徐
恕鋤除傷償
勝匠升召哨商唱嘗奨
妾娼宵将小少尚庄床廠
彰承抄招掌捷昇昌昭晶
松梢樟樵沼消渉湘焼焦
照症省硝礁祥称章笑粧
紹肖菖蒋蕉衝裳訟証詔
詳象賞醤鉦鍾鐘障鞘上
丈丞乗冗剰城場壌嬢常
情擾条杖浄状畳穣蒸譲
醸錠嘱埴飾
拭植殖燭織職色触食
蝕辱尻伸信侵唇娠寝審
心慎振新晋森榛浸深申
疹真神秦紳臣芯薪親診
身辛進針震人仁刃塵壬
尋甚尽腎訊迅陣靭
笥諏
須酢図厨逗吹垂帥推水
炊睡粋翠衰遂酔錐錘随
瑞髄崇嵩数枢趨雛据杉
椙菅頗雀裾
澄摺寸
世瀬畝是凄制
勢姓征性成政整星晴棲
栖正清牲生盛精聖声製
せ
す
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
15-16
Kuten Code List
Appendix
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3 2 3
3 2 4
3 2 5
3 2 6
3 2 7
3 2 8
3 2 9
3 3 0
3 3 1
3 3 2
3 3 2
3 3 3
3 3 4
3 3 5
3 3 6
3 3 7
3 3 8
3 3 9
3 4 0
3 4 1
3 4 2
3 4 3
3 4 4
3 4 5
3 4 6
3 4 7
3 4 8
3 4 9
3 5 0
3 5 1
3 5 2
3 5 3
3 5 4
3 5 4
3 5 5
3 5 6
3 5 7
3 5 8
3 5 9
3 6 0
3 6 1
3 6 2
3 6 3
3 6 3
3 6 4
3 6 5
3 6 6
3 6 6
3 6 7
3 6 8
3 6 9
3 7 0
3 7 1
3 7 2
3 7 3
3 7 3
3 7 4
3 7 5
3 7 6
3 7 7
3 7 8
3 7 9
3 8 0
3 8 1
3 8 2
3 8 3
3 8 4
3 8 5
3 8 6
3 8 6
3 8 7
3 8 8
3 8 8
3 8 9
3 9 0
3 9 0
3 9 1
3 9 2
3 9 3
3 9 3
3 9 4
3 9 5
3 9 6
3 9 7
3 9 8
3 9 9
4 0 0
4 0 1
4 0 2
4 0 3
4 0 4
4 0 5
4 0 5
4 0 6
4 0 7
4 0 8
4 0 9
4 1 0
4 1 1
4 1 2
4 1 3
4 1 4
4 1 5
4 1 5
4 1 6
4 1 7
4 1 8
4 1 9
4 2 0
4 2 1
4 2 2
4 2 2
4 2 3
4 2 4
4 2 5
4 2 6
4 2 6
4 2 7
4 2 8
4 2 9
4 3 0
4 3 1
4 3 2
4 3 3
4 3 4
4 3 5
4 3 6
4 3 6
4 3 7
4 3 8
4 3 9
4 4 0
4 4 0
4 4 1
4 4 1
4 4 2
4 4 2
4 4 3
4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 5
4 4 6
4 4 7
4 4 7
西誠誓請逝醒青静斉税
脆隻席惜戚斥昔析石積
籍績脊責赤跡蹟碩切拙
接摂折設窃節説雪絶舌
蝉仙先千占宣専尖川戦
扇撰栓栴泉浅洗染潜煎
煽旋穿箭線
繊羨腺舛船薦詮賎践
選遷銭銑閃鮮前善漸然
全禅繕膳糎
噌塑岨措曾
曽楚狙疏疎礎祖租粗素
組蘇訴阻遡鼠僧創双叢
倉喪壮奏爽宋層匝惣想
捜掃挿掻操早曹巣槍槽
漕燥争痩相窓糟総綜聡
草荘葬蒼藻装走送遭鎗
霜騒像増憎
臓蔵贈造促側則即息
捉束測足速俗属賊族続
卒袖其揃存孫尊損村遜
他多太汰詑唾堕妥惰打
柁舵楕陀駄騨体堆対耐
岱帯待怠態戴替泰滞胎
腿苔袋貸退逮隊黛鯛代
台大第醍題鷹滝瀧卓啄
宅托択拓沢濯琢託鐸濁
諾茸凧蛸只
叩但達辰奪脱巽竪辿
棚谷狸鱈樽誰丹単嘆坦
担探旦歎淡湛炭短端箪
綻耽胆蛋誕鍛団壇弾断
暖檀段男談
値知地弛恥
智池痴稚置致蜘遅馳築
畜竹筑蓄逐秩窒茶嫡着
中仲宙忠抽昼柱注虫衷
註酎鋳駐樗瀦猪苧著貯
丁兆凋喋寵
帖帳庁弔張彫徴懲挑
暢朝潮牒町眺聴脹腸蝶
調諜超跳銚長頂鳥勅捗
直朕沈珍賃鎮陳
津墜椎
槌追鎚痛通塚栂掴槻佃
漬柘辻蔦綴鍔椿潰坪壷
嬬紬爪吊釣鶴
亭低停偵
剃貞呈堤定帝底庭廷弟
悌抵挺提梯汀碇禎程締
艇訂諦蹄逓
邸鄭釘鼎泥摘擢敵滴
的笛適鏑溺哲徹撤轍迭
鉄典填天展店添纏甜貼
転顛点伝殿澱田電
兎吐
堵塗妬屠徒斗杜渡登菟
賭途都鍍砥砺努度土奴
怒倒党冬凍刀唐塔塘套
と
て
つ
ち
た
そ
宕島嶋悼投搭東桃梼棟
盗淘湯涛灯燈当痘祷等
答筒糖統到
董蕩藤討謄豆踏逃透
鐙陶頭騰闘働動同堂導
憧撞洞瞳童胴萄道銅峠
鴇匿得徳涜特督禿篤毒
独読栃橡凸突椴届鳶苫
寅酉瀞噸屯惇敦沌豚遁
頓呑曇鈍
奈那内乍凪薙
謎灘捺鍋楢馴縄畷南楠
軟難汝
二尼弐迩匂賑肉
虹廿日乳入
に
な
如尿韮任妊忍認
濡禰
祢寧葱猫熱年念捻撚燃
粘乃廼之埜嚢悩濃納能
脳膿農覗蚤
巴把播覇杷
波派琶破婆罵芭馬俳廃
拝排敗杯盃牌背肺輩配
倍培媒梅楳煤狽買売賠
陪這蝿秤矧萩伯剥博拍
柏泊白箔粕舶薄迫曝漠
爆縛莫駁麦
函箱硲箸肇筈櫨幡肌
畑畠八鉢溌発醗髪伐罰
抜筏閥鳩噺塙蛤隼伴判
半反叛帆搬斑板氾汎版
犯班畔繁般藩販範釆煩
頒飯挽晩番盤磐蕃蛮
匪
卑否妃庇彼悲扉批披斐
比泌疲皮碑秘緋罷肥被
誹費避非飛樋簸備尾微
枇毘琵眉美
鼻柊稗匹疋髭彦膝菱
肘弼必畢筆逼桧姫媛紐
百謬俵彪標氷漂瓢票表
評豹廟描病秒苗錨鋲蒜
蛭鰭品彬斌浜瀕貧賓頻
敏瓶
不付埠夫婦富冨布
府怖扶敷斧普浮父符腐
膚芙譜負賦赴阜附侮撫
武舞葡蕪部封楓風葺蕗
伏副復幅服
福腹複覆淵弗払沸仏
物鮒分吻噴墳憤扮焚奮
粉糞紛雰文聞
ふ
ひ
は
ぬ～の
丙併兵塀
幣平弊柄並蔽閉陛米頁
僻壁癖碧別瞥蔑箆偏変
片篇編辺返遍便勉娩弁
鞭
保舗鋪圃捕歩甫補輔
穂募墓慕戊暮母簿菩倣
俸包呆報奉宝峰峯崩庖
抱捧放方朋
法泡烹砲縫胞芳萌蓬
蜂褒訪豊邦鋒飽鳳鵬乏
亡傍剖坊妨帽忘忙房暴
望某棒冒紡肪膨謀貌貿
鉾防吠頬北僕卜墨撲朴
牧睦穆釦勃没殆堀幌奔
本翻凡盆
ほ
へ
摩磨魔麻埋妹
昧枚毎哩槙幕膜枕鮪柾
鱒桝亦俣又抹末沫迄侭
繭麿万慢満
漫蔓
味未魅巳箕岬密
蜜湊蓑稔脈妙粍民眠
務
夢無牟矛霧鵡椋婿娘
冥
名命明盟迷銘鳴姪牝滅
免棉綿緬面麺
摸模茂妄
孟毛猛盲網耗蒙儲木黙
目杢勿餅尤戻籾貰問悶
紋門匁
也冶夜爺耶野弥
や
も
め
む
み
ま
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
15-17
Kuten Code List
Appendix
15
矢厄役約薬訳躍靖柳薮
鑓
愉愈油癒
諭輸唯佑優勇友宥幽
悠憂揖有柚湧涌猶猷由
祐裕誘遊邑郵雄融夕
予
余与誉輿預傭幼妖容庸
揚揺擁曜楊様洋溶熔用
窯羊耀葉蓉要謡踊遥陽
養慾抑欲沃浴翌翼淀
羅
螺裸来莱頼雷洛絡落酪
乱卵嵐欄濫藍蘭覧
利吏
履李梨理璃
痢裏裡里離陸律率立
葎掠略劉流溜琉留硫粒
隆竜龍侶慮旅虜了亮僚
両凌寮料梁涼猟療瞭稜
糧良諒遼量陵領力緑倫
厘林淋燐琳臨輪隣鱗麟
瑠塁涙累類令伶例冷励
嶺怜玲礼苓鈴隷零霊麗
齢暦歴列劣烈裂廉恋憐
漣煉簾練聯
蓮連錬
呂魯櫓炉賂路
露労婁廊弄朗楼榔浪漏
牢狼篭老聾蝋郎六麓禄
肋録論
倭和話歪賄脇惑
枠鷲亙亘鰐詫藁蕨椀湾
碗腕
弌丐丕个丱丶丼丿乂
乖乘亂亅豫亊舒弍于亞
亟亠亢亰亳亶从仍仄仆
仂仗仞仭仟价伉佚估佛
佝佗佇佶侈侏侘佻佩佰
侑佯來侖儘俔俟俎俘俛
俑俚俐俤俥倚倨倔倪倥
倅伜俶倡倩倬俾俯們倆
わ
ろ
る～れ
り
ら
よ
ゆ
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4 4 8
4 4 9
4 4 9
4 5 0
4 5 1
4 5 2
4 5 2
4 5 3
4 5 4
4 5 5
4 5 6
4 5 6
4 5 7
4 5 8
4 5 8
4 5 9
4 6 0
4 6 1
4 6 2
4 6 3
4 6 4
4 6 5
4 6 6
4 6 7
4 6 8
4 6 9
4 7 0
4 7 0
4 7 1
4 7 2
4 7 3
4 7 3
4 7 4
4 7 5
4 7 6
4 7 7
4 7 8
4 7 9
4 8 0
4 8 1
4 8 2
4 8 3
4 8 4
4 8 5
4 8 6
4 8 7
4 8 8
4 8 9
4 9 0
4 9 1
4 9 2
4 9 3
4 9 4
4 9 5
4 9 6
4 9 7
4 9 8
4 9 9
5 0 0
5 0 1
5 0 2
5 0 3
5 0 4
5 0 5
5 0 6
5 0 7
5 0 8
5 0 9
5 1 0
5 1 1
5 1 2
5 1 3
5 1 4
5 1 5
5 1 6
5 1 7
5 1 8
5 1 9
5 2 0
5 2 1
5 2 2
5 2 3
5 2 4
5 2 5
5 2 6
5 2 7
5 2 8
5 2 9
5 3 0
5 3 1
5 3 2
5 3 3
5 3 4
5 3 5
5 3 6
5 3 7
5 3 8
5 3 9
5 4 0
5 4 1
5 4 2
5 4 3
5 4 4
5 4 5
5 4 6
5 4 7
5 4 8
5 4 9
5 5 0
5 5 1
5 5 2
5 5 3
5 5 4
5 5 5
5 5 6
5 5 7
5 5 8
5 5 9
5 6 0
5 6 1
5 6 2
5 6 3
5 6 4
5 6 5
5 6 6
5 6 7
5 6 8
5 6 9
5 7 0
5 7 1
5 7 2
5 7 3
5 7 4
5 7 5
5 7 6
5 7 7
5 7 8
5 7 9
5 8 0
5 8 1
5 8 2
5 8 3
5 8 4
5 8 5
5 8 6
5 8 7
5 8 8
5 8 9
5 9 0
5 9 1
5 9 2
5 9 3
5 9 4
5 9 5
5 9 6
5 9 7
5 9 8
偃假會偕偐偈做偖偬偸
傀傚傅傴傲
僉僊傳僂僖僞僥僭僣
僮價僵儉儁儂儖儕儔儚
儡儺儷儼儻儿兀兒兌兔
兢竸兩兪兮冀冂囘册冉
冏冑冓冕冖冤冦冢冩冪
冫决冱冲冰况冽凅凉凛
几處凩凭凰凵凾刄刋刔
刎刧刪刮刳刹剏剄剋剌
剞剔剪剴剩剳剿剽劍劔
劒剱劈劑辨
辧劬劭劼劵勁勍勗勞
勣勦飭勠勳勵勸勹匆匈
甸匍匐匏匕匚匣匯匱匳
匸區卆卅丗卉卍凖卞卩
卮夘卻卷厂厖厠厦厥厮
厰厶參簒雙叟曼燮叮叨
叭叺吁吽呀听吭吼吮吶
吩吝呎咏呵咎呟呱呷呰
咒呻咀呶咄咐咆哇咢咸
咥咬哄哈咨
咫哂咤咾咼哘哥哦唏
唔哽哮哭哺哢唹啀啣啌
售啜啅啖啗唸唳啝喙喀
咯喊喟啻啾喘喞單啼喃
喩喇喨嗚嗅嗟嗄嗜嗤嗔
嘔嗷嘖嗾嗽嘛嗹噎噐營
嘴嘶嘲嘸噫噤嘯噬噪嚆
嚀嚊嚠嚔嚏嚥嚮嚶嚴囂
嚼囁囃囀囈囎囑囓囗囮
囹圀囿圄圉
圈國圍圓團圖嗇圜圦
圷圸坎圻址坏坩埀垈坡
坿垉垓垠垳垤垪垰埃埆
埔埒埓堊埖埣堋堙堝塲
堡塢塋塰毀塒堽塹墅墹
墟墫墺壞墻墸墮壅壓壑
壗壙壘壥壜壤壟壯壺壹
壻壼壽夂夊夐夛梦夥夬
夭夲夸夾竒奕奐奎奚奘
奢奠奧奬奩
奸妁妝佞侫妣妲姆姨
姜妍姙姚娥娟娑娜娉娚
婀婬婉娵娶婢婪媚媼媾
嫋嫂媽嫣嫗嫦嫩嫖嫺嫻
嬌嬋嬖嬲嫐嬪嬶嬾孃孅
孀孑孕孚孛孥孩孰孳孵
學斈孺宀它宦宸寃寇寉
寔寐寤實寢寞寥寫寰寶
寳尅將專對尓尠尢尨尸
尹屁屆屎屓
屐屏孱屬屮乢屶屹岌
岑岔妛岫岻岶岼岷峅岾
峇峙峩峽峺峭嶌峪崋崕
崗嵜崟崛崑崔崢崚崙崘
嵌嵒嵎嵋嵬嵳嵶嶇嶄嶂
嶢嶝嶬嶮嶽嶐嶷嶼巉巍
巓巒巖巛巫已巵帋帚帙
帑帛帶帷幄幃幀幎幗幔
幟幢幤幇幵并幺麼广庠
廁廂廈廐廏
廖廣廝廚廛廢廡廨廩
廬廱廳廰廴廸廾弃弉彝
彜弋弑弖弩弭弸彁彈彌
彎弯彑彖彗彙彡彭彳彷
徃徂彿徊很徑徇從徙徘
徠徨徭徼忖忻忤忸忱忝
悳忿怡恠怙怐怩怎怱怛
怕怫怦怏怺恚恁恪恷恟
恊恆恍恣恃恤恂恬恫恙
悁悍惧悃悚
悄悛悖悗悒悧悋惡悸
惠惓悴忰悽惆悵惘慍愕
愆惶惷愀惴惺愃愡惻惱
愍愎慇愾愨愧慊愿愼愬
愴愽慂慄慳慷慘慙慚慫
慴慯慥慱慟慝慓慵憙憖
憇憬憔憚憊憑憫憮懌懊
應懷懈懃懆憺懋罹懍懦
懣懶懺懴懿懽懼懾戀戈
戉戍戌戔戛
戞戡截戮戰戲戳扁扎
扞扣扛扠扨扼抂抉找抒
抓抖拔抃抔拗拑抻拏拿
拆擔拈拜拌拊拂拇抛拉
挌拮拱挧挂挈拯拵捐挾
捍搜捏掖掎掀掫捶掣掏
掉掟掵捫捩掾揩揀揆揣
揉插揶揄搖搴搆搓搦搶
攝搗搨搏摧摯摶摎攪撕
撓撥撩撈撼
據擒擅擇撻擘擂擱擧
舉擠擡抬擣擯攬擶擴擲
擺攀擽攘攜攅攤攣攫攴
攵攷收攸畋效敖敕敍敘
敞敝敲數斂斃變斛斟斫
斷旃旆旁旄旌旒旛旙无
旡旱杲昊昃旻杳昵昶昴
昜晏晄晉晁晞晝晤晧晨
晟晢晰暃暈暎暉暄暘暝
曁暹曉暾暼
曄暸曖曚曠昿曦曩曰
曵曷朏朖朞朦朧霸朮朿
朶杁朸朷杆杞杠杙杣杤
枉杰枩杼杪枌枋枦枡枅
枷柯枴柬枳柩枸柤柞柝
柢柮枹柎柆柧檜栞框栩
桀桍栲桎梳栫桙档桷桿
梟梏梭梔條梛梃檮梹桴
梵梠梺椏梍桾椁棊椈棘
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
15-18
Kuten Code List
Appendix
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5 9 9
6 0 0
6 0 1
6 0 2
6 0 3
6 0 4
6 0 5
6 0 6
6 0 7
6 0 8
6 0 9
6 1 0
6 1 1
6 1 2
6 1 3
6 1 4
6 1 5
6 1 6
6 1 7
6 1 8
6 1 9
6 2 0
6 2 1
6 2 2
6 2 3
6 2 4
6 2 5
6 2 6
6 2 7
6 2 8
6 2 9
6 3 0
6 3 1
6 3 2
6 3 3
6 3 4
6 3 5
6 3 6
6 3 7
6 3 8
6 3 9
6 4 0
6 4 1
6 4 2
6 4 3
6 4 4
6 4 5
6 4 6
6 4 7
6 4 8
6 4 9
6 5 0
6 5 1
6 5 2
6 5 3
6 5 4
6 5 5
6 5 6
6 5 7
6 5 8
6 5 9
6 6 0
6 6 1
6 6 2
6 6 3
6 6 4
6 6 5
6 6 6
6 6 7
6 6 8
6 6 9
6 7 0
6 7 1
6 7 2
6 7 3
6 7 4
6 7 5
6 7 6
6 7 7
6 7 8
6 7 9
6 8 0
6 8 1
6 8 2
6 8 3
6 8 4
6 8 5
6 8 6
6 8 7
6 8 8
6 8 9
6 9 0
6 9 1
6 9 2
6 9 3
6 9 4
6 9 5
6 9 6
6 9 7
6 9 8
6 9 9
7 0 0
7 0 1
7 0 2
7 0 3
7 0 4
7 0 5
7 0 6
7 0 7
7 0 8
7 0 9
7 1 0
7 1 1
7 1 2
7 1 3
7 1 4
7 1 5
7 1 6
7 1 7
7 1 8
7 1 9
7 2 0
7 2 1
7 2 2
7 2 3
7 2 4
7 2 5
7 2 6
7 2 7
7 2 8
7 2 9
7 3 0
7 3 1
7 3 2
7 3 3
7 3 4
7 3 5
7 3 6
7 3 7
7 3 8
7 3 9
7 4 0
7 4 1
7 4 2
7 4 3
7 4 4
7 4 5
7 4 6
7 4 7
7 4 8
7 4 9
7 5 0
7 5 1
7 5 2
7 5 3
7 5 4
7 5 5
7 5 6
7 5 7
7 5 8
7 5 9
7 6 0
7 6 1
7 6 2
椢椦棡椌棍
棔棧棕椶椒椄棗棣椥
棹棠棯椨椪椚椣椡棆楹
楷楜楸楫楔楾楮椹楴椽
楙椰楡楞楝榁楪榲榮槐
榿槁槓榾槎寨槊槝榻槃
榧樮榑榠榜榕榴槞槨樂
樛槿權槹槲槧樅榱樞槭
樔槫樊樒櫁樣樓橄樌橲
樶橸橇橢橙橦橈樸樢檐
檍檠檄檢檣
檗蘗檻櫃櫂檸檳檬櫞
櫑櫟檪櫚櫪櫻欅蘖櫺欒
欖鬱欟欸欷盜欹飮歇歃
歉歐歙歔歛歟歡歸歹歿
殀殄殃殍殘殕殞殤殪殫
殯殲殱殳殷殼毆毋毓毟
毬毫毳毯麾氈氓气氛氤
氣汞汕汢汪沂沍沚沁沛
汾汨汳沒沐泄泱泓沽泗
泅泝沮沱沾
沺泛泯泙泪洟衍洶洫
洽洸洙洵洳洒洌浣涓浤
浚浹浙涎涕濤涅淹渕渊
涵淇淦涸淆淬淞淌淨淒
淅淺淙淤淕淪淮渭湮渮
渙湲湟渾渣湫渫湶湍渟
湃渺湎渤滿渝游溂溪溘
滉溷滓溽溯滄溲滔滕溏
溥滂溟潁漑灌滬滸滾漿
滲漱滯漲滌
漾漓滷澆潺潸澁澀潯
潛濳潭澂潼潘澎澑濂潦
澳澣澡澤澹濆澪濟濕濬
濔濘濱濮濛瀉瀋濺瀑瀁
瀏濾瀛瀚潴瀝瀘瀟瀰瀾
瀲灑灣炙炒炯烱炬炸炳
炮烟烋烝烙焉烽焜焙煥
煕熈煦煢煌煖煬熏燻熄
熕熨熬燗熹熾燒燉燔燎
燠燬燧燵燼
燹燿爍爐爛爨爭爬爰
爲爻爼爿牀牆牋牘牴牾
犂犁犇犒犖犢犧犹犲狃
狆狄狎狒狢狠狡狹狷倏
猗猊猜猖猝猴猯猩猥猾
獎獏默獗獪獨獰獸獵獻
獺珈玳珎玻珀珥珮珞璢
琅瑯琥珸琲琺瑕琿瑟瑙
瑁瑜瑩瑰瑣瑪瑶瑾璋璞
璧瓊瓏瓔珱
瓠瓣瓧瓩瓮瓲瓰瓱瓸
瓷甄甃甅甌甎甍甕甓甞
甦甬甼畄畍畊畉畛畆畚
畩畤畧畫畭畸當疆疇畴
疊疉疂疔疚疝疥疣痂疳
痃疵疽疸疼疱痍痊痒痙
痣痞痾痿痼瘁痰痺痲痳
瘋瘍瘉瘟瘧瘠瘡瘢瘤瘴
瘰瘻癇癈癆癜癘癡癢癨
癩癪癧癬癰
癲癶癸發皀皃皈皋皎
皖皓皙皚皰皴皸皹皺盂
盍盖盒盞盡盥盧盪蘯盻
眈眇眄眩眤眞眥眦眛眷
眸睇睚睨睫睛睥睿睾睹
瞎瞋瞑瞠瞞瞰瞶瞹瞿瞼
瞽瞻矇矍矗矚矜矣矮矼
砌砒礦砠礪硅碎硴碆硼
碚碌碣碵碪碯磑磆磋磔
碾碼磅磊磬
磧磚磽磴礇礒礑礙礬
礫祀祠祗祟祚祕祓祺祿
禊禝禧齋禪禮禳禹禺秉
秕秧秬秡秣稈稍稘稙稠
稟禀稱稻稾稷穃穗穉穡
穢穩龝穰穹穽窈窗窕窘
窖窩竈窰窶竅竄窿邃竇
竊竍竏竕竓站竚竝竡竢
竦竭竰笂笏笊笆笳笘笙
笞笵笨笶筐
筺笄筍笋筌筅筵筥筴
筧筰筱筬筮箝箘箟箍箜
箚箋箒箏筝箙篋篁篌篏
箴篆篝篩簑簔篦篥籠簀
簇簓篳篷簗簍篶簣簧簪
簟簷簫簽籌籃籔籏籀籐
籘籟籤籖籥籬籵粃粐粤
粭粢粫粡粨粳粲粱粮粹
粽糀糅糂糘糒糜糢鬻糯
糲糴糶糺紆
紂紜紕紊絅絋紮紲紿
紵絆絳絖絎絲絨絮絏絣
經綉絛綏絽綛綺綮綣綵
緇綽綫總綢綯緜綸綟綰
緘緝緤緞緻緲緡縅縊縣
縡縒縱縟縉縋縢繆繦縻
縵縹繃縷縲縺繧繝繖繞
繙繚繹繪繩繼繻纃緕繽
辮繿纈纉續纒纐纓纔纖
纎纛纜缸缺
罅罌罍罎罐网罕罔罘
罟罠罨罩罧罸羂羆羃羈
羇羌羔羞羝羚羣羯羲羹
羮羶羸譱翅翆翊翕翔翡
翦翩翳翹飜耆耄耋耒耘
耙耜耡耨耿耻聊聆聒聘
聚聟聢聨聳聲聰聶聹聽
聿肄肆肅肛肓肚肭冐肬
胛胥胙胝胄胚胖脉胯胱
脛脩脣脯腋
隋腆脾腓腑胼腱腮腥
腦腴膃膈膊膀膂膠膕膤
膣腟膓膩膰膵膾膸膽臀
臂膺臉臍臑臙臘臈臚臟
臠臧臺臻臾舁舂舅與舊
舍舐舖舩舫舸舳艀艙艘
艝艚艟艤艢艨艪艫舮艱
艷艸艾芍芒芫芟芻芬苡
苣苟苒苴苳苺莓范苻苹
苞茆苜茉苙
茵茴茖茲茱荀茹荐荅
茯茫茗茘莅莚莪莟莢莖
茣莎莇莊荼莵荳荵莠莉
莨菴萓菫菎菽萃菘萋菁
菷萇菠菲萍萢萠莽萸蔆
菻葭萪萼蕚蒄葷葫蒭葮
蒂葩葆萬葯葹萵蓊葢蒹
蒿蒟蓙蓍蒻蓚蓐蓁蓆蓖
蒡蔡蓿蓴蔗蔘蔬蔟蔕蔔
蓼蕀蕣蕘蕈
蕁蘂蕋蕕薀薤薈薑薊
薨蕭薔薛藪薇薜蕷蕾薐
藉薺藏薹藐藕藝藥藜藹
蘊蘓蘋藾藺蘆蘢蘚蘰蘿
虍乕虔號虧虱蚓蚣蚩蚪
蚋蚌蚶蚯蛄蛆蚰蛉蠣蚫
蛔蛞蛩蛬蛟蛛蛯蜒蜆蜈
蜀蜃蛻蜑蜉蜍蛹蜊蜴蜿
蜷蜻蜥蜩蜚蝠蝟蝸蝌蝎
蝴蝗蝨蝮蝙
蝓蝣蝪蠅螢螟螂螯蟋
螽蟀蟐雖螫蟄螳蟇蟆螻
蟯蟲蟠蠏蠍蟾蟶蟷蠎蟒
蠑蠖蠕蠢蠡蠱蠶蠹蠧蠻
衄衂衒衙衞衢衫袁衾袞
衵衽袵衲袂袗袒袮袙袢
袍袤袰袿袱裃裄裔裘裙
裝裹褂裼裴裨裲褄褌褊
褓襃褞褥褪褫襁襄褻褶
褸襌褝襠襞
襦襤襭襪襯襴襷襾覃
覈覊覓覘覡覩覦覬覯覲
覺覽覿觀觚觜觝觧觴觸
訃訖訐訌訛訝訥訶詁詛
詒詆詈詼詭詬詢誅誂誄
誨誡誑誥誦誚誣諄諍諂
諚諫諳諧諤諱謔諠諢諷
諞諛謌謇謚諡謖謐謗謠
謳鞫謦謫謾謨譁譌譏譎
證譖譛譚譫
譟譬譯譴譽讀讌讎讒
讓讖讙讚谺豁谿豈豌豎
豐豕豢豬豸豺貂貉貅貊
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
15-19
Kuten Code List
Appendix
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
7 6 3
7 6 4
7 6 5
7 6 6
7 6 7
7 6 8
7 6 9
7 7 0
7 7 1
7 7 2
7 7 3
7 7 4
7 7 5
7 7 6
7 7 7
7 7 8
7 7 9
7 8 0
7 8 1
7 8 2
7 8 3
7 8 4
7 8 5
7 8 6
7 8 7
7 8 8
7 8 9
7 9 0
7 9 1
7 9 2
7 9 3
7 9 4
7 9 5
7 9 6
7 9 7
7 9 8
7 9 9
8 0 0
8 0 1
8 0 2
8 0 3
8 0 4
8 0 5
8 0 6
8 0 7
8 0 8
8 0 9
8 1 0
8 1 1
8 1 2
8 1 3
8 1 4
8 1 5
8 1 6
8 1 7
8 1 8
8 1 9
8 2 0
8 2 1
8 2 2
8 2 3
8 2 4
8 2 5
8 2 6
8 2 7
8 2 8
8 2 9
8 3 0
8 3 1
8 3 2
8 3 3
8 3 4
8 3 5
8 3 6
8 3 7
8 3 8
8 3 9
8 4 0
貍貎貔豼貘戝貭貪貽貲
貳貮貶賈賁賤賣賚賽賺
賻贄贅贊贇贏贍贐齎贓
賍贔贖赧赭赱赳趁趙跂
趾趺跏跚跖跌跛跋跪跫
跟跣跼踈踉跿踝踞踐踟
蹂踵踰踴蹊
蹇蹉蹌蹐蹈蹙蹤蹠踪
蹣蹕蹶蹲蹼躁躇躅躄躋
躊躓躑躔躙躪躡躬躰軆
躱躾軅軈軋軛軣軼軻軫
軾輊輅輕輒輙輓輜輟輛
輌輦輳輻輹轅轂輾轌轉
轆轎轗轜轢轣轤辜辟辣
辭辯辷迚迥迢迪迯邇迴
逅迹迺逑逕逡逍逞逖逋
逧逶逵逹迸
遏遐遑遒逎遉逾遖遘
遞遨遯遶隨遲邂遽邁邀
邊邉邏邨邯邱邵郢郤扈
郛鄂鄒鄙鄲鄰酊酖酘酣
酥酩酳酲醋醉醂醢醫醯
醪醵醴醺釀釁釉釋釐釖
釟釡釛釼釵釶鈞釿鈔鈬
鈕鈑鉞鉗鉅鉉鉤鉈銕鈿
鉋鉐銜銖銓銛鉚鋏銹銷
鋩錏鋺鍄錮
錙錢錚錣錺錵錻鍜鍠
鍼鍮鍖鎰鎬鎭鎔鎹鏖鏗
鏨鏥鏘鏃鏝鏐鏈鏤鐚鐔
鐓鐃鐇鐐鐶鐫鐵鐡鐺鑁
鑒鑄鑛鑠鑢鑞鑪鈩鑰鑵
鑷鑽鑚鑼鑾钁鑿閂閇閊
閔閖閘閙閠閨閧閭閼閻
閹閾闊濶闃闍闌闕闔闖
關闡闥闢阡阨阮阯陂陌
陏陋陷陜陞
陝陟陦陲陬隍隘隕隗
險隧隱隲隰隴隶隸隹雎
雋雉雍襍雜霍雕雹霄霆
霈霓霎霑霏霖霙霤霪霰
霹霽霾靄靆靈靂靉靜靠
靤靦靨勒靫靱靹鞅靼鞁
靺鞆鞋鞏鞐鞜鞨鞦鞣鞳
鞴韃韆韈韋韜韭齏韲竟
韶韵頏頌頸頤頡頷頽顆
顏顋顫顯顰
顱顴顳颪颯颱颶飄飃
飆飩飫餃餉餒餔餘餡餝
餞餤餠餬餮餽餾饂饉饅
饐饋饑饒饌饕馗馘馥馭
馮馼駟駛駝駘駑駭駮駱
駲駻駸騁騏騅駢騙騫騷
驅驂驀驃騾驕驍驛驗驟
驢驥驤驩驫驪骭骰骼髀
髏髑髓體髞髟髢髣髦髯
髫髮髴髱髷
髻鬆鬘鬚鬟鬢鬣鬥鬧
鬨鬩鬪鬮鬯鬲魄魃魏魍
魎魑魘魴鮓鮃鮑鮖鮗鮟
鮠鮨鮴鯀鯊鮹鯆鯏鯑鯒
鯣鯢鯤鯔鯡鰺鯲鯱鯰鰕
鰔鰉鰓鰌鰆鰈鰒鰊鰄鰮
鰛鰥鰤鰡鰰鱇鰲鱆鰾鱚
鱠鱧鱶鱸鳧鳬鳰鴉鴈鳫
鴃鴆鴪鴦鶯鴣鴟鵄鴕鴒
鵁鴿鴾鵆鵈
鵝鵞鵤鵑鵐鵙鵲鶉鶇
鶫鵯鵺鶚鶤鶩鶲鷄鷁鶻
鶸鶺鷆鷏鷂鷙鷓鷸鷦鷭
鷯鷽鸚鸛鸞鹵鹹鹽麁麈
麋麌麒麕麑麝麥麩麸麪
麭靡黌黎黏黐黔黜點黝
黠黥黨黯黴黶黷黹黻黼
黽鼇鼈皷鼕鼡鼬鼾齊齒
齔齣齟齠齡齦齧齬齪齷
齲齶龕龜龠
堯槇遙瑤
1st - 3rd
digits
1st - 3rd
digits
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
15-20
Appendix
15
Weather Indicators
Indicator List
Normally Displayed
Clear (Day)
Clear (Night)
Cloudy
Rain
Snow
Thunder and Lighting
0% Chance of Rain
10% Chance of Rain
20% Chance of Rain
30% Chance of Rain
40% Chance of Rain
50% Chance of Rain
60% Chance of Rain
70% Chance of Rain
80% Chance of Rain
90% Chance of Rain
100% Chance of Rain
Later
Partial
Pollen
Low
Somewhat High
High
Extremely High
Sakura Blossoms
Budding
Near Full Blossom
Full Blossom
Falling
Autumn Leaves
Unchanged
Changing
Perfect for Viewing
Falling
UV Rays
Weak
Somewhat Strong
Strong
Extremely Strong
Typhoon
Forming
Approaching
Emergency Status
Disaster
Heavy Rain
Strong Winds
Topic
Notification
Special
15-21
Appendix
15
Menu List
･Enter menu item numbers for direct menu access. Note that Main Menu theme must be set to Standard.
◎Mail
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Inbox
－
－
Welcome message from CASIO stored
P
. 5-10
Outbox
－
－
－
P
. 5-10,
P
. 5-23
Draft
－
－
－
P
. 5-24
Compose Message
－
－
－
P
. 5-3
Compose SMS
－
－
－
P
. 5-5
Server Mail
Mail List
－
－
P
. 5-8
Server Mail Memory
－
－
P
. 5-21
Retrieve New
－
－
－
P
. 5-20
Template
－
－
－
P
. 5-19
Mail Setting
Custom Mail Address
－
－
P
. 14-23
Scroll
1 Line
P
. 14-24
Font Size
Standard
Mail List Disp.
1 Line+Body
Start Attachment (auto)
OFF
Header/Signature
Edit Header, Edit Signature, Edit Quotation Marks: Not Stored,
Insert Setting: Selected
Mail Box Lock
Inbox, Outbox, Draft, Server Mail: Unlocked
P
. 5-12
Receiving Setting
Operation Preferred
P
. 14-23
Image/Keyword
Image Info: ON, Keyword Info: OFF
15-22
Menu List
Appendix
15
◎Yahoo! Keitai
Mail Setting
S! Mail Settings
－
Message Download: Auto(All), Delivery Report: OFF
P
. 14-22,
P
. 14-23
SMS Settings
SMS Report Request: OFF, SMS Validity Period: 3 Days, SMS
Input Character: Japanese(70char.)
P
. 14-22
Check Settings
－
P
. 14-24
Reset
－
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Yahoo! Keitai
－
－
－
P
. 6-3
Bookmark
－
－
One bookmark for accessing CASIO website stored
P
. 6-10
Saved Pages
－
－
－
History
－
－
－
P
. 6-3
Enter URL
－
－
－
PC Site Browser
－
－
See “◎PC Site Browser“ (P. 15-23).
P
. 6-5
Browser Settings
Font Size
－
Standard
P
. 14-27
Scroll
Single Line
P
. 14-26
Downloads
Display Images: ON, Play Sounds: ON
Flash Sound Effect
ON
P
. 14-27
Memory Manager
－
P
. 14-26
Security
Manufacture Number: ON, Send Referer: ON, Cookie Settings:
Enabled, Script Settings: Ask NW Access
Check Settings
－
Initialized Browser
－
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-23
Menu List
Appendix
15
◎PC Site Browser
◎S! Appli
Browser Settings
Reset
－
－
P
. 14-27
3rd-level Menu
4th-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Home
－
－
－
P
. 6-5
Bookmark
－
－
－
P
. 6-10
History
－
－
－
P
. 6-6
Enter URL
－
－
－
Yahoo! Keitai
－
－
－
P
. 6-3
PC Site Brw.
Settings
Warning Messages
－
ON
P
. 14-27
Scroll
－
Single Line
P
. 14-26
Display Mode Settings
－
PC Screen (PC Screen: 100%, Small Screen: Standard)
P
. 14-27
Downloads
－
Display Images: ON, Play Sounds: ON
P
. 14-26
Memory Manager
－
－
Security
－
Manufacture Number: ON, Send Referer: ON, Cookie Settings:
Enabled, Script Settings: ON
Check PC Site Brw. Set
－
－
Initialized Browser
－
－
Reset PC Site Brw. Set
－
－
P
. 14-27
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
S! Appli List
Download S! App
－
－
P
. 9-8
Download LifeApp
－
－
P
. 11-3
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-24
Menu List
Appendix
15
◎TV
Settings
Sound/Vib Settings
－
Volume: Level 4, Vibration: ON
P
. 14-35
Backlight Settings
－
Switch ON/OFF: Link To Phone Set., Blink: ON
Reset
－
－
P
. 14-36
Information
－
－
－
P
. 9-8
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Watch TV
－
－
－
P
. 8-6
Program Guide
－
－
－
P
. 8-9
Booking Program List
－
－
－
P
. 8-13
Timer Recording List
－
－
－
Result Timer Rec
－
－
－
P
. 8-19
TV Link
－
－
－
P
. 8-16
Channel List
－
－
－
P
. 8-15
Channel Settings
－
－
－
P
. 8-5
User Settings
Subtitles
－
ON (Wide: Bottom)
P
. 14-28
Rec. While Low Battery
ON
P
. 14-30
TV Effect
Sound Effect: Auto, Visual Image Effect: Dynamic
P
. 14-28
ECO Mode
－
P
. 14-29
Display Light
Constant Light
Data BC Settings
Set Image Disp.: ON, Sound Effect: ON
Icon Always Show
ON
Time Shift Setup
Auto ON
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-25
Menu List
Appendix
15
◎Camera
◎Entertainment
User Settings
Check TV Settings
－
－
P
. 14-30
Reset Channel Setting
－
Reset Storage Area
－
Reset TV Settings
－
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
BI-DO-RI
－
－
－
P
. 7-6
Photo
－
－
－
P
. 7-8
Serial
－
－
－
P
. 7-13
Movie
－
－
－
P
. 7-10
Bar Code Reader
－
－
－
P
. 11-16
Snap Viewer
－
－
－
P
. 7-19
Movie Viewer
－
－
－
P
. 7-21
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
S! Quick News
S! Quick News List
－
－
P
. 10-2
Settings
See ”◎Settings under S! Quick News” (P
. 15-26).
－
S! Info Ch./Weather What’s New
－
－
P
. 10-3
History
－
Register/Cancel
－
Get Latest Contents
－
P
. 10-6
Settings
S! Information Notif.: ON, Font Size: Standard
P
. 14-37
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-26
Menu List
Appendix
15
◎Settings under S! Quick News
◎Weather Indicator under S! Info Ch./Weather
S! Info Ch./Weathe
Weather Indicator
－
See ”◎Weather Indicator under S! Info Ch./Weather”
(P
. 15-26).
－
BookSurfing
－
－
P
. 10-5
4th-level Menu
5th-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Auto Refresh
S! Quick News
－
OFF
P
. 10-6
General
－
OFF
Special
－
ON
Standby Settings
Standby Disp. Set.
－
ON
P
. 14-37
Speed Settings
－
Normal
Unread & Read Set.
－
Unread & Read
Set Image Disp.
－
－
ON
Del. Quick News
－
－
－
4th-level Menu
5th-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Weather
－
－
－
P
. 10-4
Manual Update
－
－
－
P
. 10-7
Settings
Weather Update
－
ON
P
. 14-38
Standby Setting
－
ON
Weather Notif.
－
ON
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-27
Menu List
Appendix
15
◎Tools
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Alarm
－
44
Alarm1-10: OFF
P
. 11-14
Schedule
－
45
－
P
. 11-6
Calculator
－
85
－
P
. 11-13
Dictionary
Enter Word
－
－
P
. 2-29
Text Reader
－
－
P
. 11-18
Reference History
－
－
P
. 2-29
Text Memo
－
42
－
P
. 11-11
To Do List
－
95
－
P
. 11-9
Osaifu-Keitai
Lifestyle-Appli
－
－
P
. 11-3
IC Card Lock Set.
IC Card Lock: OFF, IC Lock(Power-off): Maintain
P
. 11-4
Call Remote Lock
OFF
IC Card Illumination
ON
P
. 14-40
Interface Settings
Browser: ON
S! Addressbook
Back-up
Start Sync
－
－
P
. 2-26
Auto Sync Settings
－
－
P
. 14-16
Sync Log
－
－
P
. 2-27
Bar Code Reader
－
－
－
P
. 11-16
Text Reader
－
－
－
P
. 11-18
Account Details
－
0
－
P
. 1-22
Receive Ir Data
－
79
－
P
. 13-3
Play/Erase Msg.
－
－
－
P
. 3-5、
P
. 3-18
15-28
Menu List
Appendix
15
◎Data Folder
◎MUSIC
Play/Erase VC Msg.
－
－
－
P
. 3-5
Voice Memo
－
43
－
P
. 11-12
Voice Announce
－
91
Voice Announce 1: (Not recorded), Voice Announce 2: (Not
recorded)
P
. 14-15
Forwarding Image
－
－
ON
P
. 14-16
microSD Manager
－
－
－
P
. 12-12
USIM Operation
Copy
－
－
P. 2-24
Delete
－
－
P. 2-33
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
My Picture
－
46
－
P
. 12-2
Melody
－
16
－
S! Appli
－
－
－
Ring Songs・Music
－
－
－
Videos
－
－
－
Books
－
－
－
TV
－
－
－
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Download Music
－
－
－
P
. 9-4
Search Music
－
－
－
Resume Play
－
－
－
P
. 9-11
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-29
Menu List
Appendix
15
◎Own Data
◎Phone Book
◎Settings
Playlist
－
－
－
P
. 9-6
Inbox
－
－
－
P
. 9-2
microSD
－
－
－
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Received Calls
－
24
－
P
. 3-11
Dialed Calls
－
－
－
P
. 3-10
Blog/Mail Member
－
97
－
P
. 5-4
Quick List
－
－
－
P
. 3-12
Common Phrases
－
38
Fixed common phases at handset initial state
P
. 2-15
Own Dictionary
－
82
－
P
. 2-16
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
－
－
－
－
P
. 2-19
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Kisekae Theme
－
－
－
P
. 14-3
Incoming Call
Ring Volume
50
Phone, Video Call, Mail: Level 4
P
. 14-10
Select Ring Tone
13
Phone (Select Ring Tone: Pattern 1, Select Calling Disp.: Differs according
to the model color), Video Call (Select Ring Tone: Pattern 3, Select Calling
Disp.: Differs according to the model color), Mail (Select Ring Tone:
sound 7, Select Receiving Disp.: Differs according to the model color)
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-30
Menu List
Appendix
15
Incoming Call
Vibrator
54
Phone, Video Call, Mail: OFF
P
. 14-11
Illumination
89
Set Color (Phone: Color 10, Video Call: Color 8, Mail: Color
1), Set Pattern: Standard, Missed Info: ON
P
. 14-11
Manner Mode Setting
20
Manner Mode Set: Manner Mode, Manner Start Time: OFF,
Manner Release Time: OFF
P
. 14-13
Disp. Phone Book Image
－
ON
P
. 14-12
Answer Setting
58
Any Key Answer
Mail Ring Time
68
Mail: ON (Ring Time: 05 seconds)
P
. 14-11
Ring Time (sec.)
90
Set Mute Seconds: OFF, Missed Calls Display: Display
P
. 4-7
Answering Machine
55
OFF
P
. 3-4
Disp. Call/Receive No.
－
Differs according to the model color
P
. 14-14
Talk
Noise Reduction
76
ON
P
. 14-18
Quality Alarm
75
No Tone
Reconnect Signal
77
No Tone
Set Hold Tone
－
On Hold Tone: Tone 1
Dialing
Pause Dial
84
－
P
. 14-17
Sub-address Setting
－
OFF
Prefix Setting
－
国際発信 (Prefix: 0046010)
Headset SW to Dial
－
OFF
P
. 14-15
Int’l Dial Assistance
－
Auto Int’l Call Set.: ON, Country Code Setting: 日本 (Country Code:
81), IDD Prefix Setting: 国際発信 (IDD Prefix Code: 0046010)
P
. 14-17
Video Call
Visual Preference
－
Normal
P
. 3-17
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-31
Menu List
Appendix
15
Video Call
Select Image
－
On Hold, Holding, Substitute Image, Answering Machine,
Preparing, Voice Memo: Pre-installed
P
. 14-20
Auto Redial as Voice
OFF
Display Setting
Main Display: Other Side
Hands-free Switch
ON
Display
Display Setting
56
Stand-by Display: Differs according to the model color, Wake-
up Display: EXILIM Logotype, Dialing～Mail Rec’d Result:
Differs according to the model color
P
. 14-4
Backlight
70
Lighting: ON (Light Time: 15 seconds) + Power Saver Mode
(Set Light Time: 1 minute), Charging: Standard, Area:
LCD+Keys, Brightness: ON (Level 4)
P
. 14-7
Display Design
86
Differs according to the model color
P
. 14-5
Font
66
Font Type: Gothic, Thickness: Bold, Character Size: Standard
Shortcut
63
Theme 1 (S! Quick News List, BI-DO-RI, モバイル便利帳)
P
. 14-7
3D Display Setting
－
ON
P
. 14-8
言語選択 (Language)
15
日本語
P
. 14-6
Original Menu
52
Account Details, Retrieve New, Ring Volume, Vibrator, Alarm,
Change Security Code
P
. 14-10
Menu Display Set
57
Menu Display: List, Theme: Differs according to the model color,
Memory Focus: ON
P
. 14-9
Viewer Settings
－
Picture
P
. 14-6
Icons
36
－
P
. 1-8
Icons Setting
－
ON
P
. 14-10
Screen Filter
－
OFF
P
. 14-6
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-32
Menu List
Appendix
15
Display
Image Display Mode
－
Vivid
P
. 14-6
Mail Rec’d Setting
－
Display Sender
Call Time/Charge
Call Data
61
－
P
. 3-11
Set Max Cost Limit
－
Notify Setting: OFF
P
. 14-19
Reset Total
60
－
P
. 3-19
Auto Reset Total Cost
－
OFF
P
. 14-19
Clock
Set Main Time
31
Auto Time Adjust: Auto, Summer Time: OFF
P
. 14-2
Set Sub Clock
－
Display Method: OFF, Summer Time: OFF, Area Name: Display
Clock Display
39
Display: ON, Size: Up Small, Color: Differ according to the
model color
Alarm Setting
－
Alarm Preferred
P
. 14-3
Clock Alarm Tone Set
－
Sound 10
Auto Power ON
－
OFF
Auto Power OFF
－
OFF
Security
Function Lock
－
OFF
P
. 4-3
IC Card Lock Set.
－
IC Card Lock: OFF, IC Lock(Power-off): Maintain
P
. 11-4
Call Remote Lock
－
OFF
Keypad Lock
－
After Closed: OFF, Timer: OFF, Lock Key: ON, Security Code:
NO
P
. 4-4
Emission OFF Mode
－
NO (not set)
P
. 4-8
Secret Mode
40
－
P
. 4-9
Secret Data Only Mode
41
－
Reject Unknown
－
Accept
P
. 4-7
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-33
Menu List
Appendix
15
Security
Call Setting W/O ID
10
Unknown, Payphone, User Unset: Accept (Select Ring Tone:
Same as Ring Tone, Select Calling Disp.: Same as Display)
P
. 4-7
Change Security Code
29
9999
P
. 1-21
IC Card Authentic.
－
OFF
P
. 4-6
PIN Setting
－
－
P
. 4-2
Slide-style Setting
Setting When Open
－
Answer Incoming, Display New Mail, Display Missed call: OFF
P
. 14-12
Slide Sound
－
Open Sound: Open 1 (Ring Time: 2.0 seconds), Close Sound:
close 1 (Ring Tone: 2.0 seconds)
P
. 14-14
Keypad Setting
Keypad Sound
－
OFF
P
. 14-39
Shortcut-key Setting
－
Schedule
External
Connection
USB Mode Setting
－
Communication Mode
P
. 13-5
Headset Usage Setting
－
Headset + speaker
P
. 14-15
Headset Mic. Setting
－
Headset Microphone
Auto Answer Setting
－
Phone, Video Call: OFF
Connection
Settings
SMS Center Selection
－
819066519300
P
. 14-25
Certificate
－
All Certificates: Valid
P
. 6-13
Retrieve NW Info
－
P
. 1-18
Send Location Info
－
－
Confirm
P
. 14-27
Int’l Roaming Set
NW Search Mode
－
Auto
P
. 14-21
PLMN Setting
－
Display Operator
Name
Display OFF
Optional Services
Caller ID Notification
17
Activate/Deactivate: ON
P
. 3-21
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-34
Menu List
Appendix
15
Optional Services
Voice Mail/Divert
－
－
P
. 3-14
P
. 3-15
P
. 3-19
Call Waiting
－
－
P
. 3-20
Call Barring
－
－
P
. 3-21
Other Settings
Charge Sound
－
ON
P
. 14-14
Battery Level
71
－
P
. 1-22
Network Status
－
－
Character Input Set
35
Input Mode: 5-touch, Conversion: ON, T9 Change Mode: T9
Kanji Change Mode, CHG Input Size: Standard, Auto Cursor:
Normal
P
. 14-39
Volume Restriction
－
ON
P
. 14-14
Reset Settings
23
－
P
. 14-41
Initialize
－
－
Software Update
－
－
P
. 15-4
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
15-35
Appendix
15
Specifications
Main Specifications
1
In case the image size is QVGA(Wallpaper) and the image
quality is set to Fine (the file size is 10 KB).
2
Time for recording when recorded in the following conditions:
3
Shared with images, videos and saved pages.
Model
930CA
Dimensions (HｘWｘD)
50ｘ112ｘ16.5 mm
Weight
138 g
Continuous Standby Time
Approx. 540 hrs
Continuous Talk Time
Voice Call: Approx. 215 min.
Video Call: 100 min. or more
Charging Time
Max. 120 min.
Display
Type
TFT 262,144 colors
Size
Approx. 3.0 inches
Pixels
409,920 pixels
(854ｘ480 dots)
Camera
Imaging device
CMOS
Effective pixels
Approx. 8.09 million pixels
Recording pixels Approx. 7.99 million pixels
Zoom (digital)
Up to approx. 3ｘ
Still images
Up to approx. 1,000 files1
Still images for
continuous shooting
5 to 10 files2
Still image file
format
JPEG
Camera
Video recording
time
Handset: Up to approx. 276 sec.2
Memory card: Up to approx. 120
min.2
Video file format MP4
TV
Continuous
watching time
Approx. 155 min.
Approx. 230 min. (ECO
Mode)
Maximum
recording time
Depends on the memory card
capacity(300 min. per 1 GB)
Chaku-Uta®
and Chaku-
Uta Full®
Storage Capacity Phone: 180 MB/Up to 100
files
Memory card: Depends on
the memory card capacity3
Handset
memory card
Image size
SubQCIF(Mail S)
Image quality
Normal
File size
2MB
Long Time
Recording type
Normal
15-36
Specifications
Appendix
15
Handset Materials
Where Used
Material
Finish
Outer casing
Display
surface
PC resin +
stainless plating
Acrylic UV-cured
coating
Display back SUS back
Electrodeposited
coating
Keypad
surface
PC resin +
stainless plating
Acrylic UV-cured
coating
Center Front Key
PC resin
Vapor deposition
+ acrylic UV-
cured coating
Shutter key
PC resin
Vapor deposition
+ acrylic UV-
cured coating
Camera lens frame metal
(outside)
ABS resin
Vapor deposition
+ acrylic UV-
cured coating
Camera lens frame metal
(inside)
Aluminum alloy
Alumite
Strap Pin
Aluminum alloy
Alumite
Battery
compartment
Screws
Iron
Nickel plating
Cover
PC resin
Acrylic UV-cured
coating
Terminal
Copper alloy
Gold plating
Battery (terminal)
Epoxy resin
(glass epoxy)
Gold plating
Digital TV
Antenna
Tip
ABS resin,
bronze
Nickel plating
Antenna
PA, SUS
－
Where Used
Material
Finish
15-37
Specifications
Appendix
15
Maximum Number of Storable
Items
1
Up to 50 entries can be saved on USIM Card.
2
The actual number that can be saved or protected may be less
depending on the data size.
3
An additional 10 received and sent SMS messages can be
saved on USIM Card.
4
Up to 100 additional messages/files can be saved in Secret
Folders.
5
Up to 10 additional files can be saved in Secret Folder.
6
Includes data stored by default.
Item
Maximum
Number
Maximum
That Can be
Protected
Phone Book entries
1,0001
－
Schedule
2,500
－
To Do List
100
－
Mail
Received
messages
1,0002 3 4
1,0002
Sent
messages
4002 3 4
200
Draft
messages
202
－
Bookmarks Yahoo! Keitai 1005
－
PC Site
Browser
1005
－
Saved Pages
1002
50
S! Appli
962
－
Melodies
4002
－
Songs
1002
－
Template (Graphic Mail)
456
－
Answering Machine
Voice calls: 5
(20 sec. each)
Video calls: 2
(20 sec. each)
－
Dialed Calls
30
－
Received Calls (Including
Missed Call)
30
－
Speed Dial
10 (Entry Number
000-009)
－
Item
Maximum
Number
Maximum
That Can be
Protected
15-38
Specifications
Appendix
15
Memory Card Folders & Files
Folder
File
DCIM
XXXCADCF
Still images captured with handset camera
PRIVATE
MYFOLDER
Mail
Inbox
Backup data of Inbox
Sent Messages
Backup data of Outbox
Drafts
Backup data of Draft
Utility
Calendar
Backup data of Schedule
Contacts
Backup data of Phone Book
Memo
Backup data of Text Memo
Rights
Backup file of content keys
Tasks
Backup file of To Do List
My Items
Book
Books
Bookmarks
Backup file of Bookmarks
Flash(R)
Flash® files
Games and More
S! Appli files
Music
Songs
Pictograms
My Pictograms
Pictures
Still images
Sounds & Ringtones
Melodies
Videos
Videos
15-39
Specifications
Appendix
15
PRIVATE
MYFOLDER
CA_Folder
Other files
SD_VIDEO MGR_INFO
TV Program recording management file
PRGXXX
TV Program recording files
Folder
File
15-40
Index
15
Index
Number
2-touch Mode ............................... 2-16
3D Display Setting ........................ 14-8
5-touch Mode ............................... 2-13
A
Access Files .................................... 12-3
Access Handset Functions ............... 2-2
Access the Internet
From Bookmarks .......................... 6-10
From Data Broadcasts .................... 8-8
From Entered URL Record ............ 6-12
From Scanned Data .................... 11-24
From TV Links .............................. 8-16
From URL in Text .......................... 5-24
From Web Page ........................... 6-14
PC Site Browser ............................. 6-5
Using Access History ...................... 6-3
Using URL History .......................... 6-6
Yahoo! Keitai ................................. 6-3
Account Details ............................. 1-22
Add folder
Bookmark .................................... 6-16
Data Folder .................................. 12-9
Messages ..................................... 5-23
After Sales Service ...................... 15-51
Alarm ........................................... 11-14
Cancel .......................................11-15
Edit ............................................11-23
Release all ..................................11-23
Set .............................................11-14
Set Priority ...................................14-3
Alarm Activation Operations .....11-15
Alarm Notification Operations
Schedule ......................................11-7
To Do List .....................................11-9
Answer Setting ............................14-12
Answer Video Calls .........................3-8
Answer Voice Calls ..........................3-4
Answering Machine ........................3-4
Activate When Call Arrives .............3-5
Play/Delete Messages ............3-5, 3-18
Settings ..........................................3-4
Any Key Answer ..........................14-12
Attach to Mail
Bookmark ....................................6-16
Delete Attached Files ....................5-18
Files ...............................................5-3
Shoot Image/Video .......................5-18
Authentication Password .............13-3
Auto Answer Setting ..................14-15
Auto Cursor ...................................2-13
Auto Power On/Off .......................14-3
Auto Redial as Voice ...................14-20
Auto Reset Total Cost .................14-19
Auto-sort .......................................5-12
B
Backlight ........................................14-7
Bar Code ......................................11-16
Bar Code Reader .........................11-16
Check Scanned Data ..................11-17
Delete Scanned Data ..................11-25
Scan ...........................................11-16
Basic Key Operations ......................1-3
Battery ...........................................1-13
Installation ...................................1-13
Blog/Mail Member ..........................5-4
Add Addresses ...............................5-4
Delete Addresses ..........................5-18
Edit Address .................................5-18
Specify Recipients .........................5-16
Booked Programs ..........................8-13
Change Order ..............................8-18
Delete ..........................................8-19
Bookmarks .....................................6-10
Access Page .................................6-10
Add Folder ...................................6-16
Delete ..........................................6-16
Delete Folder ................................6-16
Edit URL .......................................6-15
Move ...........................................6-16
Number of Bookmarks .................6-16
15-41
Index
Index
15
Save ............................................. 6-10
Save Scanned URL ...................... 11-25
Send by Mail ................................ 6-16
Sort Folder ................................... 6-16
Books ............................................. 10-5
BookSurfing® ................................ 10-5
C
Calculator .................................... 11-13
Call Barring ................................... 3-21
Call Forward .................................. 3-14
Call Rejection ................................ 3-16
Call Time/Charge ........................... 3-11
Call Waiting .................................. 3-20
Caller ID ................................3-16, 3-21
Calling While Abroad ................... 3-13
Camera ............................................ 7-2
Add Frame ................................... 7-14
Auto Timer .................................. 7-14
Best Shot ............................7-17, 7-18
Brightness ...........................7-17, 7-18
Camera Menu Settings ................ 7-16
Camera Mode .....................7-16, 7-18
Camera Style ................................. 7-3
Cellular Style .................................. 7-4
Color Mode Set ........................... 7-24
Continuous Shooting ................... 7-13
Image Size ..........................7-17, 7-18
Memory Info ................................7-24
Settings ......................................14-31
Shooting in BI-DO-RI/Photo ............7-6
Shooting Videos ...........................7-10
Viewfinder .....................................7-3
Center Access Code .......................1-21
Certificate ......................................6-13
Change
Entry Number ...............................2-31
Font Size (Message Text) ..............5-25
Graphic Mail Effects .....................5-18
Network Password .......................3-21
PIN1/PIN2 .......................................4-2
Security Code ...............................1-21
Shortcuts .....................................2-28
To, Cc or Bcc ................................5-16
Change Skin ................................14-35
Channel List .................................14-28
Delete a Channel .......................14-28
Remote Control Numbers ...........14-28
Save Stations of a Different
Area .............................................8-15
Switch ..........................................8-15
Channel Settings .............................8-5
Automatic ....................................8-15
Reset ..........................................14-30
Character Stamp ...........................12-8
Charge Battery ..............................1-13
AC Charger ..................................1-16
Charge Sound ..............................14-14
Check Battery Level ......................1-22
Check PC Site Browser Settings ..14-26
Check Settings (Mail) ..................14-24
Check TV Settings .......................14-30
CHG Input Method ........................2-12
CHG Input Size ............................14-39
Clear Learned (Text Entry) ..........14-39
Clock ..............................................14-2
Clock Alarm Tone Set ...................14-3
Clock Display .................................14-2
Codes .............................................1-21
Center Access Code .....................1-21
Network Password .......................1-21
Security Code ...............................1-21
Compose & Send Messages
Attach Files ....................................5-3
Compose S! Mail ............................5-3
Compose SMS ................................5-5
Delete Receiver .............................5-16
Edit ..............................................5-23
From Phone Book .........................2-32
From Quick List ............................3-12
From Scanned Data ....................11-24
From Web Page ............................6-14
Graphic Mail ..................................5-4
Insert Header/Signature ................5-17
15-42
Index
Index
15
Save ............................................. 5-17
Specify Recipients from a Blog/Mail
Member List ................................. 5-16
To/Cc/Bcc ..................................... 5-16
Compose New Messages .........5-3, 5-5
Continuous Shooting .................... 7-13
Conversion .........................2-13, 14-39
Cookie Settings ........................... 14-26
Copy
Between Handset & Memory
Card .......................................... 12-13
Event ......................................... 11-22
Phone Book Entries .............2-24, 2-33
SMS Messages ............................. 5-22
Text ............................................. 2-15
Custom Lock .................................... 4-3
Customer Service ........................ 15-52
Customize by Group ..................... 2-23
D
Data BC settings .......................... 14-29
Data Broadcasts .............................. 8-8
Data Folder ................................... 12-2
Add Folder ................................... 12-9
Change Order of Files ................ 12-15
Check File Information ............... 12-15
Delete Files ................................ 12-18
Delete Folder ............................. 12-17
Edit File Name ............................12-17
Edit Folder Name ........................12-17
Edit Still Images ............................12-7
Edit Videos ...................................12-8
Memory Info ..............................12-17
Move Files ....................................12-9
Open Files ....................................12-3
Original Animation .......................12-4
Playlist (Melody) ...........................12-4
Playlist (Video) ..............................12-5
Ringtone ....................................12-15
Secret Folders .................................4-9
Stand-by display .........................12-15
Delete All S! Appli ......................14-36
Delete Cache ...............................14-26
Delete Cookies ............................14-26
Delivery Report (S! Mail) ............14-22
Dial
From Dialed Calls .........................3-10
From Phone Book .........................2-21
From Quick List ............................3-12
From Received Calls .....................3-10
From Redial ..................................3-10
From Scanned Data ....................11-24
From Web Page ...........................6-14
Global Roaming ...........................3-13
International Calls ..........................3-3
Phone Number in Message Text ...5-24
Video Calls .....................................3-7
Voice Calls .....................................3-3
Dial Lock ..........................................4-3
Dialed Calls ....................................3-10
Dictionaries ...................................2-16
Disp. Call/Receive No. .................14-14
Disp. Phone Book Image .............14-12
Display Design ...............................14-5
Display Indicators ............................1-8
Display Light (TV) ........................14-29
Display Mode Setting ..................14-27
Display Operator Name ..............14-21
Display Setting ..............................14-4
Video Call ..................................14-20
Download
Music .............................................9-4
S! Appli ..........................................9-8
Templates (Graphic Mail) ..............5-19
Downloads ..................................14-26
DPOF setting ...............................12-14
E
Earphone-Microphone
Settings ........................................14-15
Earpiece Volume ......................3-3, 3-8
ECO Mode ...................................14-29
Edit
Address (Blog/Mail Member) ........5-18
15-43
Index
Index
15
Alarm Settings ........................... 11-23
Blog/Mail Member List Name ....... 5-18
Event ......................................... 11-21
File Name (Data Folder) .............. 12-17
Folder Name (Bookmark) .............. 6-16
Folder Name (Data Folder) .......... 12-17
Folder Name (Messages) .............. 5-23
Folder Name (Templates) .............. 2-30
Own Dictionary ............................ 2-30
Phone Book Entry ........................ 2-32
Readings in T9 Input Mode .......... 2-17
Still Images .................................. 12-7
Template (Graphic Mail) ............... 5-19
Templates
(Common Phrases) ..............2-15, 2-30
Text ............................................. 2-15
Text Memo ................................ 11-11
URL (Bookmark) ........................... 6-15
Videos ......................................... 12-8
View Timer Settings ..................... 8-18
Edit Still Images ............................ 12-7
Brightness .................................. 12-16
Change Size ............................... 12-16
Character Stamp .......................... 12-8
Correct Backlight ....................... 12-16
Frame .......................................... 12-7
Marker stamp .............................. 12-7
Refresh skin tone ....................... 12-17
Retouch .....................................12-16
Rotate ........................................12-16
Trim away ....................................12-8
Edit Videos ....................................12-8
Emission OFF Mode .........................4-8
Enter URL ..................................6-3, 6-6
Delete Records .............................6-13
F
FeliCa Mark .....................................1-2
IC Card Authentication ..................4-6
IC Card Illumination ...................14-40
Osaifu-Keitai® ..............................11-2
Flash Sound Effect ......................14-27
Font ................................................14-5
Font Size (Internet) .....................14-27
Font Size (Mail) ...........................14-24
Format Memory Card .................12-12
Forward (Message) .......................5-24
Forwarding Image
(Phone Book) ...............................14-16
Frame .............................................12-7
Front Keys ........................................1-7
Basic Operations ............................1-7
Operations .....................................1-7
Quick Launcher ..............................2-3
G
Global Roaming ............................3-13
Call Japan and Other Countries ....3-13
Call within the Same Country .......3-13
Settings ......................................14-21
Graphic Mail
Cancel Effects ..............................5-19
Create ............................................5-4
Create from a Template ...............5-19
Delete Templates ..........................5-19
Edit a Template ............................5-19
Save template ..............................5-19
Group Calling ................................3-20
Group Setting (Phone Book) ......14-16
H
Handset Parts ..................................1-2
Handsfree ......................................3-17
Hands-free Switch (Video Call) ...14-20
Header/Signature .............14-22, 14-24
Headset SW to Dial .....................14-15
Headset Usage Setting ...............14-15
History ......................................6-3, 6-6
Delete ..........................................6-12
Holidays .........................................11-7
15-44
Index
Index
15
I
IC Card Authentication ................... 4-6
Icon Always Show ....................... 14-29
Icons Setting ................................ 14-10
Illumination ................................. 14-11
Image
Edit .............................................. 12-7
Open Image File ........................... 12-3
Image Info Mail .............................. 5-7
Image/Keyword Info Settings .... 14-23
Incoming Message Image ........... 14-12
Incoming Message Info ................ 14-6
Infrared ......................................... 13-2
Authentication Password ............. 13-3
Receive All ................................... 13-4
Receive One File ........................... 13-3
Send All Ir Data ............................ 13-3
Send One File ............................... 13-3
Infrared Port ................................... 1-2
Initial Setup ................................... 1-18
Initialize
Handset ..................................... 14-41
Input Mode ................................. 14-39
Insertion & Removal
Battery ......................................... 1-13
Memory Card ............................ 12-10
USIM Card ................................... 1-12
Int’l Dial Assistance .....................14-17
Internal Antenna ............................1-2
International Calls ...........................3-3
Enter “＋“ ...................................3-16
Internet ............................................6-2
Connect ..................................6-3, 6-5
Enter URL ................................6-3, 6-6
History ....................................6-3, 6-6
Page Operations .............................6-8
Reload .........................................6-13
Return to Home ...........................6-12
Send URL by Mail .........................6-14
Settings ......................................14-26
Interval/Number (Continuous
Shooting) .....................................14-32
J
JAN Code .....................................11-16
K
Key Settings .................................14-39
Keypad Lock ....................................4-4
Keypad Sound .............................14-39
Keyword Search ..............................2-2
Kisekae Theme Settings ................14-3
L
Language（言語選択）
.....................14-6
Lock
Custom Lock ..................................4-3
Dial Lock ........................................4-3
IC Card Lock ................................11-4
Keypad Lock ...................................4-4
Remote Lock ................................11-4
M
Mail ..................................................5-2
Add Folder ...................................5-23
Auto-sort .....................................5-12
Delete ..........................................5-22
Delete All Delivery Reports ............5-22
Delete Attached Files ....................5-22
Delete Folder ................................5-23
Delete Read ..................................5-22
Draft ............................................5-24
Edit ..............................................5-23
Filter .............................................5-25
Folder Lock ...................................5-12
Forward .......................................5-24
Mail Box Lock ...............................5-12
Mail Setting ................................14-22
Mail Windows ..............................5-11
Message Storage Locations ..........5-10
15-45
Index
Index
15
Move ........................................... 5-21
Move to Trash Box ....................... 5-21
No. of Messages .......................... 5-23
Protect ......................................... 5-21
Search Mail .................................. 5-25
Secret Folders .............................. 5-13
Sort ............................................. 5-25
Sort Folder ................................... 5-23
Mail List Disp. .............................. 14-24
Mail Ring Time ............................ 14-11
Mail Setting ................................. 14-22
Manner Mode ............................... 1-20
Manner Mode Set ...................... 14-13
Original ...................................... 14-13
Release Time Setting .................. 14-13
Start Time Setting ...................... 14-13
Manufacture Number ................. 14-26
Marker Stamp ............................... 12-7
Melody Playback
Playlist ......................................... 12-4
Set Repeat Play .......................... 12-16
Memory Card .............................. 12-10
Access Data ............................... 12-12
Check & Repair .......................... 12-18
Check Available Memory
Space ......................................... 12-18
Check microSD .......................... 12-18
Copy Data from Handset ........... 12-13
Copy Data to Handset ................12-13
Delete Data ................................12-18
DPOF setting ..............................12-14
Folders & Files ............................15-38
Format .......................................12-12
Insert & Remove .........................12-10
Memory Space (Memory info)
Data Folder ................................12-17
Memory Card .............................12-18
Music ...........................................9-12
Number of Saved Pages ...............6-17
S! Appli ........................................9-13
Server Mail Memory .....................5-21
Menu Display Set ..........................14-9
Menu List .....................................15-21
Message Download ....................14-23
Missed Calls ...................................3-11
Missed Calls Window ..................14-12
Move
Bookmarks ...................................6-16
Files .............................................12-9
Messages .....................................5-21
Movie Viewer ................................7-21
Multi Function .................................2-9
Activate Another Function ..............2-9
Combinations ..............................15-2
Toggle Functions ..........................2-10
Music Player ....................................9-2
Playback Windows .........................9-3
Settings ......................................14-35
My Phone Number ........................1-22
N
Network Password ........................1-21
Noise Reduction ..........................14-18
Number of Entries
Bookmarks ...................................6-16
Events ........................................11-21
Phone Book Entries ......................2-32
Saved Messages ...........................5-23
NW Search Mode ........................14-21
O
One Seg Digital TV ..........................8-2
Open Inbox Messages .....................5-7
Open New Messages .......................5-7
Optional Services ..........................3-14
Original Animation .......................12-4
Original Manner Mode ...............14-13
Original Menu .............................14-10
Osaifu-Keitai® ...............................11-2
Activate Lifestyle-Appli® ...............11-3
Download Lifestyle-Appli® ............11-3
Restrict Use ..................................11-4
Settings ......................................14-40
Use ..............................................11-3
15-46
Index
Index
15
Own Dictionary ............................. 2-16
Delete .......................................... 2-31
Edit .............................................. 2-30
P
Pause dial ...........................3-17, 14-17
PC Connection ............................... 13-5
Access Memory Card Data ........... 13-5
Packet Transmission ..................... 13-6
USB Mode Setting ........................ 13-5
PC Site Browser ............................... 6-5
Change Disp. mode ..................... 6-12
Windows ....................................... 6-5
Phone Book
Access Entries from Other
Functions ..................................... 2-22
Change Entry Number ................. 2-31
Change Index Tab ........................ 2-31
Check Number of Entries ............. 2-32
Copy ............................................ 2-33
Copy to USIM Card ...................... 2-24
Create Entries .............................. 2-20
Create Entries from Other
Functions ..................................... 2-20
Delete Entries ............................... 2-33
Delete Items ................................. 2-33
Dial .............................................. 2-21
Edit an Entry ................................ 2-32
Group Setting ............................14-16
Restrictions ..................................2-23
Ring Tone/Image ..........................2-23
S! Addressbook Back-up ..............2-26
Save from Scanned Data ............11-24
Search ..........................................2-21
Set Incoming Image .....................2-20
Set Preferred Search Method ......14-16
Set Secret .....................................2-24
PIN Lock & Cancellation ................1-11
PIN1 ................................................1-11
PIN1/PIN2
Change PIN1/PIN2 ..........................4-2
PIN1code entry set .........................4-2
Place Calls on Hold ........................3-16
Play
Answering Machine .......................3-5
Music .............................................9-5
Playlist ............................................9-7
Voice Announce .........................14-15
Voice Mail ....................................3-15
Playlist (Songs) ................................9-6
Add Music ...................................9-12
Cancel Playlist Songs ....................9-12
Create ............................................9-6
Delete ..........................................9-13
Play ................................................9-7
Sort Playlist ..................................9-12
Power On/Off ................................1-18
Power Save Mode .........................1-23
Prefix Numbers ..............................3-16
Prefix Setting ...............................14-17
Program Guide ................................8-9
Q
QR Code .......................................11-16
Quality Alarm ..............................14-18
Quality Setting .....................7-17, 7-18
Quick Launcher ...............................2-3
Play Music ......................................9-6
Shoot Still Images ...........................7-8
Shoot Videos ................................7-10
Watch TV .......................................8-7
Quick List .......................................3-12
Cancel Entries ..............................3-19
Dial ..............................................3-12
Save Entries ..................................3-12
Send Messages .............................3-12
Quick Silent .................................14-12
R
Receive & Open Messages ..............5-7
Manually Retrieve Messages .........5-20
Open Inbox Messages ....................5-7
Open New Messages ......................5-7
Reply ..............................................5-8
15-47
Index
Index
15
Retrieve Complete S! Mail ............ 5-20
Save Attachments ........................ 5-13
Use Mail List .................................. 5-8
Receive Messages .......................... 5-20
Received Calls ................................ 3-10
Receiving Setting ........................ 14-23
Reconnect Signal ........................ 14-18
Record Sound
Voice Announce ........................ 14-15
Record Timer ................................. 8-13
Record Voice ............................... 11-12
Redial ............................................. 3-10
Register
S! Quick News Contents .............. 10-2
Reject Calls W/O Caller ID ............... 4-7
Reject Unknown ............................. 4-7
Reload
Data Broadcasts ........................... 8-16
Web Page .................................... 6-13
Remote Control Numbers .......... 14-28
Reply to Messages .......................... 5-8
Reset
Account Details ............................ 1-22
Blog/Mail Member List Name ....... 5-18
Channel Settings ........................ 14-30
Confirmation Window
(Data Broadcasts) ....................... 14-30
Folder Name (Common Phrases) .. 2-30
Handset .....................................14-41
Holidays .....................................11-22
Mail Settings ..............................14-24
Original Menu ............................14-10
PC Site Browser Settings ............14-27
S! Appli Settings ........................14-36
S! Quick News ...........................14-37
Shortcuts .....................................2-28
SMS Center Selection .................14-25
Total Call Cost .............................3-19
Total Call Time .............................3-19
TV Settings .................................14-30
Yahoo! Keitai Settings ................14-27
Reset Holidays .............................11-22
Reset Mail Settings .....................14-24
Reset PC Site Browser Settings ...14-27
Reset Settings ..............................14-41
Reset Storage Area (TV) .............14-30
Reset Total Call Cost .....................3-19
Reset Total Call Time ....................3-19
Ring Volume ................................14-10
S
S! Addressbook Back-up ...............2-26
Auto Synchronize .......................14-16
Check Settings ...........................14-16
Check Synchronize Log ................2-27
Delete Synchronize Log ................2-33
Synchronize Types ........................2-26
Use ..............................................2-26
S! Appli ............................................9-8
Activate ..........................................9-9
Delete ..........................................9-13
Download ......................................9-8
Settings ......................................14-35
S! Info Channel .............................10-3
Checking Latest Information .........10-3
Get Latest Contents .....................10-6
Save File .......................................10-6
Settings ......................................14-37
Weather Indicators .......................10-3
S! Quick News ...............................10-2
Auto Update Settings ...................10-6
Check Updated Information .........10-2
Delete Registered News ................10-6
Manually Update ..........................10-6
Register News ..............................10-2
S! Quick News Settings ...............14-37
Save
Blog/Mail Member List ....................5-4
Bookmarks ...................................6-10
Events ..........................................11-6
Holidays .......................................11-7
Own Dictionary ............................2-16
Phone Book Entries ......................2-20
Quick List .....................................3-12
15-48
Index
Index
15
Saved Pages ................................. 6-10
Tasks ........................................... 11-9
Text Memos ............................... 11-11
TV Links ....................................... 8-16
Saved Pages ................................... 6-10
Delete .......................................... 6-17
No. of pages ................................ 6-17
Open ........................................... 6-10
Protect ......................................... 6-17
Save ............................................. 6-10
Schedule (Events) .......................... 11-6
Add Holidays ............................... 11-7
Check .......................................... 11-7
Copy .......................................... 11-22
Delete ...............................11-8, 11-22
Edit ............................................ 11-21
No. of schedules ........................ 11-21
Save ............................................. 11-6
Save a Text Memo to Schedule .. 11-23
Window ....................................... 11-6
Screen Filter .................................. 14-6
Script Settings ............................. 14-26
Scroll (Internet) ........................... 14-26
Scroll (Mail) ................................. 14-24
Search
Messages in a Folder .................... 5-25
Phone Book ................................. 2-21
Songs .......................................... 9-12
Secret Data
Phone Book Entries ......................2-24
Schedule ....................................11-22
Secret Data Only Mode ..................4-9
Secret Folders ..................................4-9
Secret Mode ....................................4-9
Secure Remote Lock ........................4-5
Security Codes ...............................1-21
Change ........................................1-21
Select Calling Disp./Select
Receiving Disp. ............................14-12
Select Image (Video Call) ............14-20
Select Microphone ......................14-15
Select Ring Tone .........................14-11
From Data Folder .......................12-15
Send Location Info ......................14-27
Send Messages ................................5-3
Check Delivery .............................5-17
Send Referer ................................14-26
Server Mail ......................................5-8
Delete ..........................................5-21
Forward .......................................5-21
Update Mail List ...........................5-20
Set Hold Tone ..............................14-18
Set Image Disp. (Video Player) ...14-35
Set Main Time ...............................14-2
Set Max Cost Limit ......................14-19
Set Ring Time ..................................4-7
Set Sub Clock .................................14-2
Shoot Still Image .............................7-6
Shoot Videos .................................7-10
Shoot from Quick Launcher ..........7-10
Video Type ...................................7-24
Shooting
Auto Timer ...................................7-14
BI-DO-RI .........................................7-6
Continuous Shooting ...................7-13
Frames .........................................7-14
Movie ...........................................7-10
Movie (from Quick Launcher) .......7-10
Photo .............................................7-8
Photo (from Quick Launcher) ..........7-8
Shortcut-key Setting ...................14-39
Shortcuts/Notifications ...................2-5
Change Order ..............................2-28
CHG Icon Image ...........................2-28
Delete Notifications ......................2-28
Delete Shortcuts ...........................2-28
Reset ............................................2-28
Settings ........................................14-7
Show/Hide ...................................2-29
Shutter Sound .............................14-31
Simple Menu .................................2-28
Slide Sound ..................................14-14
Slide-style Setting .......................14-13
Answer Incoming .......................14-13
15-49
Index
Index
15
Display Missed Call .................... 14-12
Display New Mail ....................... 14-12
SMS
Receive .......................................... 5-7
Send .............................................. 5-5
SMS Center Selection ................. 14-25
SMS Settings .............................. 14-22
Snap Viewer .................................. 7-19
Software Update .......................... 15-4
Songs ............................................... 9-2
Download ...................................... 9-4
Memory Info ................................ 9-12
Play ................................................ 9-5
Play from Quick Launcher .............. 9-6
Repeat Setting ............................. 9-11
Resume Play ................................. 9-11
Search ......................................... 9-12
Set as Ringtone ............................ 9-12
Sort ............................................. 9-12
Sort (Change Order)
Booked Programs ......................... 8-18
Files ........................................... 12-15
Folders (Bookmark) ...................... 6-16
Folders (Mail) ............................... 5-23
Messages ..................................... 5-25
Original Menu Items .................. 14-10
Playlist Songs ............................... 9-12
Shortcuts ..................................... 2-28
Songs ...........................................9-12
Tasks ..........................................11-22
Specifications ..............................15-35
Start Attachment (auto) .............14-24
Stereo Earphone Conversion
Cable .................................................. vi
Sub-address Setting ....................14-17
Subtitles .......................................14-28
T
T9 Change Mode .........................14-39
T9 Input Mode ..............................2-16
Templates (Common Phrases)
Delete ..........................................2-30
Edit .....................................2-15, 2-30
Insert ...........................................2-14
Text Entry ......................................2-11
2-touch Mode ..............................2-16
5-touch Mode ..............................2-13
Alphanumerics, Numbers &
Katakana .....................................2-15
Character Entry Modes .................2-12
Common Phrases (Templates) ......2-14
Conversion ...................................2-13
Copy ............................................2-15
Correction ....................................2-15
Cut ..............................................2-15
Dakuten (゛) & Handakuten (゜) ...2-14
Deletion .......................................2-15
Emoticons ....................................2-14
Key Assignments ........................15-11
Kuten Code List ..........................15-14
Kuten Codes ................................2-30
Line Feed ......................................2-29
Lower Case ..................................2-14
Lower Case & Upper Case ............2-29
Overwrite & Insert Modes .............2-29
Paste ............................................2-15
Pictographs ..................................2-14
Quote Data ..................................2-30
Settings ......................................14-39
Single-byte & Double-byte ............2-29
Space ...........................................2-29
Split Windows ..............................2-12
Symbols .......................................2-14
T9 Input Mode .............................2-16
Text Entry Window .......................2-11
Text Input Methods ......................2-12
Use Dictionary ..............................2-29
Text Memo ..................................11-11
Check Information .....................11-23
Delete ........................................11-11
Edit ............................................11-11
Save ...........................................11-11
Save from Scanned Data ............11-25
Sort ............................................11-23
15-50
Index
Index
15
Text Reader ................................. 11-18
Check Scanned Text ................... 11-20
Correct Scanned Text ................. 11-23
Delete Scanned Data .................. 11-25
Scan .......................................... 11-19
Scan Modes ............................... 11-18
Text Scanning Window .............. 11-18
To Do List (Tasks) .......................... 11-9
Change Order ............................ 11-22
Check ........................................ 11-10
Delete .............................11-10, 11-22
Save ............................................. 11-9
Set Status .................................. 11-22
Trim Away (Still Image) ................ 12-8
Troubleshooting ........................... 15-6
TV ..................................................... 8-2
Brightness .................................... 8-15
Channel Settings ............................ 8-5
Data Broadcasts ............................. 8-8
Program Guide .............................. 8-9
Program Info ................................ 8-15
Record Timer ............................... 8-13
Settings ..................................... 14-28
View Timer .................................. 8-13
Watch ............................................ 8-6
Windows ....................................... 8-4
TV Link
Delete .......................................... 8-17
No. of TV links .............................8-16
Save .............................................8-16
Show Details ................................8-16
U
Update
S! Quick News List .......................10-6
Server Mail List .............................5-20
USB Mode Setting .........................13-5
Use as Modem ...............................13-6
USIM Card ......................................1-10
Copy Phone Book Entries ....2-24, 2-33
Copy SMS Messages ....................5-22
Delete Phone Book Entries ...........2-33
Delete SMS Messages ..................5-22
Install/Remove ..............................1-12
PINs .............................................1-11
V
Vibrator .......................................14-11
Video Call ........................................3-7
Brightness ....................................3-18
Color Mode Set ............................3-18
Settings ......................................14-20
Visual Prefer. ................................3-17
White Balance ..............................3-18
Window .........................................3-7
View Timer ....................................8-13
Edit ..............................................8-18
Viewer Settings .............................14-6
Voice Announce ..........................14-15
Voice Call .........................................3-3
Send Touch Tones ........................3-17
Voice Mail ......................................3-15
Missed Call Notification ................3-15
Play Messages ..............................3-15
Voice Memo ................................11-12
Record the Other Party’s Voice ...11-12
Record Your Voice ......................11-12
Voice Memo in Standby ..............11-12
Volume Restriction .....................14-14
W
Wallpaper (Stand-by display)
Image in Data Folder ..................12-15
Video in Data Folder ...................12-15
Warning Messages ......................14-27
Warranty .....................................15-51
Weather Indicators .......................10-3
Manually Update ..........................10-7
Settings ......................................14-38
Subscribe for Service ....................10-3
Y
Yahoo! Keitai ..................................6-3
Switch to PC ................................6-12
15-51
Appendix
15
Warranty & After Sales Service
Warranty
A warranty card is included with 930CA.
●Check that the store name and purchase date sections have
been filled correctly.
●Read the card carefully and store it in a safe place.
●See the card for the warranty period.
After Sales Service
Refer to ”Troubleshooting” (P. 15-6) before submitting your
handset for repair.
If problems still persist, contact SoftBank Customer Center,
Customer Assistance of your area (P. 15-52), or consult with
your nearest SoftBank shop.
Provide us with detailed information of your problems.
●Repair within the warranty period is carried out in accordance
with the conditions of the warranty.
●Repair after the warranty period is carried out if possible, and
the owner of handset is responsible for any repair costs.
●Data and settings you saved may be lost or altered as a result
of failure or repair of handset. It is recommended that you keep
a backup copy of important data (e.g. Phone Book entries,
image and sound files). SoftBank assumes no responsibility for
any damages due to the loss or alteration of handset data.
●Disassembling or modifying handset may constitute a violation
of Radio Law. Your handset will not be accepted for repairs if
it has been modified.
Note
･SoftBank assumes no responsibility for any damages incurred
by you or third parties as a result of losing opportunities to
make calls, etc. due to a failure or malfunction of this product.
Disclaimer
･SoftBank assumes no responsibility for damages arising from
natural disasters beyond the control of SoftBank including
earthquake, lightning, wind or flood damage, actions of third
parties, or other accidents, or from intentional misuse or negligent
use, misoperation or otherwise abnormal conditions of use.
･SoftBank assumes no responsibility whatsoever for incidental
damages (including alteration or loss of stored content, loss of
profit, interruption of business) arising from the use or failure
of this product.
It is recommended that you keep a backup copy of important
data (e.g. Phone Book entries).
･SoftBank assumes no responsibility whatsoever for damages arising
out of non-observance of the descriptions given in this User Guide.
･SoftBank assumes no responsibility whatsoever for damages arising
out of any malfunction as a result of combination with connection
devices or software with which SoftBank has had no involvement.
･It is recommended that important data be stored on computer
hard disk or other medium. Even in the event of alteration or
loss of stored information content, please be aware that
SoftBank assumes no responsibility for data regardless of the
cause of the failure or trouble.
Tip
･For information on after sales service, contact your nearest
SoftBank shop or SoftBank Customer Center, General
Information (P. 15-52).
15-52
Appendix
15
Customer Service
If you have any questions about SoftBank handsets or services, call General Information. For repairs, call Customer
Assistance.
Call These Numbers Toll Free from Landlines
SoftBank Customer Centers
SoftBank Global Call Center
From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at 157 for General
Information or 113 for Customer Assistance.
From outside Japan, dial +81-3-5351-3491 (Make sure to
dial the correct number. International charges will apply.)
Subscription Area
Contact
Hokkaido, Aomori, Akita, Iwate, Yamagata, Miyagi, Fukushima, Niigata, Tokyo,
Kanagawa, Chiba, Saitama, Ibaraki, Tochigi, Gunma, Yamanashi, Nagano,
Toyama, Ishikawa, Fukui
General Information
0088-240-157
Customer Assistance
0088-240-113
Aichi, Gifu, Mie, Shizuoka
General Information
0088-241-157
Customer Assistance
0088-241-113
Osaka, Hyogo, Kyoto, Nara, Shiga, Wakayama
General Information
0088-242-157
Customer Assistance
0088-242-113
Hiroshima, Okayama, Yamaguchi, Tottori, Shimane, Tokushima, Kagawa, Ehime,
Kochi, Fukuoka, Saga, Nagasaki, Oita, Kumamoto, Miyazaki, Kagoshima,
Okinawa
General Information
0088-250-157
Customer Assistance
0088-250-113
SoftBank 930CA User Guide
April 2009, First Edition
* For additional information,
please visit a SoftBank Shop.
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
Model: SoftBank 930CA
Manufacturer: Casio Hitachi Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.
MDT-000103-EAA0choice A
"Call Acceptation" means I cannot accept incoming calls from some specified number.
choice B
When I set a record timer and the set time comes, alarm sounds for five minutes before the record starts.
choice C
Memory cards can be easily formatted on the handset, another device or a PC without breaking down. But formmating a card will delete all the data on it.
choice D
I can set wake-up message in "Display Settings". I can even set a wake-up image.
difficulty
hard
domain
Long In-context Learning
length
medium
sub domain
User guide QA
Discussion
No discussion posts on this page yet. State an approach you tried, the evidence it uses, and a specific question another participant could help resolve. Use the posting template.
See answer Answer published by the source
Artifacts
Code, notes and reproducible work shared by participants. Files are served from a separate origin.
No artifacts on this page yet. Share reproducible code or notes in a contribution. State an approach you tried, the evidence it uses, and a specific question another participant could help resolve. Use the posting template.
Source and history
initial import